Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Resolution - 2017-R0026 - Allen Butler Construction - 01_26_2017 (2)
Resolution No. 2017-R0026 Item No. 6.15 January 26, 2017 RESOLUTION BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK: THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock is hereby authorized and directed to execute for and on behalf of the City of Lubbock, Contract No. 13186 ITB-17-13186-TF for construction services for Memphis Avenue from 109th Street to 1141h Street, by and between the City of Lubbock and Allen Butler Construction, Inc., of Lubbock, Texas and related documents. Said Contract is attached hereto and incorporated in this resolution as if fully set forth herein and shall be included in the minutes of the City Council. Passed by the City Council on January 26, 2017 "V DANIEL M. POP !, MAYOR ATTEST: ,Ole-4-e A�-� - Rebe t Garza, City Secret ry APPROVED AS TO P.E., Direc oar of Public Works APPROVED AS TO FORM: K Ili Leisure, Assistant City Attorney ccdocs/RES. Contract- 13186-AIIenButlerConstruction, Inc. 1.10.17 CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FORM 1295 lots Complete Nos. 1.4 and 6 it there are interested parties. Complete Nos. 1, Z 3, 5, and 6 d there are no interested parties. OFFICE USE ONLY CERTIFICATION OF FILING Certificate Number: 2017-152957 Date Filed: 01/11/2017 Date Acknowledged: i Name of business entity filing form, and the city, state and country of the business entity's place of business. Allen Butler Construction, Inc Lubbock, TX United States Name of governmental entity or state agency that is a party tote contract for which the orm -is being filed. City of Lubbock 3 Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identity the contract, and provide a description of the services, goods, or other property to be provided under the contract. 13186 Activate Contract for Memphis Ave Construction from 109th St. to 114th St. 4 Name of Interested Party City, State, Country (place of business) Nature of interest (check applicable) Controlling Intermediary Allen Butler Lubbock, TX United States X fi AFFIDAVIT I swear, or affirm, under penalty of peryury, that the move disclosure is true and twrrect. /�O, — Sign of atRhoriz agem of corf(radnh business entity AFFIX NOTARY STAMP I SEAL ABOVE Swan to and subscribed before me by the said 12A�AJ fttts tlt 1 d9W 0920-- , 20 n , to certify wNwh, anD s my hand and seat of office. Le Sig of officer administering oath Printed ri,& of officer administering oath Trite of officer admaristenng oath Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.s e, ��4 CINDY WIVULt Version V1.0.277 r`• ; , Notory Public. State of Texab Erpite3 03.18.2020 Noloty ID 12496262-b 11 CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FORM 1295 1of1 Complete Nos. 1- 4 and 6 if there are interested parties. Complete Nos. 1, 2, 3, 5, and 6 if there are no interested parties. OFFICE USE ONLY CERTIFICATION OF FILING Certificate Number: 2017-152957 Date Filed: 01/11/2017 Date Acknowledged: 01/12/2017 1 Name of business entity filing form, and the city, state and country of the business entity's place of business. Allen Butler Construction, Inc Lubbock, TX United States 2 Name of governmental entity or state agency that is a party to the contract for which the form is being filed. City of Lubbock 3 Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify the contract, and provide a description of the services, goods, or other property to be provided under the contract. 13186 Activate Contract for Memphis Ave Construction from 109th St. to 114th St. 4 Name of Interested Party City, State, Country (place of business) Nature of interest (check applicable) Controlling I Intermediary Allen Butler Construction, Inc Lubbock, TX United States X 5 Check only if there is NO Interested Party. ❑ 6 AFFIDAVIT I swear, or affirm, under penalty of perjury, that the above disclosure is true and correct. Signature of authorized agent of contracting business entity AFFIX NOTARY STAMP / SEAL ABOVE Sworn to and subscribed before me, by the said this the day of 20 , to certify which, witness my hand and seal of office. Signature of officer administering oath Printed name of officer administering oath Title of officer administering oath Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Version V1.0.277 BOND CHECK BEST RATING: LICENSED IN TEXAS DATE: BY: CONTRACT AWARD DATE: January 26, 2017 CITY OF LUBBOCK SPECIFICATIONS FOR Memphis Avenue from 109th Street to 114th Street ITB 17-13186-TF CONTRACT 13186 PROJECT NUMBER: 92370.9240.30000 Plans & Specifications may be obtained from BidSync.com CONTRACT PREPARED BY: PURCHASING AND CONTRACT MANAGEMENT OFFICE Page Intentionally Left Blank CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FORM 1295 1of1 Complete Nos, 1- 4 and 6 il there are interested parties. OFFICE USE ONLY Complete Nos,1, 2, 3.5, and 6 if there are no interested parties. CERTIFICATION OF FILING Certificate Number: i Name of business entity filing form, and the city, state and country of the business entity's place of business. 2017-152957 Allen Butler Construction, Inc Lubbock, TX United States Date Filed; 01/1V2017 ame of governmental entity or state agency that is a party tot the contract for wFich the form is being filed. City of Lubbock Date Acknowledged: 3 Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify the contract, and provide a description of the services, goods, or other property to be provided under the contract. 13186 Activate Contract for Memphis Ave Construction from 109th St, to 114th St. 4 Name of Interested Party City, State, Country (place of business) Nature of interest (check applicable) Controlling Intermediary Allen Butler Lubbock, TX United States X 5 t ers erparty. ..__ b AFFIDAVIT I swear, or affirm, under penalty of perjury, that the above disclosure is true and correct. Sign of authoriz agent of corfliadiinh business entity AFFIX NOTARY STAMP! SEAL ABOVE Swom to anti subscribed before me by the said w 1 this d4..J1dw 20 to wh h, vas my hmnd ar-k! offrces. Q e ® � SigrV of after admirftering oath PrwdW q5j of otficer adrninistertng oath True of officer administering oath Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.s e�ti ( ;ak titrvUr onUUrc Version V1.0.277 pNofOry pit , s"We 1� y Zexa .' E ft. �ttgtr�3 03.10-2020 '~rrOf`r` Notot ID 124662®2-b 'a: � CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FORM 1295 1 0f 1 Complete Nos. 1- 4 and 6 if there are interested parties. Complete Nos.1, 2, 3, 5, and 6 if there are no interested parties. OFFICE USE ONLY CERTIFICATION OF FILING Certificate Number: 2017-152957 Date Filed: 01/11/2017 Date Acknowledged: 01/12/2017 1 Name of business entity filing form, and the city, state and country of the business entity's place of business. Allen Butler Construction, Inc Lubbock, TX United States 2 Name of governmental entity or state agency that is a party to the contract for which the form is being filed. City of Lubbock 3 Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify the contract, and provide a description of the services, goods, or other property to be provided under the contract. 13186 Activate Contract for Memphis Ave Construction from 109th St. to 114th St. 4 Name of Interested Party City, State, Country (place of business) Nature of interest (check applicable) Controlling I Intermediary Allen Butler Construction, Inc Lubbock, TX United States X 5 Check only if there is NO Interested Parry. ❑ 6 AFFIDAVIT I swear, or affirm, under penalty of perjury, that the above disclosure is true and correct. Signature of authorized agent of contracting business entity AFFIX NOTARY STAMP / SEAL ABOVE Sworn to and subscribed before me, by the said this the day of 20 , to certify which, witness my hand and seal of office. Signature of officer administering oath Printed name of officer administering oath Title of officer administering oath Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Version V1.0.277 ADDENDUM PaEe Intentionally Left Blank ibbock ADDENDUM I Revised Bid Form, Clarifications, and Revised Plan Sheets ITB 17-13186-TF Memphis Avenue from 109th Street to 114th Street DATE ISSUED: December 29, 2016 CLOSE DATE: January 4, 2017 at 2:00 p.m. The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Invitation to Bid (ITB). Where any item called for in the ITB documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect. Revised Bid Form The following items on the Bid Form have been revised and should be submitted with the response. The revised Bid Form is attached to this addendum. Please acknowledge reception of this addendum on the signature page of the Revised Bid Form. The following items have been added: Added - Item 18: Remove and legally dispose of existing tree (10" or greater diameter is tree less than 10" subsidiary to Bid items), including root removal, sawing, pulling, backfill, legal disposal, and all necessary incidentals to complete the work, per each. 2. Added — Item 20: Mobilization, includes providing all equipment to site and any other necessary incidentals for the Contractor to begin the construction project. Clarifications 1. Please see clarifications of inquiries presented at the pre -bid meeting. Question 1: Is there a mobilization item and barricade item? Answer: A mobilization item has been added to the bid but barricades will remain subsidiary to the various bid items. Question 2: Can the whole street be shut down during construction? Answer: In order for this option to be considered the contractor will need to provide a traffic control plan that ensures all homes and businesses are provided access at all times during construction. Question 3: Two of the riprap items appear similar in the bid submittal? Answer: A couple of notes have been added to the plans to clarify this. The riprap coming of the two dip sections is 5" riprap with fiber and a toewall. The riprap being constructed at the intersection of 114th Street and Memphis Avenue is 5" riprap with the #4 bar reinforcement shown on the plans. This riprap is being reinforced because of the potential to have traffic on it near the intersection. 1� Question 4: Are there any trees for removal? Answer: After a site visit do not anticipate tree removal being required. I added the item just in case. A diameter of 10" or greater is considered a tree. Less than that will be considered subsidiary to the bid items. Question 5: Is there guidance in earthwork? Answer: All earthwork including berms is subsidiary to the bid items. Question 6: Is there guidance on water flow at the construction site? Answer: It is anticipated that a lot of water will be flowing to the site during construction. If adjacent areas have standing water because of construction methods used during construction on this project the contractor will be required to pump this water to approved location. This work shall be subsidiary to the bid items. Revised plan Sheets 1. Please see Sheet P-1, Sheet P-2, and Sheet P-3, attached. 2. Note callouts for the intersections were added for contractors clarification 3. The valley gutter and concrete paving will be paid under same bid item and be constructed in accordance with concrete paving details for collector streets. The alley return and fillets will be paid as same bid item and constructed in accordance with City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and Specifications. 4. Concrete Intersection 1 detail has a couple revised grades. i j All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to: Teofilo Flores, Senior Buyer City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contracts Management Office 1625 13th Street, Room 204 Lubbock, Texas 79401 Questions may be faxed to (806)775-2164 or Email to TKFlores(cr�},mylubbock.us Questions are preferred to be posted on BidSync: www.bidsync.com THANK YOU, ?e*& jeered CITY OF LUBBOCK Teofilo Flores Senior Buyer City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contracts Management Office It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permits competitive bids. It shall be the bidder's responsibility to advise the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management if anv language, reauirements. etc.. or any combinations thereof. inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this ITB to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management no later than five (5) business days prior to the close date. A review of such notifications will be made. P] BID SUBMITTAL FORM UNIT PRICE BID CONTRACT PROJECT NUMBER: ITB 17-13186-TF Memphis Avenue from 109" Street to 114" Street Bid of (hereinafter called Bidder) To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner) Ladies and Gentlemen: The Bidder, in compliance with your Invitation to Bid for the Memphis Avenue from 109" Street to 114" Street, having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the price stated below. The bidder binds himself on acceptance of his bid to execute a contract and any required bonds, according to the accompanying forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated below. The bidder binds himself on acceptance of his bid to execute a contract and any required bonds, according to the accompanying forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated below. BASE BID: ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED UNIT PRICE EXTENDED NO. QUANTITY AMOUNT Remove and legally dispose of existing hot 1 mix pavement and all necessary incidentals SY 63$ to complete the work, complete and in place, per square yard. Remove and legally dispose of existing concrete slabs, including existing driveways, alley returns, ramps, and 2 sidewalks, including integral curbing, steel, SY 372 sawing, and all necessary incidentals to complete the work, complete and in place, per square yard. Remove and legally dispose of existing concrete curb and gutter, including sawing, 3 and all necessary incidentals to complete LF 197 the work, complete and in place, per linear foot. Standard City of Lubbock asphalt paving, Type C including 2" HMAC, 6" caliche base, 4 and all subgrade preparation, earthwork, and SY 2739 all necessary incidentals to complete the work, furnished and installed, complete and in lace, er square yard. r ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED UNIT PRICE EXTENDED NO. QUANTITY AMOUNT Two -sack cement flowable fill to be used as 5 directed by engineer furnished and installed, CY 10 per cubic yard 24" Curb and gutter and sawtooth, Standard City of Lubbock Class A concrete, including 6 all subgrade preparation, jointing, and all LF 1562 necessary incidentals to complete the work, furnished and installed, complete and in lace, ver linear foot. 7" Portland cement concrete paving, City of Lubbock Class B concrete, used in, fillets, and alley returns including all subgrade preparation, 7 curbing, dowel bars, reinforcement, toewall, SY 127 jointing and sealing, asphalt patching, and all necessary incidentals to complete the work, furnished and installed, complete and in place, per square yard. 7" Portland cement concrete paving, City of Lubbock Class C concrete, used in concrete paving and valley gutters including subgrade 8 preparation, dowel bars, reinforcement, jointing SY 1800 and sealing, thickened edge, asphalt patching, and all necessary incidentals to complete the work, furnished and installed, complete and in lace, per square yard. 4" Portland cement concrete paving, City of Lubbock Class A concrete, used in standard City of Lubbock sidewalk and ramp landings, including all subgrade preparation, excavation, 9 haul of excess material to approved site, SY 202 curbing, retaining wall, fiber, jointing, and all necessary incidentals to complete the work, furnished and installed, complete and in place, per square yard. 5" Portland cement concrete paving, City of Lubbock Class A concrete, used in standard City of Lubbock Riprap, including all subgrade 10 preparation, excavation, haul of excess material SY 400 to approved site, footing, fiber, dowel bars, jointing and sealing, and all necessary incidentals to complete the work, furnished and installed, complete and in place, per square yard. Bidder's Initials: l ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED UNIT PRICE EXTENDED NO. QUANTITY AMOUNT 5" Portland cement concrete paving, City of Lubbock Class A concrete, used in standard City of Lubbock Riprap, including all subgrade 11 preparation, excavation, haul of excess material SY 173 to approved site, footing, reinforcement, dowel bars, jointing and sealing, and all necessary incidentals to complete the work, furnished and installed, complete and in place, per square yard. ADA ramp, including all concrete, retaining 12 Wall, forms, cast in place replaceable paver, EA 2 and all necessary incidentals to complete the work, per each. ADA ramp cast in place replaceable paver to 13 TAS specifications, including providing EA 2 materials, labor, and all necessary incidentals to complete the work, per each. Sprinkler head as directed by engineer, including providing materials, connecting to 14 existing sprinkler system, removing old EA 5 sprinkler head, testing system, and all necessary incidentals to complete the work, per each. Ditch grading as shown on plans or as directed 15 by engineer, including all earthwork, haul, fill, LF 1500 and all necessary incidentals to complete the work as shown on plans. Water valve adjustment, including pipe, 16 concrete encasement, materials, labor, and all 6 necessary incidentals to complete the EA work per each. Manhole adjustment, including manhole rings, 17 cones, concrete encasement, materials, labor, EA 5 and all necessary incidentals to complete the work per each. Remove and legally dispose of existing tree 10" or greater diameter is tree less than 10" 18 subsidiary to Bid items), including root removal, EA 4 sawing, pulling, backfill, legal disposal, and all necessary incidentals to complete the work, per each. Bidder's Initials: I SWPPP, including submitting SWPPP for City review, obtaining NOI, Providing SWPPP at construction site, Construction Site Notice, Maintenance of BMP's such as silt fences, 19 sand bags, diversion swales and any other LS 1 measures and/or incidentals. Must comply with all federal and state and local regulation including the City of Lubbock Storm Water Ordinance. Mobilization, includes providing all equipment to 20 site and any other necessary incidentals for the LS I Contractor to begin the construction project. Total Base Bid, Items (1-20) $ (In case of a discrepancy between the Unit Price and the extended total for a bid item, the unit price will be taken.) Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to substantially complete the project within 60 WORKING DAYS thereafter as stipulated in the specifications and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $144 for each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time set forth herein above for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the general conditions of the contract documents. Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with instruction number 28 of the General Instructions to Bidders. Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the bidding. I f The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of 70 calendar days after the -1 scheduled closing time for receiving bids. The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total_ amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract, obtain all required insurance policies, and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within 10 business days after notice of award of the contract. Bidder's Initials: 4 Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for Dollars ($ ) or a Bid Bond in the sum of Dollars ($ ), which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the bid is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents, insurance certificates, and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within 10 business days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to the undersigned upon demand. Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(g), a competitive sealed bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING. (Seal if Bidder is a Corporation) ATTEST: Secretary Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date Authorized Signature (Printed or Typed Name) Company Address City, County State Telephone: Fax: Zip Code FEDERAL TAX ID or SOCIAL SECURITY No. u:l M/WBE Firm: Woman I I Black American I I Native American Hispanic American I I Asian Pacific American I I Other (Specify) FOR CITY USE ONLY Bid Form Item Number(s) Awarded to Above Named Firm/Individual: Date of Award by City Council (for bids over .$50, 000): Date P.O./Contract Issued: RETURN COMPLETED & SIGNED BID FORM ALONG WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK SPECIFICATIONS. LABEL THE OUTSIDE OF YOUR SEALED BID WITH THE ITB NUMBER, THE CLOSING DATE AND TIME, AND YOUR COMPANY NAME AND ADDRESS. 1 City of Lubbock, TX r ITB 17-13186-TF Memphis Avenue from 109th Street to 114th Street Contractor Checklist Before submitting your bid, please ensure you have completed and included the following documents in the order they are listed. The contractor is only to submit (1) one original unbound copy of every item listed. I. %/ Carefully read and understand the plans and specifications and properly complete the BID SUBMITTAL FORM. Bid submittal form MUST be completed in blue or black ink or by typewriter. Signatures must be original, in blue or black ink, and by hand. The bidder binds himself on acceptance of his bid to execute a contract and any required bonds, according to the accompanying forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated below. In case of a discrepancy between the Unit Price and the Extended Total for a Bid item, the Unit Price will be taken."Include corporate seal and Secretary's signature. Identify addenda received (if any). Include firm's FEDERAL TAX ID number or Owner's SOCIAL SECURITY number. 2 Include BID BOND or CASHIER'S OR CERTIFIED CHECK as your bid surety. Failure to provide a bid surety WILL result in automatic rejection of your bid. 3. __✓____ Complete and sign the CITY OF LUBBOCK INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT. Contractor's signature must be original. 4. ✓ Clearly mark the bid number, title, due date and time and your company name and address on the outside of the envelope or container. 5. Ensure your bid is RECEIVED by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office prior to the deadline. Late bids will not be accepted. 6. Complete and sign the SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE. All "YES" responses must be explained in detail and submitted with Bid. 7. Complete and sign the SUSPENSION AND DEBARMENT CERTIFICATION. Include frrm's FEDERAL TAX ID number or Owner's SOCIAL SECURITY number. 8. `� Complete and submit the CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE. 9. '� Complete and submit the LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS. DOCUMENTS REQUIRED WITHIN SEVEN BUSINESS DAYS AFTER CLOSING: 10. Complete and submit the FINAL LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS. DOCUMENTS REQUIRED BEFORE CONTRACT IS FINALIZED: 11. Please acknowledge and submit the ONLINE DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FORM 1295 within the specified time according to Texas Government Code 2252.908 using the Texas Ethics Commission website. FAILURE TO PROVIDE ANY OF THE ABOVE MAY RESULT IN YOUR BID BEING DEEMED NON -RESPONSIVE AND, THEREFORE, NOT FURTHER EVALUATED. PLEASE INCLUDE THIS COMPLETED PAGE AS THE FIRST PAGE OF YOUR BID SUBMITTAL. (Type or Print Company Name) i.. I. Page Intentionally Left Blank INDEX 1. NOTICE TO BIDDERS 2. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 3. BID SUBMITTAL — (must be submitted by published due date & time) 3-1. UNIT PRICE BID SUBMITTAL FORM 3-2. CITY OF LUBBOCK INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT 3-3. SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE 3-4. SUSPENSION AND DEBARMENT CERTIFICATION 4. LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS 5. PAYMENT BOND 6. PERFORMANCE BOND 7. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 8. CONTRACT 9. CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE CHAPTER 176 10. CHAPTER 46. DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTED PARTIES 11. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT 12. DAVIS BACON WAGE DETERMINATIONS 13. SPECIAL CONDITIONS (IF APPLICABLE) 14. SPECIFICATIONS � 2 Page Intentionally Left Blank 1 NOTICE TO BIDDERS ITB 17-13186-TF Sealed bids addressed to Marta Alvarez, Director of Purchasing and Contract Management, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received in the office of the Purchasing and Contract Management Office, City Hall, 1625 13th Street, Room 204, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, until 2:00 p.m. on January 4, 2017, or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to furnish all labor and materials and perform all work for the construction of the following described project: Memphis Avenue from 109th Street to 114th Street After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed bids will be opened in the office of the Purchasing and Contract Management Office and publicly read aloud. It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to ensure that his bid is actually in the office of the Purchasing and Contract Management Office for the City of Lubbock, before the expiration of the date above first written. Bids are due at 2:00 p.m. on January 4, 2017, and the City of Lubbock City Council will consider the bids on January 26, 2017, at the City Hall, 1625 13th Street, Lubbock, Texas, or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all bids and waive any formalities. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the successful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $50,000. Said statutory bonds should be issued by a company carrying a current Best Rating of "A" or better. THE BONDS MUST BE IN A FORM ACCEPTABLE TO THE CITY ATTORNEY AND MUST BE DATED THE SAME DATE THAT THE CONTRACT WAS AWARDED. The estimated budget for the construction phase of this project is $365,000. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within ten (10) business days after notice of award of the contract to him. FAILURE OF THE BIDDER TO INCLUDE BID SECURITY WITH THE BID SUBMITTAL SHALL CONSTITUTE A NONRESPONSIVE BID AND RESULT IN DISQUALIFICATION OF THE BID SUBMITTAL. It shall be each bidder's sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform himself regarding all local conditions under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors have been thoroughly investigated and considered in the preparation of the bid submitted. There will be a non -mandatory pre -bid conference on December 21, 2016, at 10:00 a.m., at Lubbock City Hall, 1625 13t' Street, Purchasing and Contract Management Office, Room 204, Lubbock, TX 79401. Copies of plans and specifications may be obtained at bidder's expense from the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management office. Plans and specifications can be viewed online and downloaded from http://www.bidsyEc.com at no cost. In the event of a large file size, please be patient when downloading or viewing. BUSINESSES WITHOUT INTERNET ACCESS may use computers available at most public libraries. 9' t Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in the contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing and Contract Management Office of the City of Lubbock, which document is specifically referred to in this Notice to Bidders. Each bidder's attention is further directed to Texas Government Code, Chapter 2258, Prevailing Wage Rates, and the requirements contained therein concerning the above wage scale and payment by the contractor of the prevailing rates of wages as heretofore established by owner in said wage scale. i y The City of Lubbock hereby notifies bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority and women business enterprises shall be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, disability, or national origin in consideration for an award. The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. City of Lubbock pre -bid meetings and bid openings are available to all persons regardless of disability. If you require special assistance, please contact the Purchasing and Contract Management Office at (806) 775-2572 or write to Post Office Box 2000, Lubbock, Texas 79457 at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting. CITY OF LUBBOCK Marta .Alvarez DIRECTOR OF PURCHASING AND CONTRACT MANAGEMENT 4 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS I 1 BID DELIVERY, TIME & DATE 1.1 The City of Lubbock is seeking written and sealed competitive bids to furnish Memphis Avenue from 109th Street to 114th Street per the attached specifications and contract documents. Sealed bids will be received no later than 2:00 p.m., on January 4, 2017 at the office listed below. Any bid received after the date and hour specified will be rejected and returned unopened to the bidder. Each bid and supporting documentation must be in a sealed envelope or container plainly labeled in the lower left- hand corner: "ITB 17-13186-TF, Memphis Avenue from 109th Street to 114th Street" and the bid opening date and time. Bidders must also include their company name and address on the outside of the envelope or container. Bids must be addressed to: ` Marta Alvarez, Director of Purchasing and Contract Management City of Lubbock 1625 13th Street, Room 204 Lubbock, Texas 79401 1.2 Bidders are responsible for making certain bids are delivered to the Purchasing and Contract Management Office. Mailing of a bid does not ensure that the bid will be delivered on time or delivered at all. If bidder does not hand deliver bid, we suggest that he/she use some sort of delivery service that provides a receipt. 1.3 Bids will be accepted in person, by United States Mail, by United Parcel Service, or by private courier service. No bids will be accepted by oral communication, telephone, electronic mail, telegraphic transmission, or telefacsimile transmission. THE CITY WILL NOT ACCEPT FAX BIDS. 1.4 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to postpone the date and time for opening bids through an addendum. 2 PRE -BID MEETING 2.1 For the purpose of familiarizing bidders with the requirements, answering questions, and issuing addenda as needed for the clarification of the Invitation to Bid (ITB) documents, on December 21, 2016, at 10:00 a.m., at Lubbock City Hall, 1625 13`h Street, Purchasing and Contract Management Office, Room 204, Lubbock, TX 79401. All persons attending the meeting will be asked to identify themselves and the prospective bidder they represent. 2.2 It is the bidder's responsibility to attend the pre -bid meeting though the meeting is not mandatory. The City will not be responsible for providing information discussed at the pre -bid meeting to bidders who i do not attend the pre -bid meeting. 3 ADDENDA & MODIFICATIONS 3.1 Any changes, additions, or clarifications to the ITB are made by ADDENDA information available over the Internet at www.bidsync.com. We strongly suggest that you check for any addenda a `-" minimum of forty-eight hours in advance of the response deadline. BUSINESSES WITHOUT INTERNET ACCESS may use computers available at most public libraries. 3.2 Any bidder in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the specifications or other documents may request an interpretation thereof from the Purchasing and Contract Management Office. At the request of the bidder, or in the event the Purchasing and Contract Management Office deems the interpretation to be substantive, the interpretation will be made by written addendum issued by the Purchasing and Contract Management Office. Such addenda issued by the Purchasing and Contract Management Office will be available over the Internet at www.bidsync.com and will become part of the bid package having the same binding effect as provisions of the original ITB. NO VERBAL EXPLANATIONS OR INTERPRETATIONS WILL BE BINDING. In order to have a request for interpretation considered, the request must be submitted in writing and must be received by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and } Contract Management Office no later than five (5) calendar days before the bid closing date. 4_ 3.3 All addenda, amendments, and interpretations of this solicitation shall be in writing. The City of Lubbock shall not be legally bound by any amendment or interpretation that is not in writing. Only information supplied by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office in writing ..s or in this ITB should be used in preparing bid responses. All contacts that a bidder may have had before or after receipt of this ITB with any individuals, employees, or representatives of the City and any information that may have been read in any news media or seen or heard in any communication facility regarding this bid should be disregarded in preparing responses. 3.4 The City does not assume responsibility for the receipt of any addendum sent to bidders. 4 EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Each bidder shall carefully examine all ITB documents and thoroughly familiarize itself with all requirements before submitting a bid to ensure that their bid meets the intent of these specifications. 4.2 Before submitting a bid, each bidder shall be responsible for making all investigations and examinations that are necessary to ascertain conditions and requirements affecting the requirements of this Invitation to Bid. Failure to make such investigations and examinations shall not relieve the bidder from obligation to comply, in every detail, with all provisions and requirements of the Invitation to Bid. 4.3 Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Purchasing and Contract Management Office and a clarification obtained before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Purchasing and Contract Management Office prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the bidder fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. If bidder does not notify Purchasing and Contract Management Office before bidding of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the bid closing date. BID PREPARATION COSTS 5.1 Issuance of this ITB does not commit the City of Lubbock, in any way, to pay any costs incurred in the preparation and submission of a bid. 5.2 The issuance of this ITB does not obligate the City of Lubbock to enter into contract for any services or equipment. 5.3 All costs related to the preparation and submission of a bid shall be paid by the bidder. TRADE SECRETS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND THE TEXAS PUBLIC INFORMATION ACT 6.1 If you consider any portion of your bid to be privileged or confidential by statute or judicial decision, including trade secrets and commercial or financial information, clearly identify those portions. 6.2 The City of Lubbock will honor your notations of trade secrets and confidential information and decline to release such information initially, but please note that the final determination of whether a particular portion of your bid is in fact a trade secret or commercial or financial information that may be withheld from public inspection will be made by the Texas Attorney General or a court of competent jurisdiction. In the event a public information request is received for a portion of your bid that you have marked as being confidential information, you will be notified of such request and you will be required to justify your legal position in writing to the Texas Attorney General pursuant to Section 552.305 of the Government Code. In the event that it is determined by opinion or order of the Texas Attorney General or a court of competent jurisdiction that such information is in fact not privileged and confidential under Section 552.110 of the Government Code and Section 252.049 of the Local Government Code, then such information will be made available to the requester. 6.3 Marking your entire bid CONFIDENTIAL/PROPRIETARY is not in conformance with the Texas Open Records Act. 7 LICENSES, PERMITS, TAXES The price or prices for the work shall include full compensation for all taxes, permits, etc. that the bidder is or may be required to pay. 8 UTILIZATION OF LOCAL BUSINESS RESOURCES a Prospective bidders are strongly encouraged to explore and implement methods for the utilization of local resources, and to outline in their bid submittal how they would utilize local resources. 9 CONFLICT OF INTEREST 9.1 The bidder shall not offer or accept gifts or anything of value nor enter into any business arrangement with any employee, official or agent of the City of Lubbock. 1.--t 9.2 By signing and executing this bid, the bidder certifies and represents to the City the bidder has not offered, conferred or agreed to confer any pecuniary benefit or other thing of value for the receipt of special treatment, advantage, information, recipient's decision, opinion, recommendation, vote or any other exercise of discretion concerning this bid. 10 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 10.1 All work covered by the contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the General Conditions. 10.2 All bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract documents for the construction of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion of all work contemplated by said contract documents. 11 PLANS FOR USE BY BIDDERS It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a bid on the project covered by the contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and prepare a bid without charge or forfeiture of deposit. The contract documents may be examined without charge as noted in the Notice to Bidders. 12 BIDDER INQUIRIES AND CLARIFICATION OF REQUIREMENTS 12.1 It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permit competitive bids. It shall be the bidder's responsibility to advise the Purchasing, and Contract Management Office if any language, requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this ITB to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by i the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office no later than five (5) calendar days before the bid closing date. A review of such notifications will be made. 12.2 NO BIDDER SHALL REQUEST ANY INFORMATION VERBALLY. ALL REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION OR CLARIFICATION CONCERNING THIS INVITATION ` TO BID (ITB) MUST BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING NO LATER THAN FIVE (5) CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID CLOSING DATE AND ADDRESSED TO: Teofilo Flores, Sr. Buyer City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office 1625 13th Street, Room 204 Lubbock, Texas 79401 Fax: 806-775-2164 Email: tkflores@mylubbock.us Bidsync: www.bidsvnc.com a: 7 [ t 13 TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION 13.1 The construction covered by the contract documents shall be substantially completed within 60 .-- Working Days from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City of Lubbock to the successful bidder. ` 13.2 The Contractor will be permitted to prosecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided, however, the City reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the work contemplated by the contract documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be submitted, and it is determined by the City that the progress of the work is not in accordance with the progress schedule so submitted, the City may direct the Contractor to take such action as the City deems necessary to ensure completion of the project within the time specified. 14 PAYMENT All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of the contract documents. 15 AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID The City of Lubbock reserves the right, prior to final acceptance of this project to require the Contractor to execute an affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the improvements contemplated by the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims pending, of which the Contractor has been notified. 16 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade will be furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for protecting them adequately until incorporated into the project. The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the site will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility of complying with this provision. The specifications for materials and methods set forth in the contract documents provide minimum standards of quality, which the Owner believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project. 17 GUARANTEES 17.1 All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be guaranteed against defective materials and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, a written general guarantee which shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work, and pay for any and all damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in such defects, when such defects appear within TWO years from date of final acceptance of the work as a result of defective materials or workmanship, at no cost to the Owner (City of Lubbock). 17.2 Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the contractual agreement, the Contractor represents and warrants fault -free performance and fault -free result in the processing date and date -related data (including, but not limited to calculating, comparing and sequencing) of all hardware, software and firmware products delivered and services provided under this Contract, individually or in combination, as the case may be from the effective date of this Contract. Also, the Contractor warrants calculations will be recognized and accommodated and will not, in any way, result in hardware, software or firmware failure. The City of Lubbock, at its sole option, may require the Contractor, at any time, to demonstrate the procedures it intends to follow in order to comply with all the obligations contained herein. 17.3 The obligations contained herein apply to products and services provided by the Contractor, its sub- contractor or any third party involved in the creation or development of the products and services to be delivered to the City of Lubbock under this Contract. Failure to comply with any of the obligations contained herein, may result in the City of Lubbock availing itself of any of its rights under the law and under this Contract including, but not limited to, its right pertaining to termination or default. 17.4 The warranties contained herein are separate and discrete from any other warranties specified in this Contract, and are not subject to any disclaimer of warranty, implied or expressed, or limitation to the g_= ie 18 19 20 21 22 Contractor's liability which may be specified in this Contract, its appendices, its schedules, its annexes or any document incorporated in this Contract by reference. PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR The contractor will, upon written request, be furnished up to five sets of plans and specifications and related contract documents for use during construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only be furnished directly to the Contractor. The Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications to suppliers, subcontractors or others, as required for proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contractor. PROTECTION OF THE WORK The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construction, and any and all parts of the work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the date the City issues its certificate of completion to Contractor. The City reserves the right, after the bids have been opened and before the contract has been awarded, to require of a bidder the following information: (a) The experience record of the bidder showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by the intended contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed. (b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the bidder. (c) Equipment schedule. TEXAS STATE SALES TAX 20.1 This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to provisions of Article 20.04 of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act. 20.2 The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase. PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in such a way as to exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility lines, conduits or other underground structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the construction of the project contemplated by these contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will furnish Contractor the location of all such underground lines and utilities of which it has knowledge. However, such fact shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities aforementioned. All such underground lines or structures cut or damaged by Contractor during the prosecution of the work contemplated by this contract shall be repaired immediately by Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas, at Contractor's expense. BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals, and shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may be necessary. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs, and lights to protect it, and when damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and replaced by Contractor at his own cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to Contractor of City's certificate of acceptance of the project. 23 EXPLOSIVES 23.1 The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the Contractor from the City. In all cases where written permission is obtained for the use of explosives, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all damage, which may occur as a direct or indirect result of the blasting. In addition, in all cases where explosives are authorized to be used, the Contractor shall use utmost care so as not to endanger life or property and the Contractor shall further I use only such methods as are currently utilized by persons, firms, or corporations engaged in similar type of construction activity. 23.2 Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor. t. 23.3 In all cases where explosives are to be used during the construction of the project contemplated by this contract, it shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify each utility company having structures (above or below the ground) in proximity to the site of the work of Contractor's intention to use explosives, and such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable the companies to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. Such notice, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any damage resulting from his blasting operations. 24 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE The successful bidder shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times while the work is in progress under this contract. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the name, address and telephone number where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work contemplated by this contract is in progress. 25 INSURANCE 25.1 The Contractor shall not commence work under this "contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the insurer waiving the right to subrogation. The Contractor shall procure and carry at his sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted before contract execution. 25.2 PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS ADDITIONAL INSURED ON AUTO/GENERAL LIABILITY ON A PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY BASIS TO INCLUDE PRODUCTS OF COMPLETE OPERATIONS. PROVIDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. COPIES OF THE ENDORSEMENTS ARE REQUIRED. 26 LABOR AND WORKING HOURS 26.1 Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents. The wage rate that must be paid on this project shall not be less than specified in the schedule of general prevailing rates of per diem wages as above mentioned. The bidders' attention is further directed to the requirements of Texas Government Code, Chapter 2258, Prevailing Wage Rates providing for the payment of the wage schedules above mentioned and the bidder's obligations thereunder. The inclusion of the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the contract documents does not release the Contractor from compliance with any wage law that may be applicable. Construction work under the contract requiring an inspector shall not be performed on weekends or holidays unless the following conditions exist: 26.1.1 The project being constructed is essential to the City of Lubbock's ability to provide the necessary service to its citizens. 7 10 26.1.2 Delays in construction are due to factors outside the control of the Contractor. The Contractor is approaching the penalty provisions of the contract and Contractor can show he has made a diligent effort to complete the contract within the allotted time. 26.2 Before construction work requiring an inspector is to be performed on Sunday or holidays, the Contractor must notify the Owner's Representative not less than three full working days prior to the weekend or holiday he desires to do work and obtain written permission from the Owner's Representative to do such work. The final decision on whether to allow construction work requiring an inspector on Sunday or holidays will be made by the Owner's Representative. 26.3 In any event, if a condition should occur or arise at the site of this project or from the work being done under this contract which is hazardous or dangerous to property or life, the Contractor shall immediately commence work, regardless of the day of the week or the time of day, to correct or alleviate such condition so that it is no longer dangerous to property or life. 27 PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project under this contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable without discount, not less often than once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors shall keep a record showing the name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor or subcontractor in the construction of the public work and the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. This record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and agents of the City. The Contractor must classify employees according to one of the classifications set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages, which schedule is included in the contract documents. The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City of Lubbock on whose behalf this contract is made, sixty dollars ($60) for each laborer, workman, or mechanic employed for each calendar day, or portion thereof, such laborer, workman or mechanic is paid less than the wages assigned to his particular classification as set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents. 28 PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATION CLAUSES Bids submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated bid price due to increases or decreases in the cost of materials, labor or other items required for the project will be rejected and returned to the bidder without being considered. 29 PREPARATION FOR BID 29.1 The bidder shall submit his bid on forms furnished by the City, and all blank spaces in the form shall be correctly filled in, stating the price in numerals for which he intends to do the work contemplated or furnish the materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink, distinctly and legibly, or typewritten. In case of discrepancy between the unit rice and the extended total for a bid item the unit rice will P Y P � P be taken. A bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. 29.2 If the bid is submitted by an individual, his name must be signed by him or his duly authorized agent. If a bid is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given and the bid signed by a member of the firm, association or partnership, or person duly authorized. If the bid is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the bid signed by an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of attorney authorizing agents or others to sign bids must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the bid. The bid shall be executed in ink. 29.3 Each bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to Bidders, and endorsed on the outside of the envelope in the following manner: 29.3.1 Bidder's name: 29.3.2 Bid for "ITB 17-13186-TF, Memphis Avenue from 109th Street to 114th Street" (. 11 30 31 29.3.3 Bid submittals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time before the time set for opening of the bids, but no bid may be withdrawn or altered thereafter. 29.4 Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(g), a competitive sealed bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING. BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by bidder shall be bound and will include the following: (a) Notice to Bidders. (b) General Instructions to Bidders. (c) Bidder's Submittal. (d) Statutory Bonds (if required). (e) Contract Agreement. (f) General Conditions. (g) Special Conditions (if any). (h) Specifications. (i) Insurance Certificates for Contractor and all Sub -Contractors. (j) All other documents made available to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents. QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS The bidder may be required before the award of any contract to show to the complete satisfaction of the City of Lubbock that it has the necessary facilities, ability, and financial resources to provide the service specified therein in a satisfactory manner. The bidder may also be required to give a past history and references in order to satisfy the City of Lubbock about the bidder's qualifications. The City of Lubbock may make reasonable investigations deemed necessary and proper to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work, and the bidder shall furnish to the City of Lubbock all information for this purpose that may be requested. The bidder's bid may be deemed not to meet specifications or the bid may be rejected if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, the bidder fails to satisfy the City of Lubbock that the bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete the work described therein. Evaluation of the bidder's qualifications shall include: (a) The ability, capacity, skill, and financial resources to perform the work or provide the service required. (b) The ability of the bidder to perform the work or provide the service promptly or within the time specified, without delay or interference. (c) The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, and efficiency of the bidder. (d) The quality of performance of previous contracts or services. (e) The safety record of the Contractor and proposed Sub -Contractors Before contract award, the recommended contractor for this project may be required to show that he has experience with similar projects that require the Contractor to plan his work efforts and equipment needs with City of Lubbock specifications in mind. Demonstration of experience shall include a complete list of ALL similar municipal and similar non -municipal current and completed projects for the past three (3) years for review. This list shall include the names of supervisors and type of equipment used to perform work on these projects. In addition, the Contractor may be required to provide the name(s) of supervisor(s) that will be used to perform work on this project in compliance with City of Lubbock specifications herein. 12 32 BID AWARD --< 32.1 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to reject any or all bids, reject any particular item on a bid, and to waive immaterial formalities and to accept the offer most advantageous to the City of Lubbock in its sole discretion. Unless otherwise specified herein, the City shall award the bid based on the total bid for Bid Items 1 through 18 plus the sum of any Alternate Bids or Options the City may select. 32.2 All bids are evaluated for compliance with specifications before the bid price is considered. Response to specifications is primary in determining the best low bid. Failure to comply with the specifications may result in disqualification of the bid. 32.3 In case of tie bids, preference will be given to local bidders. Consistent and continued tie bidding may be cause for rejection of bids by the City of Lubbock and/or investigation by the Attorney General to determine possible Anti -Trust violations. 32.4 Before the City may award a bid to a nonresident bidder, the nonresident bidder's bid must be lower than lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas bidder by the same margin or amount that a Texas bidder would be required to underbid the nonresident bidder in the nonresident bidders' home state. 32.5 Any contract made, or purchase order issued, as a result of this Invitation to Bid, shall be entered into the State of Texas and under the laws of the State of Texas. In connection with the performance of work, the Bidder agrees to comply with the Fair Labor Standard Act, Equal Opportunity Employment Act, and all other applicable Federal, State, and Local laws, regulations, and executive orders to the extent that the same may be applicable. 32.6 NO INDIVIDUAL OF ANY USING DEPARTMENT HAS THE AUTHORITY TO LEGALLY AND/OR FINANCIALLY COMMIT THE CITY TO ANY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PURCHASE ORDER FOR GOODS OR SERVICES, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SANCTIONED BY THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS INVITATION TO BID. 33 ANTI -LOBBYING PROVISION 33.1 DURING THE PERIOD BETWEEN THE BID CLOSE DATE AND THE CONTRACT AWARD, BIDDERS, INCLUDING THEIR AGENTS AND REPRESENTATIVES, SHALL NOT DIRECTLY DISCUSS OR PROMOTE THEIR BID WITH ANY MEMBER OF THE LUBBOCK CITY COUNCIL OR CITY STAFF EXCEPT IN THE COURSE OF CITY - SPONSORED INQUIRIES, BRIEFINGS, INTERVIEWS, OR PRESENTATIONS, UNLESS REQUESTED BY THE CITY. 33.2 This provision is not meant to preclude bidders from discussing other matters with City Council members or City staff. This policy is intended to create a level playing field for all potential bidders, assure that contract decisions are made in public, and to protect the integrity of the bid process. Violation of this provision may result in rejection of the bidder's bid. 34 PREVAILING WAGE RATES 34.1 Bidders are required to comply with Texas Government Code, Chapter 2258, Prevailing Wage Rates, with respect to the payment of prevailing wage rates for the construction of a public work, including a building, highway, road, excavation, and repair work or other project development or improvement, paid for in whole or in part from public funds, without regard to whether the work is done under public supervision or direction. A worker is employed on a public work if the worker is employed by the contractor or any subcontractor in the execution of the contract for the project 34.2 A worker employed on a public work by or on behalf of the City of Lubbock shall be paid not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for the work of a similar character in 13 the locality in which the work is performed, and not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for legal holiday and overtime work. 34.3 The State of Texas has adopted the Federal Davis -Bacon wage rates for use in Texas pursuant to and in accordance with the Texas Government Code, Section 2258.022. Bidders may access the U. S. Department of Labor web site at the following web address to obtain the rates to be used in Lubbock County: http://www.wdol.gov/dba.aspx 34.4 It shall be the responsibility of the successful bidder to obtain the proper wage rates from the. web site for the type of work defined in the bid specifications. 34.5 A contractor or subcontractor who violates Texas Government Code Section 2258.023 shall pay to the City of Lubbock sixty dollars ($60) for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the contract. 14 i BID SUBMITTAL FORM Page Intentionally Left Blank 1 BID SUBMITTAL FORM UNIT PRICE BID CONTRACT DATE: I ^ Ll - 1 PROJECT NUMBER: ITB 17-13186-TF Memphis Avenue from 10911 Street to 114" Street Bid of (hereinafter called Bidder) To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner) Ladies and Gentlemen: The Bidder, in compliance with your Invitation to Bid for the Memphis Avenue from 109" Street to 110 Street, having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the price stated below. The bidder binds himself on acceptance of his bid to execute a contract and any required bonds, according to the accompanying forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated below. The bidder binds himself on acceptance of his bid to execute a contract and any required bonds, according to the accompanying Forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated below. BASE BID: ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT Remove and legally dispose of existing hot 1 mix pavement and all necessary incidentals to complete the work, complete and in place, SY 638 , Q O 3, 1 q D . per square yard. Remove and legally dispose of existing concrete slabs, including existing driveways, alley returns, ramps, and 2 sidewalks, including integral curbing, steel, SY 372 rtrt av rr 1l�,,� i sawing, and all necessary incidentals to CXV • I VD - complete the work, complete and in place, per square Xard. Remove and legally dispose of existing concrete curb and gutter, including sawing, 3 and all necessary incidentals to complete LF 197 j the work, complete and in place, per linear 1q10.010 foot. Standard City of Lubbock asphalt paving, Type C including 2" HMAC, 6" caliche base, 4 and all subgrade preparation, earthwork, and t all necessary incidentals to complete the SY 2 739 3(60D . work, furnished and installed, complete and .1a in place, per s uare -ard. ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT Two -sack cement flowable fill to be used as 5 directed by engineer furnished and installed, CY 10 (a r1 qq4-7o per cubic yard � • 24" Curb and gutter and sawtooth, Standard City of Lubbock Class A concrete, including all subgrade preparation, jointing, and all LF 1562 necessary incidentals to complete the work, furnished and installed, complete and in t lace, eer linear foot. 7" Portland cement concrete paving, City of Lubbock Class B concrete, used in, fillets, and alley returns including all subgrade preparation, 7 curbing, dowel bars, reinforcement, toewall, jointing and sealing, asphalt patching, and all SY 127 4q.5-X necessary incidentals to complete the work, furnished and installed, complete and in place, per square yard. 7" Portland cement concrete paving, City of Lubbock Class C concrete, used in concrete paving and valley gutters including subgrade 8 preparation, dowel bars, reinforcement, jointing and sealing, thickened edge, asphalt patching, SY 1800 Q and all necessary incidentals to complete the work, furnished and installed, complete and in lace, per s uare ard. 4" Portland cement concrete paving, City of Lubbock Class A concrete, used in standard City of Lubbock sidewalk and ramp landings, including all subgrade preparation, excavation, 9 haul of excess material to approved site, curbing, retaining SY 202 33. 15 �� �• wall, fiber, jointing, and all necessary 1 incidentals to complete the work, furnished and installed, complete and in place, per square yard. 5" Portland cement concrete paving, City of Lubbock Class A concrete, used in standard City of Lubbock Riprap, including all subgrade 10 preparation, excavation, haul of excess material to approved site, footing, fiber, dowel SY 400 bars, jointing and sealing, and all necessary incidentals to complete the work, furnished and installed, complete and in place, per square yard. Ul Bidder's Initial ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT 5" Portland cement concrete paving, City of Lubbock Class A concrete, used in standard City of Lubbock Riprap, including all subgrade 11 preparation, excavation, haul of excess material to approved site, footing, reinforcement, dowel SY 173 bars, jointing and sealing, and all necessary incidentals to complete the work, furnished and installed, complete and in place, per square yard. ADA ramp, including all concrete, retaining 12 Wall, forms, cast in place replaceable paver, and all necessary incidentals to complete the EA �I1`� NJU work, per each. I ADA ramp cast in place replaceable paver to 13 TAS specifications, including providing materials, labor, and all necessary incidentals to EA 2n �U�l� 0� boo .0o complete the work, per each. Sprinkler head as directed by engineer, including providing materials, connecting to 14 existing sprinkler system, removing old sprinkler head, testing system, and all necessary EA 5 f Q� n • Da 5 incidentals to complete the work, . UQ per each. Ditch grading as shown on plans or as directed 15 by engineer, including all earthwork, haul, fill, and all necessary incidentals to complete the LF 1500 J0 oo )S o, . w work as shown on plans. • Water valve adjustment, including pipe, 16 concrete encasement, materials, labor, and all necessary incidentals to complete the EA 6 I SD • W q Do , p o work per each. Manhole adjustment, including manhole rings, 17 cones, concrete encasement, materials, labor, and all necessary incidentals to complete the EA 5 lsao . 06 JiSM work per each. Remove and legally dispose of existing tree 10" or greater diameter is tree less than 10" 18 subsidiary to Bid items), including root removal, sawing, pulling, backfill, legal disposal, and all EA 4 necessary incidentals to complete the work, per each. Bidder's Initials: l VISE V1 SWPPP, including submitting SWPPP for City review, obtaining NOI, Providing SWPPP at construction site, Construction Site Notice, jy Maintenance of BMP's such as silt fences. 4 19 sand bags, diversion swales and any other LS 1 measures and/or incidentals. Must comply 5� + A7) I with all federal and state and local regulation T' including the City of Lubbock Storm Water Mobilization, includes providing all equipment to 20 site and any other necessary incidentals for the LS I /y] q Gl ig. Contractor to begin the construction project. 11'7 OC'�•7� `/ !at Total Base Bid, Items (1-20) IS (in case or a discrepancy between the Unit Price and the extended total for a bid lien% the unit price will he taken.) Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to substantially complete the project within 60 WORKING DAYS thereafter as stipulated in the specifications and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $144 for each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time set forth herein above for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the general conditions of the contract documents. Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with instruction number 28 of the General Instructions to Bidders. Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the bidding. The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of 70 calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract, obtain all required insurance policies, and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within 10 business days after notice of award of the contract. Bidder's Initials: 4 i EVISE Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Check or Certifi trheck for Dollars (S ? or a Bid Bond in the sum of LO Dollars (S ), which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the bid is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents, insurance certificates, and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within 10 business days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to the undersigned upon demand. Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(g), a competitive sealed bid that has been opened may not be changed far the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING. (Sea] if Bidder is a Corporation) ATTEST: Secre �AAAL Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: Addenda No. Date I .24 & Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date Date: t Arized Signature Al (Printed or Typed Name) At j RA l Com y �� Address Lu-66c— j [� --A City County State Zip Code Telephone:S- Fax: - "j!ja- IS `7 "1 FEDERAL TAX ID or SOCIAL SECURITY No. INIWQE Firm: Woman Black American Native American Hispanic American Asian Pacific American Other S i ) FOR CITY USE ONLY Bid Form Item Number(s) Awarded to Above Named Firmflndividual: Date of Award by City Council {for bids otvr $50,000): Date P.O.FContract Issued: RETURN COMPLETED & SIGNED BID FORM ALONG WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK SPECIFICATIONS. LABEL THE OUTSIDE OF YOUR SEALED BID WITH THE LTB NUMBER, THE CLOSING DATE AND TIME, AND YOUR CONIPANY NAME AND ADDRESS. 5 J� Bid Bond Surety Department KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, Allen Butler Construction. Inc., as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and the Great American Insurance Comgany, a Corporation created and existing under the laws of the State of Ohio, whose principal office is in Cincinnati. OH, as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock. Texas, as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of Five Percent (5%) of the Greatest Amount Bid Dollars ($------5°l0-----), for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. Whereas, the Principal has submitted a bid for Lubbock -Memphis Avenue from 1091h Street to 1141" Street - ITB 17-13186-TF NOW THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 4th day of January, 2017. Attest: Allen Butler Construction, Inc. (Principal) By: By (SEAL) Witness: By Form 5-32664 Printed in U.S.A. 12-70 Great American Insurance T AL) GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY® Administrative Office: 301 E 4TH STREET • CINCINNATI, OHIO 45202 • 513-369-5000 • FAX 513-723-2740 The number of persons authorized by this power of attorney is not more than FIVE No.O 14893 POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BYTHESE PRESENTS: That the GREATAMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Ohio, does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint the person or persons named below, each individually if more than one is named, its true and lawful attomey-in-fact, for it and in its name, place and stead to execute on behalf of the said Company, as surety, any and all bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship, or other written obligations in the nature thereof; provided that the liability of the said Company on any such bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship executed under this authority shall not exceed the limit stated below. Name Address Limit of Power TRACY TUCKER STEVEN TUCKER ALL OF ALL W. LAWRENCE BROWN BENNETT BROWN FORT WORTH, $100,000,000.00 i KEVIN J. DUNN TES This Power of Attorney revokes all previous powers issued on behalf of the attorneys) -in -fact named above. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed and attested by its appropriate officers and its corporate seal hereunto affixed this 15TH day of MAY 0 2014 Attest GR.EATAMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY At 9 Assistant lecrrtar} Dtvlsronal5eniar lice President STATE OF OHIO, COUNTY OF HAMILTON - ss: DAVrD C. WCHN {87-7-377-24M On this 15TH day of MAY 2014 , before me personally appeared DAVID C. KITCHIN, to me known, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he resides in Cincinnati, Ohio, that he is a Divisional Senior Vice President of the Bond Division of Great American Insurance Company, the Company described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of the said Company; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of his office under the By -Laws of said Company, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority, ram'# This Power of Attorney is granted by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Great American Insurance Company by unanimous written consent dated June 9, 2008, RESOLVED. Thal the Divisional President, the several Divisional Senior 11ce Presidents, Divisional 11ce Presidents and DivisonalAssistant 'Ice Presidents, or any one of them, be and hereby is authorized, from time to time, to appoint one or more Attorneys -in -Fact to execute on behalf of the Company; as surety, any and all bonds, undertakings and contracts ofsureryship, or other written obligations in the nature thereof, to prescribe their respective duties and the respective limits of their authority; and to revoke any such appointment at anytime. f RESOLVED FURTHER. That the Company seal and the signature of any of the aforesaid officers and any Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the ' Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or certificate of either given for the execution of any bond, undertaking, contract of suretyship, or other written obligation in the nature thereof, such signature and seal when so used being hereby adopted by the Company as the original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Company, to be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. CERTIFICATION I, STEPHEN C. BERA HA, Assistant Secretary of Great American Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power ofAtturney and the Resolutions of the Board of Directors of June 9, 2008 have not been revoked and are now in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this � day of v y _ f ! Assistant Secretary S1029AD (12113) Page Intentionally Left Blank City of Lubbock, TX Insurance Requirement Affidavit To Be Completed by Bidder Must be submitted with Bid I, the undersigned Bidder, certify that the insurance requirements contained in this bid document have been reviewed by me and my Insurance Agent/Broker. If I am awarded this contract by the City of Lubbock, I will be able to, within ten (10) business days after being notified of such award by the City of Lubbock, furnish a valid insurance certificate to the City meeting all of the requirements defined in this bid. Co—WhictoOlOriginal Signature) Contractor (Print) CONTRACTOR'S BUSINESS NAME: (Print or Type) CONTRACTOR'S FIRM ADDRESS: J.3Q r ck jgg53 NOTE TO CONTRACTOR If the time requirement specified above is not met, the City has the right to reject this bid and award the contract to another contractor. If you have any questions concerning these requirements, please contact the Director of Purchasing & Contract Management Office for the City of Lubbock at (806) 775-2572. ITB 17-13186-TF Memphis Avenue from 109th Street to 114th Street 6 Pate Intentionally Left Blank 1 City of Lubbock, TX Safety Record Questionnaire The City of Lubbock City Council desires to avail itself of the benefits of Section 252.0435 of the Local Government Code, and consider the safety records of potential contractors prior to awarding bids on City contracts. Pursuant to Section 252.0435 of the Local Government Code, City of Lubbock has adopted the following written definition and criteria for accurately determining the safety record of a bidder prior to awarding bids on City contracts. The definition and criteria for determining the safety record of a bidder for this consideration shall be: The City of Lubbock shall consider the safety record of the bidders in determining the responsibility thereof. The City may consider any incidents involving worker safety or safety of the citizens of the City of Lubbock, be it related or caused by environmental, mechanical, operational, supervision or any other cause or factor. Specifically, the City may consider, among other things: a. Complaints to, or final orders entered by, the Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission (OSHRC), against the bidder for violations of OSHA regulations within the past three (3) years. b. Citations (as defined below) from an Environmental Protection Agency (as defined below) for violations within the past five (5) years. Environmental Protection Agencies include, but are not necessarily limited to, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACOE), the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC) (predecessor to the TCEQ), the Texas Department of State Health Services (DSHS), the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department (TPWD), the Structural Pest Control Board (SPCB), agencies of local governments responsible for enforcing environmental protection or worker safety related laws or regulations, and similar regulatory agencies of other states of the United States. Citations include notices of violation, notices of enforcement, suspension/revocations of state or federal licenses or registrations, fines assessed, pending criminal complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final orders, and judicial final judgments. C. Convictions of a criminal offense within the past ten (10) years, which resulted from bodily harm or death. d. Any other safety related matter deemed by the City Council to be material in determining the responsibility of the bidder and his or her ability to perform the services or goods required by the bid documents in a safe environment, both for the workers and other employees of bidder and the citizens of the City of Lubbock. In order to obtain proper information from bidders so that City of Lubbock may consider the safety records of potential contractors prior to awarding bids on City contracts, City of Lubbock requires that bidders answer the following three (3) questions and submit them with their bids: QUESTION ONE Has the bidder, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the bidder, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received itations for violations of OSHA within the past three (3) years? YES NO If the bidder has indicated YES for question number one above, the bidder must provide to City of Lubbock, with its bid submission, the following information with respect to each such citation: Date of offense, location of establishment inspected, category of offense, final disposition of offense, if any, and penalty assessed. Bidder's Initials QUESTION TWO Has the bidder, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the bidder, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received citations for violations of environmental protection laws or regulations, of any kind or type, within the past five years? Citations include notice of violation, notice of enforcement, suspensionlrevocations of state or federal licenses, or registrations, fines assessed, pending criminal complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final orders, and judicial fi nal judgments." YESNO _ If the bidder has indicated YES for question number two above, the bidder must provide to City of Lubbock, with its bid 1._ submission, the following information with respect to each such conviction: Date of offense or occurrence, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, if any, and penalty assessed. QUESTION THREE Has the bidder, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by bidder, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership, or institution, ever been convicted, within the past ten (10) years, of a criminal offense which resulted from serious bodily injury or death? YES NO t If the bidder has indicated YES for question number three above, the bidder must provide to City of Lubbock, with its bid submission, the following information with respect to each such conviction: Date of offense, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, in any, and penalty assessed. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF LUBBOCK 1 certify that I have made no willful misrepresentations in this Questionnaire nor have I withheld information in my statements and answers to questions. I am aware that the information given by me in this questionnaire shall be investigated, with my full permission, and that any misrepresentations or omissions may cause my bid to be rejected. City of Lubbock, TX Suspension and Debarment Certification Federal Law (A-102 Common Rule and OMB Circular A-110) prohibits non -Federal entities from contracting with or making sub -awards under covered transactions to parties that are suspended or debarred or whose principals are suspended or debarred. Covered transactions include procurement contracts for goods or services equal to or in excess of $25,000 and all non -procurement transactions (e.g., sub -awards to sub -recipients). Contractors receiving individual awards of $25,000 or more and all sub -recipients must certify that their organization and its principals are not suspended or debarred by a Federal agency. Before an award of $25,000 or more can be made to your Firm, you must certify that your organization and its principals are not suspended or debarred by a Federal agency. 1, the undersigned agent for the firm named below, certify that neither this firm nor its principals are suspended or debarred by a Federal agency. COMPANY FEDERAL TAX ID or SOCIAL SECURITY No. S'c�Ql 5 t Signature of Company Official: Printed name of company official signing above: Date Signed: i q 1] Page Intentionally Left Blank LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS Paue Intentionally Left Blank ITB 17-13186-TF Memphis Avenue from 109th Street to 114th Street LIST OF SUB CONTRACTORS Minority Owned Company Name Location Services Provided Yes No 3. °- 4. ❑ ❑ 5. ❑ ❑ 6. ❑ ❑ 7. ❑ ❑ 8. ❑ ❑ 9. ❑ o 10. o ❑ 11. ❑ ❑ 12. o ❑ 13. © ❑ 14. ❑ o 15. o ❑ 16. a ❑ )rnvany 1 a re55 � r , City, Cty State Zip Code Telephone: - -iq — 7- 19 Fax: THIS FORM SHALL BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED ALONG WITH YOUR PROPOSAL IF NO SUB —CONTRACTORS WILL BE USED PLEASE INDICATE SO F�1 Page Intentionally Left Blank 1 is ITB 17-13186-TF Memphis Avenue from 109th Street to 114th Street FINAL LIST OF SUB CONTRACTORS Minority Owned Company Name Location Services Provided Yes No 1. �01y\ k-e— a~£ r c ar �V ❑ 2. �iTnyEcorrn¢nio•\ �,�-k— -�t�l #� °' 3. —� ❑ 4. ❑ ❑ S, ❑ 01 6. ❑ ❑ 7. ❑ ❑ 8. ❑ ❑ 9. ❑ ❑ 10. ❑ c 11. Cl ❑ 12. ❑ 13. ❑ c 14. o G 15. ❑ 0 16. ❑ Company Address Cit County :::I!ly��� State Zip Code Telephone: _---74/S--7,q 5? Fax: 21!5 4,— - -7e-is —25 -7 7 THIS FORM SHALL BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED WITHIN 7 DAYS OF BID CLOSING. IF NO SUS -CONTRACTORS WILL BE USED PLEASE INDICATE SO. Page Intentionally Left Blank I I PAYMENT BOND Paize Intentionally Left Blank Bond No. CA 1750567 STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a) OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE (CONTRACTS MORE THAN $50,000) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Allen Butler Construction Inc. (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and Great American Insurance Company of New York (hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of Two Hundred Ninety -Eight Thousand Two Hundred Twenty -Three Dollars And Ninety -Two Cents ($298,223.92) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, finely by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 26" day of Januarv, 2017, to ITB 17-13186-TF Memphis Avenue from 109th Street to 114th Street and said Principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.02 ] (a) of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this pt�_ day of January , 2017. Great American Insurance Company of New York Surety <Dun *By: itttorney-In-Fact Allen Butler Construction, Inc. _ (Company Name) By: (Printed Name) (Signature) (Title) Page Intentionally Left Blank The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates Kevin J. Dunn an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. Great American Insurance Company of New York Surety * By: F (title) K in J. Du , Attomey-In-Fact Approved as to form: City f ub ock By: .ty Attorney * Note: If signed by an Office of the Surety Company there must be on file a certified extract from the, b)=-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. 2 Paee Intentionally Left Blank GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK _ New York Administrative Office: 301 E 4TH STREET • CINCINNATI, OHIO 45202 • 513-369-5000 • FAX 513-723-2740 The number of persons authorized by this power of attorney is not more than FIVE No. 0 14893 POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK, a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of New York, does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint the person or persons named below its true and lawful attorney -in -fact, for it and in its name, place and stead to execute on behalf of the said Company, as surety, any and all bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship, or other written obligations in the nature thereof; provided that the liability of the said Company on any such bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship executed under this authority shall not exceed the limit stated below. Name Address Limit of Power TRACY TUCKER STEVEN TUCKER ALL OF ALL W. LAWRENCE BROWN BENNETT BROWN FORT WORTH, $100,000,000.00 KEVIN J. DUNN TEXAS This Power of Attorney revokes all previous powers issued on behalf of the attorney(s)-in-fact named above. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK has caused these presents to be signed and attested by its appropriate officers and its corporate seal hereunto affixed this 15TH day of MAY , 2014 Attest GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK WMFORAi(lop® o Assistant Secretary Divisiona(Senior t ee President DAVID C. KITCHIN (877-377-2405) STATE OF OHIO, COUNTY OF HAMILTON-ss: On this 15TH day of MAY 2014 , before me personally appeared DAVID C. KITCHIN, tome known, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he resides in Cincinnati, Ohio, that he is a Divisional Senior Vice President of the Bond Division of Great American Insurance Company of New York, the Company described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal; that it was so affixed by authority of his office under the By -Laws of said Company, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority. NatarY Pubic, Slab of 011(o c— W Comti#s>s m Exp ms "2015 This Power of Attorney is granted by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Great American Insurance Company of New York by unanimous written consent dated May 14, 2009. RESOLVED: That the Divisional President, the several Divisional Senior Vice Presidents, Divisional Vice Presidents and Divisional Assistant Vice Presidents, or any one of them, be and hereby is authorized, from time to time, to appoint one or more Attorneys -in -Fact to execute on behalf of the Company, as surety, any and all bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship, or other written obligations in the nature thereof,- to prescribe their respective duties and the respective limits of their authority; and to revoke any such appointment at any time. RESOLVED FURTHER: That the Company seal and the signature of any of the aforesaid officers and any Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or certificate of either given for the execution of any bond, _ undertaking, contract of suretyship, or other written obligation in the nature thereof, such signature and seal when so used being hereby adopted by the Company as the original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Company, to be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. 4 CERTIFICATION I, STEPHEN C. BERAHA, Assistant Secretary of Great American Insurance Company of New York, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney and the Resolutions of the Board of Directors of May 14, 2009 have not been revoked and are now in full force and effect. �y Signed and sealed this 7DU day of ja�i uQy-� u SEAL Assistant Secretary s S1185J (12/13) i 3 No Text CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE TO: CITY OF LUBBOCK DATE: 1 P.O. BOX 2000, Room 204 LUBBOCK, TX 79457 TYPE OF PROJECT: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT (Name and Address of Insured) is, - at the date of this certificate, insured by this Company with respect to the business operations hereinafter described, for the typed of insurance and in accordance with the provisions of the standard policies used by this company, the further hereinafter described. Exceptions to standard policy noted hereon. i_ TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER EFFECTIVE EFFECTIVE LIMITS DATE DATE GENERAL LIABILITY 0 Commercial General Liability General Aggregate $ D Claims Made Products-Comp/Op AGG $ E Occurrence Personal & Adv. Injury $ Owner's & Contractors Protective Each Occurrence $ ❑ Fire Damage (Any one Fire) $ Med Exp (Any one Person) $ AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY Any Auto Combined Single Limit $ ❑ All Owned Autos Bodily Injury (Per Person) $ _ Scheduled Autos Bodily Injury (Per Accident) $ _ Hired Autos Property Damage $ Non -Owned Autos U, GARAGE LIABILITY Ul Any Auto Auto Only - Each Accident $ n Other than Auto Only: Each Accident $ Aggregate $ BUILDER'S RISK ,-: 100% of the Total Contract Price $ [-i INSTALLA TION FL OA TER $ EXCESS LIABILITY Umbrella Form Each Occurrence $ Aggregate $ U Other Than Umbrella Form $ WORKERS COWENSA TION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY The Proprietor/ ID Included Statutory Limits Partners/Executive D Excluded Each Accident $ Offices are: Disease Policy Limit $ Disease -Each Employee $ OTHER The above policies either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement provide that they may not be changed or canceled by the insurer in less than the legal time required after the insured has received written notice of such change or cancellation, or in case there is no legal requirement, in less than five days in advance of cancellation. FIVE COPIES OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE (Name of Insurer) MUST BE SENT TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK By: Title: The Insurance Certificates Furnished shall name the City of Lubbock as Additional Insured on Auto /General Liability and provide a Waiver of Subrogation in favor of the City of Lubbock. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S. THE ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT SHALL INCLUDE PRODUCTS AND COMPLETE OPERATIONS. T ® A� o CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MMIDD/YYYY) O1/27/2017 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy([es) must be endorsed. if SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER IBTX Risk Services DFW 6363 N. State Hwy 161, Suite 100 NTACT NAME: Danielle Dinser A/ONo t: (214) 989-7100 A/C No:(214) 596-9030 E-MAIL ADDRESS: service@ib-tx.com Irving TX 75038 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A: Texas Mutual Insurance Company 22945 INSURED INSURER B: Amer i sure Mutual Insurance 23396 Allen Butler Construction, Inc. INSURER C:Travelers Prop Cas of America 25674 INSURERD: P.O. Box 53058 INSURERE: Lubbock TX 79453 INSURER F : COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: Cert ID 22551 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF MM/DD/YYYY POLICY EXP MM/DD/YYYY LIMITS B X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 CLAIMS -MADE F OCCUR CPP2096409 04/01/2016 04/01/2017 PREMISES EaoccuE ence $ 1, 000, 000 X MED EXP (Any one person) $ 10,000 Contractual Liab X XCU PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GEML AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 POLICY PRO- JECT LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 $ OTHER: AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT Ea accident $ 1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ B X ANY AUTO CA2096390 04/01/2016 04/01/2017 ALL OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS AUTOS NON -OWNED X HIRED AUTOS X AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE per accident $ C UMBRELLALIAB X OCCUR ZUP-31M27662-15-NF 04/01/2016 04/01/2017 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 X EXCESS LIAR CLAIMS -MADE DIED I X I RETENTION$ 10,000 $ A AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY WORKERS COMPENSATION Y/N ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICERIMEMBER EXCLUDED? N (Mandatory In NH) N/A TSF0001074270 12/01/2016 12/01/2017 X STATUTE EERH E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE- EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 $ $ DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) General Liability & Automobile policies include a blanket automatic additional insured endorsement [CG7085 09/13, CG7063 07/12, CA7165 10/07, CA7118 11/091 that provides this feature only when there is a written contract with the named insured that requires such status. General Liability, Automobile & Workers' Compensation policies include a blanket automatic waiver of subrogation endorsement [CG7063 07/12, CA7118 11/09, WC420304A] that provides this feature only when there is a written contract with the named insured that requires such status. Primary Non -Contributory wording [CG7085 09/13, CG2001 04/13, CA7165 10/07]. Per Project Aggregate per CG7063 07/12. Contractual Liability Railroad per endorsement [CG7063 07/12, CA7118 09/13]. Umbrella policy follows form of General Liability, Auto & Work Comp policies. Cancellation per attached [IL7045 05/07, WC420601]. IC:A I It HULULK City of Lubbock P.O. Box 2000, Room 204 Lubbock TX 79457 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ©1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2014/01) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD Page 1 of 2 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS SECTION CONTINUED I DATE 0l/27/2017 City of Lubbock P.O. Box 2000, Room 204 Lubbock TX 79457 Allen Butler Construction, Inc. P.O. Box 53058 Lubbock TX 79453 RE: Memphis Ave 109th to 114th; ITS 17-13 186-TF; Contract No. 13186; Project No. 92370.9240.30000 DOC (1012003) Page 2 of 2 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Policy Number Agency Number Policy Effective Date CPP2096409 0755324 04/04/2016 Policy Expiration Date Date Account Number 04/04/2017 03/31/2016 20010791 Named Insured Agency Issuing Company ALLEN BUTLER CONSTRUCTION INC IBTX RISK SERVICES DFW AMERISURE MUTUAL INS CO 1, a SECTION=II;R WHO_iS AN:INSURED is amended`to add as an lneV(6d any person anizatiori` Yhom;you are-requlred to add'as Ott additional insured`on this poiicy under 6vrItteh, coot' act`or. wtitten ag{eem..ont relat(ng to yop! business_'_ b. The written contract or written agreement must: (1) Require additional insured status for a time period during the term of this policy; and (2) Be executed prior to the "bodily Injury", "property damage", or "personal and advertising injury" leading to a claim under this policy. C. If, however: (1) "Your work" began under a letter of intent or work order; and (2) The letter of intent or work order led to a written contract or written agreement within 30 days of beginning such work ;and (3) Your customer's customary contracts require persons or organizations to be named as additional insureds; we will provide additional Insured status as specified in this endorsement. However, If you have entered into a construction contract subject to Subchapter C of Chapter 151 of Subtitle C of Title 2 of the Texas Insurance Code with the additional insured, the Insurance afforded to such person(s) or organizations) only applies to the extent permitted by Subchapter C of Chapter 151 of Subtitle C of Title 2 of the Texas Insurance Code. 2. SECTION iI -WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to add the following: If the additional insured is: a. An individual, their spouse is also an additional Insured. b. A partnership or joint venture, members, partners, and their spouses are also additional Insureds. c. A limited liability company, members and managers are also additional insureds. d. An organization other than a: (1) Partnership; (2) Joint venture;or Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CG 70 85 0913 Page 1 of 3 (3) Limited liability company; executive officers and directors of the organization are also additional insureds. Stockholders are also additional insureds, but only with respect to their liability as stockholders. e. A trust, trustees are also Insureds, but only with respect to their duties as trustees. 3: Theninsurance provided`under this.endorsement is.limited as follows;' a: That; p'ersoh`or ofgazetion is an additional`insured-onlywith, respect to jiability arising out of: (1) Premises you: (a) Own; (b) Rent; (c) Lease; or (d) Occupy; or (2) Ongoing operations performed by you or on your behalf -If, however, the written contract or,written agreement also requires completed operations coverage,; we will also provide completed operations coverage for that additional insured. b. Premises, as respects paragraph 3,a.(1) above, include common or public areas about such premises If so required in the written contract or written agreement. c. Additional Insured status provided under paragraphs 3.a.(1)(b) or 3.a.(1)(c) above does not extend beyond the end of a premises lease or rental agreement. d. Ongoing operations, as respects paragraph 3.a (2) above, does not apply to "bodily Injury" or "property damage" occurring after: (1) All work to be performed by you or on your behalf for the additional insured(s) at the site of the covered operations Is complete including related materials, parts or equipment (other than service, maintenance or repairs); or (2) That portion of "your work" out of which the Injury or damage arises is put to its Intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor working for a principal as a part of the same project. V. The.limits,of insurance that apply to the additional insured are the feast of those specified In the; (1) Written contract;- (2)Wrltten agreement; or (3) Declarations of this policy. The limits of insurance are inclusive of and not In addition to the limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. If. The insurance provided to the additional insured does not apply to "bodily injury', "property damage", or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of an architect's, engineer's, or surveyor's rendering of, or failure to render, any professional services, including but not limited to: (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve: (a) Maps; (b) Drawings; (c) Opinions; (d) Reports; (a) Surveys; Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CG 70 85 0913 Page 2 of 3 (f) Change orders; (g) Design specifications; and (2) Supervisory, inspection, or engineering services. g. SECTION IV— COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, paragraph 4. Other Insurance is deleted and replaced with the following: 4 O,tt a lnsurahce:i Coverage provided by this endorsement is excess over any other valid and collectible insurance available to the additional insured whether: a. Primary; b. Excess; c. Contingent; or d. On any other basis; unless the written can#fat c l'',iYf�i(eh'agreement requires this Insurance be.. primary. In chat case, this insurance will be primafj!,Wtttotritcontrlbution from such other insurance available to the additional insured. h. I tl��Mtteg Ontract or wnite l (3tnent as nuflined abov �IeCi i(` �tlditional insured status by use of Y 0,. 201011 85, then the terms of that endorsement, shown below, are incorporated into this endorsement, to the extent such terms do not restrict coverage otherwise provided by this endorsement: ADDITIONAL"INSURED - OWNERS, LEOSEES,OR r`ONTRACTORS (FORM'iB) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART. SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: Blanket Where Required by Written Contract or Agreement that the terms of CG 20 10 11 85 apply. (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) WHO IS AN INSURED (Section II) is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of "your work" for that insured by or for you. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1984 C'G-9 6 77 85_ 1. If the written contract or written agreement as outlined above requires additional insured status by use of an Insurance Services Office (ISO) endorsement, then the coverage provided under this CG 70 85 endorsement does not apply. Additional insured status is limited to that provided by the ISO endorsement, Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CG 70 85 09 13 Page 3 of 3 NAMED INSURED: ALLEN BUTLER CONSTRUCTION INC POLICY NUMBER: CPP2096409 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 01 0413 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART The following is added to the Other Insurance Condition and supersedes any provision to the contrary: Primary And Noncontributory Insurance This insurance is primary to and will not seek contribution from any other insurance available to an additional insured under your policy provided that: (1) The additional insured is a Named Insured under such other insurance; and (2) You have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that this insurance would be primary and would not seek contribution from any other insurance available to the additional insured. CG 20 01 0413 0 Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1 NAMED INSURED: ALLEN BUTLER CONSTRUCTION INC POLICY NUMBER: CPP2096409 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. TEXAS C6k"'t" .. ';TC3R'S GEN LIABILITY EXTENSION ENDQRSEM 1 `t' This endorsement modifies Insurance provided underthe following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Under SECTION I - COVERAGE A. BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY, paragraph 2. EXCLUSIONS, provisions 1. through 6. of this endorsement amend the policy as follows: 1. LIQUOR LIABILITY Exclusion c. Liquor Liability Is deleted. 2. NONOWNED WATERCRAFT Exclusion g. Aircraft, Auto or Watercraft, subparagraph (2) is deleted and replaced with the following: (2) A watercraft you do not own that is: (a) Less than 51 feet long; and (b) Not being used to carry persons or propertyfor a charge. 3. PREMISES ALIENATED A. Exclusion j. Damage to Property, subparagraph (2) Is deleted. B. The following paragraph is deleted from Exclusion). Damage to Property; Paragraph (2) of this exclusion does not apply if the premises are "yourwork" and were never occupied, rented or held for rental by you. 4. PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY -ELEVATORS AND SIDETRACK AGREEMENTS A. Exclusion j. Damage to Property, paragraphs (3), (4), and (6) do not apply to the use of elevators. B. Exclusion k. Damage to Your Product does not apply to: 1. The use of elevators; or 2. Liability assumed under a sidetrack agreement. 5. PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY -BORROWED EQUIPMENT A. Exclusion]. Damage to Property, paragraph (4) does not apply to "property damage" to borrowed equipment while at a Jobsite and not being used to perform operations. B. With respect to anyone borrowed equipment item, provision 5.A. above does not apply to "property damage" that exceeds $25,000 per occurrence or $25,000 annual aggregate, 6. PRODUCT RECALL EXPENSE A. Exclusion n. Recall of Products, Work or Impaired Property does not apply to "product recall expenses" that you Incur forthe "covered recall" of "your product". This exception to the exclusion does not apply to "product recall expenses" resulting from: I. Failure of any products to accomplish their intended purpose; 2. Breach of warranties of fitness, quality, durability or performance; 3. Loss of customer approval or any cost incurred to regain customer approval; 4. Redistribution or replacement of "your produd", which has been recalled, by like products or substitutes; 5. Caprice or whim of the insured; Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CG 70 63 0712 Page 1 of 9 6. A condition likely to cause loss, about which any insured knew or had reason to know at the inception of this insurance; 7. Asbestos, including loss, damage or clean up resulting from asbestos or asbestos containing materials; 8. Recall of "your product(s)" that have no known or suspected defect solely because a known or suspected defect in another of "your product(s)" has been found. B. Under SECTION III -LIMITS OF INSURANCE, paragraph 3. is replaced in its entirety as follows and paragraph 8. Is added: 3. The Products -Completed Operations Aggregate Limit is the mostwe will pay for the sum of: a. Damages under COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY because of "bodily injury" and "property damage" included in the "products -completed operations hazard" and b. "Product recall expenses". 8. Subject to paragraph 5. above, $25,000 is the mostwe will payfor all 'product recall expenses" arising out of the same defect or deficiency. The Insurance afforded by reason of provisions 1. through 6. of this endorsement is excess over any valid and collectible insurance (including any deductible) available to the insured whether primary, excess or contingent, and SECTION IV., paragraph 4.Other insurance is changed accordingly. 7.F BL{�►TI�TCdNTRACTUAL LIABIL,IT�YirYs�.RAILROADS- When a written contractor written agreement requires Contractual Liability - Railroads, the definition of "Insured contract" in Section V - Definitions is replaced by the following with respect to operations performed for, or affecting, a railroad: 9. "insured Contract" means: a. A contractfor a lease of premises. However, that portion of the contractfor a lease of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for damage by fire to premiseswhile rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner is not an "Insured contract"; b. A sidetrack agreement; c. Any easement or license agreement; d. An obligation, as required by ordinance, to indemnify a municipality, except in connection with work for a municipality; e. An elevator maintenance agreement; f. Thai part of any other contract or agreement pertaining to your business (including an indemnification of municipality in connection with work performedfora municipality) under which you assume the tort liability of another party to pay for "bodily injury" or "property damage" to a third person or organization. Tort liability means a liability that would be Imposed by law In the absence of any contract or agreement, Paragraph f. does not Include that part of any contract or agreement: (1) That Indemnities an architect, engineer or surveyorfor injury or damage arising out of; (a) Preparing, approving, or falling to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or (b) Giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them; (2) Under which the Insured, if an architect, engineer or surveyor, assumes liability for an Injury or damage arising out of the Insured's rendering or failure to render professional services, including those listed In Paragraph (1) above and supervisory, Inspection, architectural or engineering activities, S. CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY -PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page 2of9 CG70630712 Under SECTION 1 -COVERAGE B., paragraph 2. Exclusions, paragraph e. Contractual Liability is deleted. 9. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS Under SECTION I -SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS -COVERAGES A AND B, paragraph 1.b. is deleted and replaced with the following: 1. b. Up to $2,500 for cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to fumish these bonds. SECTION II -WHO IS AN INSURED is deleted and replaced with the following: 1. If you are designated in the Declarations as: a. An individual, you and your spouse are insureds, but only with respect to the conduct of a business of which you are the sole owner. b. A partnership or joint venture, you are an Insured, Your members, your partners, and their spouses are also Insureds, but only with respect to the conduct of your business. c. A limited liability company, you are an Insured. Your members are also insureds, but only with respect to the conduct of your business. Your managers are insureds, but only with respect to their duties as your managers. d. An organization other than a partnership, joint venture or limited [[ability company, you are an insured. Your "executive officers" and directors are Insureds, but only with respect to their duties as your officers or directors. Your stockholders are also Insureds, but only with respect to their liability as stockholders. Paragraphs (1)(a), (1)(b) and (1)(c) above do not apply to your "employees"who are: (1) Managers; (0) Supervisors; (111) Directors; or (iv) Officers; with respect to "bodily injury" to a co "employee". 2. Each of the following Is also an insured: a. Your "volunteer workers" only while performing duties related to the conduct of your business, or your "employees," other than either your "executive officers," (if you are an organization other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) or your managers (if you are a limited liability company), but only for acts within the scope of their employment by you or while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. However, none of these "employees" or "volunteer workers" are Insured for: (1) "Bodily Injury" or "personal and advertising Injury": (a) To you, to your partners or members (if you are a partnership or joint venture), to your members (if you are a limited liability company), to a co-"employee"while In the course of his or her employment or performing duties related to the conduct of your business, or to your other "volunteer workers" while performing duties related to the conduct of your business; (b) To the spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that co= `employee" or volunteer worker as a consequence of paragraph (1)(a) above; (c) For which there is any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay damages because of the injury described in paragraphs (1)(a) or (b) above; or (d) Arising out of his or her providing or failing to provide_ professional health care services except as provided in Provision 11. of this endorsement. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CG 70 63 0712 Page 3 of 9 (2) "Property damage" to property: (a) Owned, occupied or used by; (b) Rented to, in the care, custody or control of, or over which physical control is being exercised for any purpose by you, any of your "employees," "volunteer workers", any partner or member (if you are a partnership or joint venture), or any member (if you are a limited liability company). b. Any person (other than your "employee" or "volunteer worker"), or any organization while acting as your real estate manager. c. Any person or organization having proper temporary custody of your property if you die, but only; (1) With respect to Iiabilily arising out of the maintenance or use of that property; and (2) until your legal representative has been appointed. d. Your legal representative if you die, but only with respect to duties as such. That representative will have all your rights and duties underthis Coverage Form. e. Your subsidiaries if: (1) They are legally incorporated enUtles; and (2) You own more than 50%" of the voting stock In such subsidiaries as of the effective date of this policy. If such subsidiaries are not shown in the Declarations, you must report them to us within 180 days of the inception of your original policy. (1) Any person or organization, other than an architect, engineer or surveyor, required to be named as an additional insured in a "work contract", letter of Intent or work order. However, such person or organization shall be an additional insured only with respect to covered "bodily Injury," "property damage," and "personal and advertising Injury" arising out of "your work" underthat "work contract", letter of intent or work order. (2) We will provide additional insured coverage to such person or organization only; (a) for a period of 30 days after the effective date of the applicable "work contract", letter of intent or work order; or (b) until the end of the policy term in effect at the inception of the applicable "work contract', letter of intent or work order; whichever Is earlier. (3) Coverage provided under this paragraph f. is excess over any other valid and collectible Insurance available to the additional insured whether primary, excess, contingent, or on any other basis unless the "work contract", letter of intent or work order requires this insurance be primary, In which case this Insurance will be primary without contribution from such other Insurance available to the additional insured. (4) This paragraph f. does not apply if form CG 70 85, Texas Contractors Blanket Additional Insured Endorsement, is attached to the policy. g. Any person ar.iirganlzaflon to whom you are obligated byvirtue of a writtenh 0 ntractta provide Insu rand such as'ls afforded by this "poifoy„j ut only with respect to liability arising out of the maintenance or use of that partof any premises leased to you„including common or public areas about such premises if so required in the contract. However, no such person or organization is an Insured with respect to: (1) Any "occurrence" that takes place after you cease to occupy those premises; or (2) Structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of such person or organization. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page 4 of 9 CG 70 63 0712 However, no state or political subdivision is an Insured with respect to: (1) "Bodily injury", "property damage", 'personal and advertising Injury" arising out of operations performed for the state or municipality; or (2) "Bodily Injury" or "property damage" included within the "products -completed operations hazard." is Ariy person cittt�gly�atl9fi lhif i isat� fessQr of3UIptlftr4t IaseSi tb yQu, ja►hQyu;p(�IjgH%S by virtue of, a vmftalicontac iit pro ftla irisgEarsae shah as )s (for �d b- thjs polla =but only with respect to their liability arising out of the maintenance, operation or use of such equipment by you or a subcontractoron your behalf with your permission and under your supervision. However, If you have entered into a construction contract subject to Subchapter C of Chapter 151 of Subtitle C of Title 2 of the Texas Insurance Code with the additional insured, the insurance afforded to such person(s) or organization(s) only applies to the extent permitted by Subchapter C of Chapter 151 of Subtitle C of Title 2 of the Texas Insurance Code. No such person or organization, however, Is an insured with respect to any "occurrence" that takes place after the equipment lease expires. �rchltect# eglfltarautvayv ehgagi b yat' but arty with fresj�aat tQ liajillity anslrtg gUt dfi y0 15Tfiiss of '"ys%(�Vfirk�" However, If you have entered Into a construction contract subject to Subchapter C of Chapter 151 of Subtitle C of Title 2 of the Texas Insurance Code with the additional Insured, the Insurance afforded to such person only applies to the extent permitted by Subchapter C of the Chapter 151 of Subtitle C of Title 2 of the Texas Insurance Code, No architect, engineer, or surveyor, however, is an Insured with respect to "bodily injury," "property damage," or "personal and advertising injury" arising out ofthe rendering of or the failure to render any professional services by orfor you, including: (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change orders, designs or specifications; or (2) supervisory, inspection, or engineering services. This paragraph j. does not apply ifform CG 70 85, Texas Contractors Blanket Additional Insured Endorsement, is attached to the policy. However, no such person or organization is an insured with respect to: (1) Any "occurrence" that takes place after you cease to occupy that premises, or cease to lease the land; or (2) Structural alteration, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of that person or organization, 3. Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company and over which you maintain ownership or majority Interest, will qualify as a Named Insured if there is no other similar insurance available to that organization, However: a. Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the end of the policy period; b. Coverage A does not apply to "bodily Injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired orformed the organization; c. Coverage B does not apply to "personal and advertising injury" arising out of an offense committed before you acqulred or formed the organization. d. Coverage A does not apply to "product recall expense" arising out of any withdrawal or recall that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CG 70 63 0712 page 5 of 9 4�r However, no such person or organization is an insured with respect to: a. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" for which the vendor is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contractor agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that the vendor would have in the absence of the contractor agreement. b. Any express warranty unauthorized by you; c. Any physical or chemical change in "your product" made intentionally by the vendor; d. Repackaging, except when unpacked solely forthe purpose of Inspection, demonstration, testing, or the substitution of parts under instructions from the manufacturer, and then repackaged In the original container; e. Any failure to make such Inspections, adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of "your products"; f. Demonstration, installation, servicing or repair operations, except such operations performed at the vendor's premises in connection with the sale of the "your product'; g. "Your products" which, after distribution or sale by you, have been labeled or relabeled or used as a container, part or Ingredient of any other thing or substance by or for the vendor. h. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the sole negligence of the vendor for its own acts or omissions or those of its employees or anyone else acting on its behalf. However, this exclusion does not apply to: (1) The exceptions contained in subparagraphs d. orf.; or (2) Such inspections, adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, In connection with the distribution or sale of the products. This insurance does not apply to any insured person or organization from which you have acquired "your products", or any ingredient, part, or container, entering into, accompanying or containing "your products", No person or organization is an Insured with respect to the conduct of any current or past partnership, joint venture or limited liability companythat is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declarations. 11. INCIDENTAL MALPRACTICE LIABILITY As respects provision 10., SECTION II —WHO IS AN INSURED, paragraph 2.a.(1)(d) does not apply to any nurse, emergency medical technician or paramedic employed by you to provide medical or paramedical services, provided that you are not engaged in the business or occupation of providing such services, and your "employee" does not have any other Insurance thatwould also cover claims arising under this provision, whether the other Insurance is primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. Under SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE, provisions 12. through 14. of this endorsement amend the policy as follows: 12. Ad E LIMITS PER PROJE The General Aggregate Limit applies separately to each of your construction projects away from premises owned by or rented to you, 13. INCREASED MEDICAL PAYMENTS LIMITS AND REPORTiING PERIOD A. The requirement under SECTION I —COVERAGE C MEDICAL PAYMENTS that expenses be Incurred and reported to us within one year of the date of the accident is changed to three years. B. SECTION III -LIMITS OF INSURANCE, paragraph 7., the Medical Expense Limit, is subject to all the terms of SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE and is the greater of: Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page 6 of 9 CG 70 63 0712 1. $10,000; or 2. The amount shown In the Declarations for Medical Expense Limit. C. This provision 13. does not apply if COVERAGE C MEDICAL PAYMENTS is excluded either by the provisions of the Coverage Form or by endorsement. 14. DAMAGE TO PREMISES RENTED TO YOU —SPECIFIC PERILS A. The word fire is changed to "specific perils" where It appears In; 1. The last paragraph of SECTION I —COVERAGE A, paragraph 2. Exclusions; 2. SECTION IV, paragraph 4.16. Excess Insurance. B. The Limits of Insurance shown In the Declarations will apply to all damage proximately caused bythe same event, whether such damage results from a "specific peril" or any combination of "specific perils." C. The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit described in SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE, paragraph 6., is replaced by a new limit, which Is the greater of: 1. $1,000,000; or 2. The amount shown in the Declarations for Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit. D. This provision 14. does not apply if the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit of SECTION I - COVERAGE A is excluded either by the provisions of the Coverage Form or by endorsement. Under SECTION IV - COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, provisions 15. through 17. of this endorsement amend the policy as follows: 15. KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE Under 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim, Or Suit, paragraph a. is deleted and replaced and paragraphs e. and f. are added as follows; a. You must see to Itthat we are notified as soon as practicable of an 'occurrence" or an offense, regardless of the amount, which may result in a claim. Knowledge of an "occurrence" or an offense by your "employee(s)" shall not, In itself, constitute knowledge to you unless one of your partners, members, "executive officers," directors, or managers has knowledge of the "occurrence" or offense. To the extent possible, notice should Include: (1) How, when and where the "occurrence" or offense took place; (2) The names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses; and (3) The nature and location of any injury or damage arising out of the "occurrence" or offense. e. If you report an "occurrence" to your workers compensation carrier that develops into a liability claim for which coverage is provided by the Coverage Form, failure to report such an 'occurrence" to us at the time of the "occurrence" shall not be deemed a violation of paragraphs a., b., and c. above. However, you shall give written notice of this "occurrence"to us as soon you become aware that this "occurrence" may be a liability claim ratherihan a workers compensation claim. f. You must see to itthatthe following are done in the event of an actual or anticipated "covered recall" that may result in "product recall expense": (1) Give us prompt notice of any discovery or notification that "your product" must be withdrawn or recalled. Include a description of "your product" and the reason for the withdrawal or recall; (2) Cease any further release, shipment, consignment or any other method of distribution of like or similar products until it has been determined that all such products are free from defects that could be a cause of loss underthe insurance. 16. UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS Paragraph 6. Representations is deleted and replaced with the following: 6. Representations By accepting this policy, you agree: Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CG 70 63 0712 Page 7 of 9 a. The statements in the Declarations are accurate and complete; b. Those statements are based upon representations you made to us; and C. We have Issued this policy In reliance upon your representations. We will not deny coverage under this coverage part if you unintentionally fail to disclose all hazards existing as of the inception date of this policy. You must reportto us any knowledge of an error or omission In the description of any premises or operations intended to be covered by the Coverage Form as soon as practicable after its discovery. However, this provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium or exercise our right of cancellation or nonrenewal. 17. TRANSFERdP R10HTt(BLANKET WAVER[?FSUBRbGATION); Paragraph 8. Transfer of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us is deleted and replaced with the following: 8. If the Insured has rights to recover all or part of any payment we have made underthls Coverage Form, those rights are transferred to us. The insured must do nothing after loss to impair them. At our request, the insured will bring "suit" or transferthose rights to us and help us enforce them. However, if the insured has waived rights to recoverthrough a written contract, or if"yourwork" was commenced under a letter of intent or work order, subject to a subsequent reduction to writing with customers whose customary contracts require a waiver, we waive any right of recovery we may have under this Coverage Form. 18. EXTENDED NOTICE OF CANCELLATION AND NONRENEWAL Paragraph 2.b. of A. Cancellation of the COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS is deleted and replaced with the following: b. 60 days before the effective date of the cancellation if we cancel for any other reason. Under SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, Paragraph 9. When We Do Not Renew is deleted and replaced with the following: 9. When We Do Not Renew a. We may elect not to renew this policy except, that under the provisions of the Texas Insurance Code, we may not refuse to renew this policy solely because the policyholder Is an elected ofFlcial. b. If we elect not to renew this policy, we may do so by mailing.or delivering to the first Named Insured, at the last mailing address known to us, written notice of nonrenewal, stating the reason for nonrenewal, at least 60 days before the expiration date. If notice is mailed or delivered less than 60 days before the expiration date, this policy will remain in effect until the 61st day after the date on which the notice is mailed or delivered. Earned premium for any period of coverage that extends beyond the expiration date will be computed pro rata based on the previous year's premium. c. If notice is mailed, proof of mailing will be sufficient proof of notice. d. The transfer of a policyholder between admitted companies within the same Insurance group is not considered a refusal to renew. 19. MOBILE EQUIPMENT REDEFINED Under SECTION V - DEFINITIONS, paragraph 12. "Mobile equipment", paragraph f. (1) does not apply to self- propelled vehicles of less than 1,000 pounds gross vehicle weight that are not designed for highway use. 20. DEFINITIONS 1. SECTION V — DEFINITIONS, paragraph 4. "Coverage territory" is replaced by the following definition: "Coverage territory"means ahywh®re in the world with respect to liability arising out of "bodily Injury," "property damage," or "personal and advertising injury," including "personal and advertising injury" offenses that take place through the Internet or similar electronic means of communication provided the insured's responsibility to pay damages Is determined in a settlementto which we agree or In a "suit" on the merits, in the United States of America (including its territories and possessions), Puerto Rico and Canada. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page 8 of 9 CG 70 63 0712 2. SECTION V— DEFINITIONS is amended by the addition of the following definitions: "Covered recall" means a recall made necessary because you or a government body has determined that a known or suspected defect, deficiency, Inadequacy, or dangerous condition in "your product" has resulted or will result in "bodily injury" or "property damage". "Product Recall expenses" mean only reasonable and necessaryextra costs, which result from or are related to the recall orwithdrawal of "your product" for: a. Telephone and telegraphic communication, radio or television announcements, computer time and newspaper advertising; b. Stationery, envelopes, production of announcements and postage or facsimiles; c. Remuneration paid to regular employees for necessary overtime or authorized travel expense; d. Temporary hiring by you or by agents designated by you of persons, otherthan your regular employees, to perform necessary tasks; e. Rental of necessary additional warehouse or storage space; f. Packaging of or transportation or shlpping of defective products to the location you designate; and g. Disposal of "your products" that cannot be reused. Disposal expenses do not Include: (1) Expenses that exceed the original cost of the materials Incurred to manufacture or process such product; and (2) Expenses that exceed the cost of normal trash discarding or disposal, except as are necessary to avoid "bodily injury" or "property damage". "Specific Perils" means fire; lightning; explosion; windstorm or hail; smoke; aircraft or vehicles; riot or civil commotion; vandalism; leakage from fire extinguishing equipment; weight of snow, ice or sleet; or"water damage." "Water damage" means accidental discharge or leakage of water or steam as the direct result of the breaking or cracking of any part of a system or appliance containing water or steam. "Wofk cs�rllract" means, written agreement between yoU and one or more parties for work.to be- }ierformed;tbyyouororr;ve rrbohdif. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CG 70 63 0712 Page 9 of 9 POLICY NUMBER: CA2096390 COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 71 6510 07 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY, DESIGNATED INSURED - PRIMARY COVERAGE This endorsement modifies Insurance provided under the BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM The provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless changed by this endorsement. This endorsement Identifies person(s) or organlzation(s) who are "insured" under the Who Is An Insured Provision of the Coverage Form. This endorsement changes the policy on the inception data of the policy, unless another date Is shown below. Endorsement Effective; 04/01/2016 Countersigned By., (Authorized Representative) Named Insured: ALLEN BUTLER CONTRUCTION INC (No entry may appear above. if so, Information to complete this endorsement Is In the Declarations.) Section 11 Liability Coverage, A. Coverage, 1. Who Is An Insured Is amended to add: any or r Mini art wl = Thom yc r have n "ins�rre i ntra t" i t . r q 1 : Each such person or organization is an "Insured"for Liability Coverage. They are an "insured" only If that person or organization is an "Insured" under in SECTION it of the Coverage Form. The contract between the Named Insured and the person or organization Is an "insured contract". Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. CA 71 65 10 07 Insurance Services Office.,1998. Page 1 of 1 NAMED INSURED: ALLEN BUTLER CONSTRUCTION INC POLICY NUMBER: CA2096390 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. This endorsement modifies Insurance provided under the BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by the endorsement. The premium for this endorsement Is$ $250.00 FOR M INSURED SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE, A.1. Who Is An Insured is amended bythe addition of the following; d. Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, and over which you maintain ownership or a majority Interest, will qualify as a Named Insured, However, (1) Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the end of the policy period; (2) Coverage does not apply to "accidents" or "loss" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization; and (3) Coverage does not apply to an organization that is an "insured" under any other policy or would be an "Insured" but for its termination or the exhausting of Its limit of Insurance. e. Any"employee" of yours using; (1) A covered "auto" you do not own, hire or borrow, or a covered "auto" not owned by the "employee" or a member of his or her household, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business or your personal affairs; or (2) An "auto" hired or rented under a contractor agreement In that "employee's" name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. However, your "employee" does not qualify as an insured underthls paragraph (2) while using a covered "auto" rented from you or from any member of the "employee's" household, f. Yourmembers, if you are a limited liability company, while using a covered "auto" you do not own, hire or borrow and while performing duties related to the conduct of your business or your personal affairs, g. Any; )Jersonor organizatlori w11h Whom you agree In a widen contract, Written agreement or permit; _to pfovlde lnsuranre'such as Is afforded Under this pollcy but only With respect io your ebvered "autos". This provision does not apply: (1) Unless the written contractor agreement Is executed or the permit Is issued prior to the "bodily Injury" or "property damage'; (2) To any person or organlzation included as an insured byan endorsement or In the Declarations; or (3) To any lessor of "autos" unless; (a) The lease agreement requires you to provide direct primary Insurance for the lessor; (b) The "auto" Is leased without a driver, and Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CA 71181109 Page 1 of 5 (c) The lease had not expired. Leased "autos" covered under this provision will be considered covered "autos" you own and not covered "autos" you hire. h. Any legally incorporated organization or subsidiary In which you own more than 50% of the voting stock on the effective date of this endorsement. This provision does not apply to "bodily Injury" or "property damage" for which an "insured" Is also an Insured under any other automobile policy orwould be an insured under such a policy, but for its termination or the exhaustion of its limits of Insurance, unless such policy was written to apply specifically in excess of this policy. 2. COVERAGE EXTENSIONS -SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS Under Section II -LIABILITY COVERAGE, A2.a. Supplementary Payments, paragraphs (2) and (4) are deleted and replaced as follows: (2) Up to $2,500 for the cost of bail bonds (Including bonds for related traffic law violations) required because of an "accident" we cover. We do not have to furnish these bonds. (4) All reasonable expenses Incurred by the "Insured" at our request, including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. 3. AMENDED FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXCLUSION Under SECTION Il -LIABILITY COVERAGE, B. EXCLUSIONS, paragraph 5. Fellow Employee Is deleted and replaced bythe following: 5. Fellow Employee "Bodily injury" to: a. Any fellow "employee" of the "insured" arising out of and in the course of the fellow "employee's" employment or while performing duties related to the conduct of your business, However, this exclusion does not apply to your "employees" that are officers, managers, supervisors or above. Coverage Is excess over any other collectible Insurance. b. The spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that fellow "employee" as a consequence of paragraph a. above. 4. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE AND LOSS OF USE EXPENSE A. Under SECTION III -PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE, the following is added: If any of your owned covered "autos" are covered for Physical Damage, we will provide Physical Damage coverage to "autos" that you or your "employees" hire or borrow, underyour name or the "employee's" name, for the purpose of doing your work. We will provide coverage equal to the broadest physical damage coverage applicable to any covered "auto" shown in the Declarations, Item Three, Schedule of Covered Autos You Own, or on any endorsements amending this schedule. B. Under SECTION III -PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A.4. Coverage Extensions. paragraph b. Loss Of Use Expenses is deleted and replaced with the following: b. Loss Of Use Expenses For Hired Auto Physical Damage, we will pay expenses for which an "insured" becomes legally responsible to pay for loss of use of a vehicle rented or hired without a driver, under a written rental contractor agreement. We will pay for loss of use expenses If caused by: (1) Other than collision, only if the Declarations indicate that Comprehensive Coverage Is provided for any covered "aulo'; Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page 2 of 5 CA 7118 1109 (2) Specified Causes of Loss, only if the' Declarations indicate that Specified Causes Of Loss Coverage is provided for any covered "auto"; or (3) Collision, only if the Declarations indicate that Collision Coverage Is provided for any covered "auto". However, the most we will pay for any expenses for loss of use is $30 per day, to a maximum of $2,000, C. Under SECTION IV— BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, B. General Conditions, 5. Other Insurance, paragraph b. is replaced by the following: b. For Hired Auto Physical Damage, the following are deemed to be covered "autos" you own: 1. Any covered "auto" you lease, hire, rent or borrow; and 2. Any covered "auto" hired or rented by your "employees" under a contract in that Individual "employee's" name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business, However, any "auto" that Is leased, hired, rented or borrowed with a driver is not a covered "auto", nor Is any "auto" you hire from any of your "employees", partners (if you are a partnership), members (if you are a limited liability company), or members of their households. 5. LOAN OR LEASE GAP COVERAGE Under SECTION 111— PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE, the following is added: If a covered'auto" Is owned or leased and if we provide Physical Damage Coverage on it, we will pay, in the event of a covered total "loss", any unpaid amount due on the lease or loan for a covered "auto", less: (a) The amount paid under the Physical Damage Section of the policy; and: (b) Any: (1) Overdue lease or loan payments Including penalties, interest or other charges resulting from overdue payments at the time of the "loss"; (2) Financial penalties Imposed under a lease for excessive use, abnormal wear and tear or high mileage; (3) Costs for extended warranties, Credit Life Insurance, Health, Accident or Disability Insurance purchased with the loan or lease; (4) Security deposits not refunded by a lessor, and (5) Carry-over balances from previous loans or leases. 6. RENTAL REIMBURSEMENT Under SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A.4. Coverage Extensions, paragraph a. Transportation Expenses is deleted and replaced bythe following: a. Transportation Expenses (1) We will pay up to $75 per day to a maximum of $2,000 for transportation expense Incurred by you because of covered "loss". We will pay only for those covered "autos"for which you carry Collision Coverage or either Comprehensive Coverage or Specified Causes of Loss Coverage. We will pay for transportation expenses incurred during the period beginning 24 hours after the covered "loss" and ending, regardless of the policy's expiration, when the covered "auto" is returned to use or we payfor Its "loss". This coverage is in addition to the otherwise applicable coverage you have on a covered "auto". No deductibles apply to this coverage. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CA 71 181109 Page 3 of 5 (2) This coverage does not apply while there is a spare or reserve "auto" available to you for your operation. 7. AIRBAGCOVERAGE Under SECTION III -PHYSICAL DAMAGE, B. EXCLUSIONS, paragraph 3. is deleted and replaced by the following: 3. We will not pay for "loss" caused by or resulting from any of the following unless caused by other "loss" that is covered by this Insurance: (1) Wear and tear, freezing, mechanical or electrical breakdown. However, this exclusion does not include the discharge of an airbag. (2) Blowouts, punctures or other road damage to tires. 8. GLASS REPAIR —WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE Section III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, D. Deductible is amended to add the following: No deductible applies to glass damage If the glass Is repaired ratherthan replaced. 9. COLLISION COVERAGE— WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE Under Section III -PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, D. Deductible is amended to add the following: When there Is a loss to your covered "auto" insured for Collision Coverage, no deductible will apply If the loss was caused by a collision with another "auto" insured by us, 10. KNOWLEDGE OF ACCIDENT Under SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, A. Loss Conditions, 2. Duties In The Event Of Accident, Claim, Suit Or Loss, paragraph a. is deleted and replaced by the following: a. You must see to it thatwe are notified as soon as practicable of an "accident", claim, "su€t" or "loss". Knowledge of an "accident", claim, "suit" or "loss" by your "employees" shall not, In itself, constitute knowledge to you unless one of your partners, executive officers, directors, managers, or members (if you area limited liability company) has knowledge of the "accident", claim, "suit" or "loss". Notice should Include: (1) How, when and where the "accident" or "loss" occurred; (2) The "insured's" name and address; and (3) To the extent possible, the names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses. 11. TRANSFER OF RIGHTS (BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION) Under SECTION IV- BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, A. Loss Conditions paragraph 5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us Is deleted and replaced by the following: 5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us If any person or organization to or for whom we make payment under this Coverage Form has rights to recover damages from another, those rights are transferred to us. That person or organization must do everything necessary to secure our rights and must do nothing after "accident" or "loss" to impair them. However, if the "Insured" has waived rights to recoverthrough a written contract, or If your work was commenced under a letter of intent or work order, subject to a subsequent reduction in writing with customers whose customary contracts require a waiver, we waive any right of recovery we may have underthis Coverage Form. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page 4 of 5 CA 7118 1109 12. UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS Under SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, B. General Conditions, paragraph 2. Concealment, Misrepresentation Or Fraud is amended by the addition of the following: We will not deny coverage under this Coverage Form if you unintentionally fall to disclose all hazards existing as of the Inception date of this policy. You must report to us any knowledge of an error or omission in your representations as soon as practicable after its discovery. This provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium or exercise our right of cancellation or non -renewal. 13, BLANKET COVERAGE FOR CERTAIN OPERATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH RAILROADS, When required by written contract or written agreement, the definition of "Insured contract' Is amended as follows: — The exception contained in paragraph H.3. relating to construction or demolition operations on or within 50 feet of a railroad; and Paragraph H.a. are deleted with respect to the use of a covered "auto" In operations for, or affecting, a railroad. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CA 71181109 Page 5 of 5 WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC420304B TEXAS WAiVER4E. OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM -OTHERS ENDORSEMENT! This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A. of the Information Page. We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver applies only with respect to bodily injury arising out of the operations described in the Schedule where you are required by a written contract to obtain this waiver from us. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. The premium for this endorsement is shown in the Schedule. Schedule Specific Waiver Name of person or organization (A.) 010kot Waiver: Any person or organization for whom the Named Insured has agreed by written contract to furnish this waiver. 2. Operations: ALL TEXAS OPERATIONS 3. Premium The premium charge for this endorsement shall be 2.00 percent of the premium developed on payroll in connection with work performed for the above person(s) or organization(s) arising out of the operations described. 4. Advance Premium INCLUDED, SEE INFORMATION PAGE, This endorsement changes the policy to Which it Is attached effective on the inception date of the policy unless a different date Is indicated below. (The following 'attaching clause" need be completed only when this endorsement is Issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) This endorsement, effective on at 12:01 A.M. standard time, forms a part of Policy No. TSF-0001C74270 of the Texas Mutual Insurance Company Issuedto ALLEN 13UTLER CONSTRUCTION INC DBA: BUTLER SAND & GRAVEL Endorsement No. Premium $ � -e8 - NCCI Carrier Code 29939 Authorized Representative WC420304B (ED. 6-01-2014) INSURED'S COPY NAMED INSURED: ALLEN BUTLER CONSTRUCTION INC POLICY NUMBER: CPP2096409; CA2096390 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE P6LICY. PLEASE REAL) IT CAREFULLY. Number of Days Notice M For any statutorily permitted reason otherthan nonpayment of premium, the number of days required for notice of cancellation is Increased to the number of days shown In the Schedule above. If this policy is cancelled by us we will send the Named Insured and any party listed in the following schedule notice of cancellation based on the number of days notice shown above. SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization The:IVame of Person or Organlzatlnn.is°°any parson or organlkai�igrrhold ng �a adrtlfr�ate,of;lnsurancle Issued 1Qt you, priivied the r�rtiffeaie: 1. Refers to this policy; 2. States that notice of. a. Cancellation; b. Nonrenewal; or c. Material change reducing or restricting coverage; will be provided to that person or organization; 3. Is in effect at the time of the; a. Cancellation; b. Nonrenewal; or c. Material change reducing or restricting coverage; and 4. Is on file at your agent or brokers office for this policy. Mailing Address fhe Marling'°Address s.the addrt3ss`ah�wn for that person or organtzation.in that'Cerk emote aJ Ip uiaii e IL 70 45 05 07 11�® WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND LILY EMPLOYERS itexzmut LIABILITY INSURiANCE POLICY InsumnceCompany WC 42 06 01 TEXAS NOTICE OF MATERIAL CHANGE ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A. of the Information Page. In the event of cancellation or other material change of the policy, we will mail advance notice to the person or organization named in the Schedule. The number of days advance notice is shown in the Schedule. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. Schedule 1. Number of days advance notice: 30, 2. Notice will be mailed to: PER LIST ON FILE This endorsement changes the policy to which It is attached effective on the inception date of the policy unless a different date is indicated below. (The following "attaching clause" need be completed only when this endorsement is Issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) This endorsement, effective on at 12:01 A.M. standard time, forms a part of Policy No. TSF-000 1074270 of the Texas Mutual Insurance Company Issued to ALLEN BUTLER CONSTRUCTION INC DBA: BUTLER SAND & GRAVEL Premium $ NCCI Carrier Code 29939 WG420601 (ED.1-94) INSURED'S COPY Endorsement No. /Zvi� �� Authorized Representative CONTRACTORCHECKLIST A CONTRACTOR SHALL: (1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements; (2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; (3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (A) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19-point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS ADDITIONAL INSURED ON AUTO/GENERAL LIABILITY ON A PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY BASIS TO INCLUDE PRODUCTS OF COMPLETE OPERATIONS. PROVIDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. COPIES OF THE ENDORSEMENTS ARE REQUIRED. REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must (see reverse) be covered b workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering `y Y p p p g, g, g equipment and materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the --. identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 512-305-7238 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to 1 report an employer's failure to provide coverage." and (8) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; (C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e) (3) of this rule; (D) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;--< (E) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within (ten) 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (H) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (A) - (H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services._ CONTRACT Page Intentionally Left Blank r` STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF LUBBOCK Contract 13186 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 26" day of January, 2017, by and between the City of Lubbock, County of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through the Mayor, City of Lubbock, thereunto authorized to do so, hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and Allen Butler Construction, Inc. of the City of Lubbock, County of ? Lubbock and the State of Texas hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: , ITB 17-13186-TF Memphis Avenue from 109th Street to 114th Street and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract documents as defined in the General Conditions of Agreement. Allen Butler Construction Inc 's bid dated January 4, 2017 is incorporated into and made a part of this agreement. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents. The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance k; with the bid submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make payment on account thereof as provided therein. ' IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County, Texas in the year and day first above written. CONTRACTOR: Allen Butler Construction, Inc. COMPLETE ADDRESS: Allen Butler Construction, Inc. �PO Box 53058 ., Lubbock, TX 79453 ATTEST: Corporate Secretary CITY OF LUBBO TEXAS (OWNER): By: Daniel M. Pope, Mayor ATTEST: aq Rebec a Garza, City Seergary APPROVED AS TO CONI`EN : Engineer Woad FrWfin, P.E., Dire-ctdr of Public Works AS1O FORM: Kelli Leisure, Assistant City Attorney Pau Intentionally Left Blank CONFLICT OF INTEREST OUESTIONNAIR CHAPTER 176 FOR VENDOR DOING BUSINESS WITH LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY This questionnaire reflects changes made to law by H.B. 23, 841h Leg., Regular Session Businesses and individuals doing business with the City need to file conflict of interest questionnaires with the Office of the City Secretary's Office. Local government officers are also required to file when a conflict exists. The questionnaire is to be filed in accordance with Chapter 176, Local Government Code, by a vendor who has i a business relationship as defined by Section 176.001 (1-a) with a local governmental entity and the vendor - meets the requirements under Section 176.006(a). By law this questionnaire must be filed with the City Secretary's Office of the local govermnental entity no later than the 71h business day after the date the vendor becomes aware of the facts that require the statement to be filled. Chapter 176 of the Local Government Code requires the City Manager and Council Members to file a Conflicts p q tY g Disclosure Statement regarding their relationships with City vendors (including bidders and potential vendors). The law also requires that an vendor who contracts or seeks to contract, with the City for the sale or purchase q Y � h' of property, goods or services (including a bidder on a City contract) file a "Conflict of Interest Questionnaire" regarding the vendor's business relationships, if any, with Council Members or the City Manager. Compliance is the responsibility of each individual, business or agent who is subject to the law's filing requirement. Questions about compliance should be directed to your legal counsel. Office of the City Secretary 1625 13th Street, Room 206 Lubbock, TX 79401 Questionnaire is available at http://www.ci.lubbock.tx.us/departmental websites/departments/purchasing/vendor-information i t Texas Government Code 2252.908 Disclosure of Interested Parties Form 1295 House Bill 1295, adopted by the 84th Legislature, created §2252.908, Texas Government Code. Section 2252.908 requires a business entity entering into certain contracts with a governmental entity or state agency to file with the governmental entity or state agency a disclosure of interested parties at the time the business entity submits the signed contract to the governmental entity or state agency. §2252.908, Texas Government Code requires the commission to adopt rules necessary to implement the new disclosure requirement and to prescribe the disclosure form. Section 2252.908 requires the disclosure form to be signed by the authorized agent of the contracting business entity, acknowledging that the disclosure is made under oath and under penalty of perjury. Section 2252.908 applies only to a contract that requires an action or vote by the governing body of the governmental entity or state agency before the contract may be signed or has a value of at least $1 million. Section 2252.908 provides definitions of certain terms occurring in the section. House Bill 1295 provides that §2252.908 applies only to a contract entered into on or after January 1, 2016. An interested party is defined as a person who has a controlling interest in a business entity with whom a governmental entity or state agency contracts or who actively participates in facilitating the contract or negotiating the terms of the contract, including a broker, intermediary, adviser, or attorney for the business entity. r_1 Contractors are required to acquire Form 1295 via the Texas Ethics Commission website. This requires registration, generation of Form 1295 with a unique Certificate Number & filing date, printing the form, notarizing and returning the form to City of Lubbock Purchasing & Contract Management Department. Once the form is received by the Purchasing and Contract Management Department, the Buyer associated with the project will log -in to the Texas Ethics Commission portal and acknowledge receipt of the form not later than the 30th day after the date the contract for which the form was filed binds all parties to the contract. This will complete the form for the contract with which the form is associated. The completed form will be made available via the Texas Ethics Commission website. Form 1295 can be generated via the Texas Ethics Commission web portal. The website and detailed instructions are located at: https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/whatsnew/elf info forml295.htm GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT Pau Intentionally Left Blank GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT 1. OWNER Whenever the word Owner, or First Party, are used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to the City of Lubbock, Texas. 2. CONTRACTOR Whenever the word Contractor, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood to mean the person, persons, co- partnership or corporation, to wit Allen Butler Construction Inc., who has agreed to perform the work embraced in this contract, or their legal representative. 3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to, City of Lubbock, or its representative Joe Schaunaman, Civil Engineer, so designated who shall inspect constructions; or to such other representatives, supervisors, architects, engineers, or inspectors as may be authorized by said Owner to act in any particular manner under this agreement. Engineers, supervisors or inspectors shall act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise the Contractor or persons acting on behalf of the Contractor. 4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General Instructions to Bidders, Bid, Signed Agreement, Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the Agreement (if any), Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificates, and all other documents made available to Bidder for inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. The above -described materials are sometimes referred to herein as the "contract" or "contract documents". 5. INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved," "Acceptable," "Satisfactory," or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. 6. SUBCONTRACTOR The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no responsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors shall look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due Subcontractor. The City reserves the right to approve or disapprove the selection of any subcontractor(s). 7. WRITTEN NOTICE Written notice shall be deemed to have been dulyserved if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an Office of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the last business address known to the party who gives the notice. t tg 3 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer - - such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents. SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. 10. LAYOUT Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative shall check the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at Contractor's request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly locating all work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. 11. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE The Contractor shall be furnished copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to Contractor and Contractor shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site. 12. RIGHT OF ENTRY The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress or quality of the executed work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract documents. Owner's Representative shall not be required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work, nor shall Owner's Representative be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. Notwithstanding the Owner's Representative's rights of entry hereunder, the Owner's Representative shall not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 13. LINES AND GRADES All lines and grades shall be furnished whenever Owner's Representative deems said lines and grades are necessary for the commencement of the work contemplated by these contract documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract documents. Whenever necessary, Contractor shall suspend its work in order to permit Owner's Representative to comply with this requirement, but such suspension shall be as brief as practical and Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation therefore. The Contractor shall give the Owner's Representative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades are needed. All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless destruction or removal by Contractor, its Subcontractors, or its employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced by the Owner's Representative at Contractor's expense. 14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY t Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's Representative has the authority to review all work included herein. The Owner's Representative has the authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to ensure the proper execution of the contract. The Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work which are to be paid for under the contract documents, and shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction thereof, and shall, in all cases, decide every question which may arise relative to the execution of this contract on the part of said Contractor. The decision of the Owner's Representative shall be conclusive in the absence of written objection to same delivered to Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of any decision or direction by Owner's Representative. In the absence of timely written objection . by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived. t 15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION i. It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from time to time such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors as the said Owner's Representative may deem rv' proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said material is furnished and said work is done in accordance with the specifications therefore. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the proper inspection and examination of the work. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying plans and specifications provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, supervisor or inspector, the Contractor may within fifteen (15) calendar days make written appeal to the Owner's Representative for its decision. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived. 16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to Owner's Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in its absence and all directions given to superintendent shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. It is expressly agreed that adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor is essential to the proper performance of the work and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the Contractor. The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the Contractor and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor. The Owner or Owner's Representatives shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any subcontractors, or any of Contractor's agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work. 17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied itself as to the nature and location of the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of materials to be ` encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, and the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way affect the work under the g contract documents. No oral agreement or conversation with any Office, agent, or employee of the Owner, or Owner's Representative either before or after the execution of this contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Subject to the rights of Owner as set forth in Paragraph 23 hereof, all modifications and/or amendments to the contract documents, shall be in writing, and executed by Owner's �._ Representative and Contractor. 1. Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at its own cost and expense. 18. CHARACTER OF WORKERS The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance in the type of work required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall inform Contractor in writing that any man or men on the work, are, in Owner's Representative's sole opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unacceptable to Owner or Owner's Representative, such man or men shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the Owner's Representative's written consent. 19. CONSTRUCTION PLANT The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall furnish same, and it is also understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or protection of any materials, tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and accepted. The building of structures for the housing of men or equipment are permitted only at such places as the Owner's Representative shall consent or direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structure shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. 4 20. SANITATION , Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the Owner's Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced. 21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all times to observe and test the work. Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at any location wherever such work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain the scope of any observation that may be contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the work shall be ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Representative may reject any such work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors and regardless of whether Owner's Representative has previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise. If any such work should be covered without approval or consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for examination at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representative to make observations of such work or require testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require Contractor to furnish Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests shall be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents. If any such work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or consent of the Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the requirements of any such tests, inspections or approvals, and any work which meets the requirements of any such 4 tests or approvals but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective, and shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense. t Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by Owner, Owner's Representative, or other persons authorized under the contract documents to make such inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve the Contractor from its obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. 22. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES It is expressly agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owner's Representative as unsuitable or not in conformity with plans, specifications and/or contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the Owner's Representative, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full accordance with the contract documents. It is further agreed that any remedial action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at Contractor's expense. 1 23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit, in the line, grade, form dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the accompanying bond. If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If they increase the amount of work, and the increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract; otherwise such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In case the Owner shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in said work, then the Owner shall recompense the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for actual expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned. 24. EXTRA WORK The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not covered by Contractor's bid, except as provided under Changes and Alterations herein. It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the Owner's Representative when presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of the Contractor to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the compensation to be paid to the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following methods: Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or Method (B) - By agreed lump sum; or Method (C) - If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is commenced, then the Contractor shall be paid the lesser of the following: (1) actual field cost of the extra work, plus fifteen (15%) percent; or (2) the amount that would have been charged by a reasonable and prudent Contractor as a reasonable and necessary cost for performance of the extra work. In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C)(1), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workmen, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers materials supplies, teams trucks rentals on machine and equipment, for P PP r1'; the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred, together with all expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation and all other insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative, or by them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of the actual field cost shall be keptand records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the t type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the 3_ , Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using 100%, unless otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership Expenses adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall cover and compensate Contractor for its profit, overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or Field Office must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "actual field cost." No claim for extra work of any kind shall be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case any orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which Contractor should receive compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, Contractor shall prior to commencement of such extra work, make written request to the Owner's Representative for a written order authorizing such extra work. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to the payment therefore, and the Owner's Representative insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost thereof, as provided under Method (C) (1). If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before the commencement of any extra work, any claim for payment due to alleged extra work shall be deemed waived. 25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS It is further agreed that it is the intent of the contract documents that all work described in the bid, the specifications, plans and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these contract documents as interpreted by Owner's Representative. Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Owners' Representative and a clarification obtained before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Owner's Representative prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the Contractor fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before bidding of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the opening of bids. 26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of work with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the Contractor in writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall comply with such order. If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the Contractor shall, if so ordered in writing, increase its force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give reasonable assurance of compliance with the schedule of progress. i 27. PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC AND GENERAL INDEMNITY The Contractor shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable precaution for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The Contractor, its sureties and insurance carriers shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and all of its Offices, agents and employees against any all losses, costs, damages, expenses, liabilities, claims and/or causes of action, whether known or unknown, fixed, actual, accrued or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees and expenses, in connection with, incident to, related to, or arising out of, the Contractor's or any subcontractor's, agent's or employee's, in any manner whatsoever, omission, execution and/or supervision of this contract, and the project which is the .: subject matter of this contract. The safety precautions taken shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, in its sole discretion as an Independent Contractor; inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the Owners or the Owner's Representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses, are intended as reminders to the Contractor of its duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to supervise safety precautions by either the Contractor or any of its subcontractors. 28. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change shall be provided ten (10) calendar days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies of insurance, required herein, including policies of insurance required to be provided by Contractor and its subcontractors, shall contain a waiver of any and all of the insurer's or payor's, in the event of self- insurance, rights to subrogation that any such insurer or payor, in the event of self-insurance, may acquire by virtue of payment of any loss under such insurance or self-insurance. All certificates of insurance submitted to the City in conformity with the provisions hereof shall establish such waiver. The Contractor shall procure and carry at its sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverage's shall be submitted prior to contract execution. PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS ADDITIONAL INSURED ON AUTO/GENERAL LIABILITY ON A PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY BASIS TO INCLUDE PRODUCTS OF COMPLETE OPERATIONS. PROVIDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. COPIES OF THE ENDORSEMENTS ARE REQUIRED. FA 0.3 C. M E. F Commercial General Liability Insurance (Primary Additional Insured and Waiver of Subrogation required) The contractor shall have Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with limits of $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit in the aggregate and per occurrence to include: Products & Completed Operations Hazard Contractual Liability Personal Injury & Advertising Injury Heavy Equipment XCU $ Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance. - NOT REQUIRED. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance (Waiver of Subrogation Required) The Contractor shall have Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of not less than; Bodily Injury/Property Damage, $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit, per occurrence, to include all owned and non -owned cars including: Employers Non -ownership Liability Hired and Non -owned Vehicles. Builder's Risk Insurance/Installation Floater Insurance - NOT REQUIRED. - Umbrella Liability Insurance (Primary Additional Insured and Waiver of Subrogation required) The Contractor shall have Umbrella Liability Insurance in the amount of 1 0$ 00,000 per occurrence on all contracts with coverage to correspond with Comprehensive General Liability and Comprehensive Automobile Liability coverages. Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance (Waiver of Subrogation required) Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all employees whether employed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor on the job with Employers Liability of at least $1,000,000 1. Definitions: Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC 82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in Section 406.096, Texas Labor Code) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner - operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a I! project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. 2. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. 4. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. 5. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the governmental entity: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity shall have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (b) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. 7. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. 8. The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. 9. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on the project, to: (a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (b) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (c) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: t_. G s 'i (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of - coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for ---, one year thereafter; (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by paragraphs (a) - (g), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for _? whom they are providing services. 10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who shall provide services on the project shall be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. 11. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. Proof of Coverage Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Owner for approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the insurance company setting forth: (1) The name and address of the insured. (2) The location of the operations to which the insurance applies. (3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. (4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne- by such certificate. (5) A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the named insured at the address shown in the bid specifications. (6) A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten days prior to any change in or j cancellation of the policies shown on the certificate. (7) The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof) contained in the job specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will be acceptable. 10 (8) If policy limits are paid, new policy must be secured for new coverage to complete project. (9) A Contractor shall: (a) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements; (b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; (c) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee. " "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 800-372-7713 or 512-804- 4000 (www.tdi.state.tx.us) to receive information of the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage; " and (h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: II Pate Intentionally Left Blank DAVIS BACON WAGE DETERMINATIONS Page Intentionally Left Blank EXHIBIT A General Decision Number: TX160007 01/08/2016 TX7 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20150007 State: Texas Construction Types: Heavy and Highway Counties: Armstrong, Carson, Crosby, Ector, Irion, Lubbock, Midland, Potter, Randall, Taylor and Tom Green Counties in Texas. HEAVY & HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS Note: Under Executive Order (EO) 13658, an hourly minimum wage of $10.15 for calendar year 2016 applies to all contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act for which the solicitation was issued on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.15 (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract in calendar year 2016. The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/08/2016 * SUTX2011-002 08/02/2011 Rates Fringes e� CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER (Paving & Structures) ... $ 13.55 ELECTRICIAN ...................... $ 20.96 FORM BUILDER/FORM SETTER Paving & Curb ...............$ 12.36 Structures .................. $ 13.52 I : 01:, a 0 Asphalt Raker ............... $ 12.28 Flagger.....................$ 9.30 Laborer, Common ............. $ 10.30 Laborer, Utility ............ $ 11.80 Work Zone Barricade Servicer.................... $ 10.30 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR: Asphalt Distributer ......... $ 14.87 Asphalt Paving Machine ...... $ 13.40 Broom and Sweeper ........... $ 11.21 Crane, Lattice Boom 80 Tons or Less ................ $ 16.82 Crawler Tractor Operator .... $ 13.96 Excavator, 50,000 lbs or less ........................ $ 13.46 Front End Loader Operator, Over 3 CY................... $ 12.77 Front End Loader, 3CY or less............ Loader/Backhoe..............$ 14.18 Mechanic .................... $ 20.14 Milling Machine .............$ 15.54 Motor Grader, Rough ........ $ 16.15 Motor Grader, Fine .......... $ 17.49 Pavement Marking Machine .... $ 16.42 Reclaimer/Pulverizer........ $ 12.85 Roller, Asphalt ............. $ 10.95 Roller, Other ............... $ 10.36 Scraper ..................... $ 10.61 Spreader Box ................ $ 12.60 Servicer .........................$ 13.98 Steel Worker (Reinforcing) ....... $ 13.50 TRUCK DRIVER Lowboy -Float ................ $ 14.46 Single Axle ................. $ 12.74 Single or Tandem Axle Dump..$ 11.33 Tandem Axle Tractor with Semi ........................ $ 12.49 $ 12.28 WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non -union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. ---------------------------------------------------------------- WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 4 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: 1- * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. ¢ Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION EXHIBIT B Prevailing Wage Rates Overtime Rate The rate for overtime (in excess of forty hours per week) shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act. EXHIBIT C Prevailing Wage Rates Legal Holiday Rate The rate for legal holidays shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act. SPECIFICATIONS Pau Intentionally Left Blank m City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards and Specifications t City of Ubbock TEXAS Department of Public Works Engineering City of Lubbock, Texas January 15, 2016 d•)c40� #: JOSEPFf W' ........ 95884 ,1��UlVAI LNG .. i f _., This document contains general standards and specifications for design work on public 1_ infrastructure. At all times these regulations are subject to the direct supervision and judgment of the City Engineer who may make modifications in their implementation as may be necessary on a case -by -case basis, acting in the best interest of the public, Approval of plans shall constitute general conformance with the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and Specifications Approval of plans shall not relieve the Engineer of Record or the Developer from the responsibility to comply with local, State, or Federal requirements, and/or any errors or omissions in plans and specifications January 10, 2016 Subject: City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards & Specifications To whom it may concern: This letter is to advise of the release of the 2016 annual update to the City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards and Specifications. Over the past year the City of Lubbock Engineering staff has been working with vendors, manufacturers, engineering firms and the development community to update and improve the 2014 edition. The Public Works Engineering Department will be reviewing plans and making comments according to these standards for any proposed infrastructure beginning January 15, 2016. Therefore any plans received by this department dated on or after January 15, 2016 will be reviewed under these newly adopted design and construction standards. This manual is available in digital format on the City of Lubbock website. Please feel free to contact me if you have any questions ` Sincerely, 1 Michael G. Keenum, P.E. City Engineer City of Lubbock 1625 13"i Street Lubbock, Texas 79401 (806) 775-2393 U.TR0]E(.=0I"FMGNSMSUPDATE SM SPECS ADOPTION IErMLUOCX 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Table of Contents SECTION1.........................................................................................................................................1 MINIMUM DESIGN STANDARDS FOR WATER DISTRIBUTION..........................................................1 1.01 General......................................................................................................................................I 1.02 Design Flow................................................................................................................................1 1.03 Design Pressure ................... ....................................................................................................... 2 1.04 Hydraulic Design.........................................................................................................................2 1.05 Typical Layout............................................................................................................................2 1.06 Bedding and Cover......................................................................................................................3 1.07 Relation to Sanitary Sewer Mains and Appurtenances....................................................................3 1.08 Pipe Size and Spacing.................................................................................................................6 1.09 Pipe Materials.............................................................................................................................6 1.10 Methods of Connection................................................................................................................7 1.11 Flanged Outlets..........................................................................................................................7 1.12 Valve Spacing.............................................................................................................................7 1.13 Fire Protection Requirements.......................................................................................................8 1.14 Easements..................................................................................................................................9 1.15 Soil Analysis................................................................................................................................9 1.16 Pipe Restraints and Reaction Blocking..........................................................................................9 1.17 Tunneling, Jacking and Boring.....................................................................................................9 1.18 Dead-end Mains........................................................................................................................10 1.19 Abandonment of Water Mains....................................................................................................10 SECTION2.......................................................................................................................................11 CHECK LIST FOR WATER DISTRIBUTION CONSTRUCTION PLANS.................................................11 2.01 Plan Submittal Requirements.....................................................................................................11 2.02 Plan Details..............................................................................................................................13 SECTION3.......................................................................................................................................15 MINIMUM DESIGN STANDARDS FOR SANITARY SEWERS..............................................................15 3.01 General....................................................................................................................................15 3.02 Design Flow..............................................................................................................................15 3.03 Hydraulic Design .................................................. 16 3.04 Design Details ............................. 3.05 Typical Layout..........................................................................................................................17 3.06 Bedding and Cover....................................................................................................................18 3.07 Relation to Water Mains............................................................................................................18 3.08 Abandonment of Sewer Mains and Manholes..............................................................................20 3.09 Easements................................................................................................................................20 3.10 Soil Analysis..............................................................................................................................20 I3.11 Tunneling, Jacking and Boring...................................................................................................21 3.12 Lift Station................................................................................................................................21 SECTION4....................................................................................................................................... 23 CHECK LIST FOR SANITARY SEWER CONSTRUCTION PLANS......................................................... 23 4.01 Plan Submittal Requirements.....................................................................................................23 4.02 Plan Details..............................................................................................................................25 # SECTION 5 ...................... ................................................................................................................. 27 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATER MAIN CONSTRUCTION ................................................ 27 5.01 General....................................................................................................................................27 z; 5.02 Plan Requirements....................................................................................................................27 `. 5.03 Plan Approval...........................................................................................................................27 5.04 Inspection................................................................................................................................27 5.05 5.06 Specifications............................................................................................................................27 Materials of Construction...........................................................................................................27 5.07 Methods of Construction............................................................................................................36 5.08 Pneumatic Testing for Tapping Sleeves......................................................................................43 5.09 Hydrostatic Pressure Testing......................................................................................................43 5.10 Sterilization and Bacteriological Testing......................................................................................44 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Table of Contents 5.11 Restoration and Clean Up.......................................................................................................... 45 5.12 Warranty and Acceptance..........................................................................................................46 SECTION6.......................................................................................................................................47 , STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER MAIN CONSTRUCTION ............................... 47 6.01 General .................................................................................................................................... 47 6.02 Plan Requirements....................................................................................................................47 6.03 Plan Approval 47 6.04 Inspection................................................................................................................................47 t_ 6.05 Specifications............................................................................................................................47 6.06 Materials of Construction 48 6.07 Methods of Construction............................................................................................................52 6.08 Inspection, Testing, Approval and Acceptance of Gravity Flow Sanitary Sewer Pipe and Manholes .61 6.09 Lift Station................................................................................................................................67 6.10 Restoration and Clean Up..........................................................................................................68 6.11 Warranty and Acceptance..........................................................................................................69 SECTION7....................................................................................................................................... 71 APPROVED MATERIALS AND MANUFACTURERS LIST..................................................................... 71 7.01 Introduction.............................................................................................................................. 71 7.02 Product Submittal Procedures....................................................................................................71 7.03 Evaluation Process....................................................................................................................72 7.04 Approval Process......................................................................................................................72 7.05 Water System...........................................................................................................................74 7.06 Sanitary Sewer System..............................................................................................................81 7.07 Water and Sanitary Sewer Systems............................................................................................86 r SECTION8....................................................................................................................................... 87 Standard Specifications for streets and drainage construction...................................................... 87 8.01 General 87 8.02 Design Standards......................................................................................................................87 8.03 Testing and Inspection..............................................................................................................88 8.04 Notification of Property Owners.................................................................................................89 8.05 Protection of Utilities and Irrigation Systems...............................................................................89 8.06 Water for Construction..............................................................................................................89_ 8.07 Concrete..................................................................................................................................90 , 8.08 Subgrade and Base....................................................................... 99 8.09 Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete Surface (HMAC)................................................................................104 8.10 Micro-Surfacing.......................................................................................................................111 8.11 Storm Sewer...........................................................................................................................115 8.12 Fences ................................................................................................................................... 120 8.13 Salvage of Asphalt Paving........................................................................................................121 8.14 Traffic Control.........................................................................................................................121 , 8.15 Prosecution of the Work and Working Days..............................................................................122 8.16 Measurement and Payment ................ .....................................................................................123 8.17 Restoration and Clean Up........................................................................................................126 8.18 Certificate of Completion and Warranty ....................................................................................126 SECTION 9 .......................129 .............................................................................................................. CHECK LIST FOR STREETs AND DRAINAGE CONSTRUCTION PLANS............................................129 9.01 Plan Submittal Requirements 129 9.02 Plan Details............................................................................................................................131 SECTION10...................................................................................................................................133 TYPICAL DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION..........................................................................................133 10.01 General Details.......................................................................................................................... A 10.02 Water Details............................................................................................................................. B _ 10.03 Sewer Details............................................................................................................................. C 10.04 Street and Drainage Details........................................................................................................ D E 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Standards SECTION 1 MINIMUM DESIGN STANDARDS FOR WATER DISTRIBUTION 1.01 General 1.01.01 All water distribution system design shall be in accordance with the requirements of TCEQ Chapter 290, AWWA Standards, City of Lubbock Water System Master Plan, current City ordinances and the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards for Water Distribution. 1.02 Desian Flow 1.02.01 The design of the water distribution system shall be based on the following: A. Design flow for residential use: Peak Hourly Demand 1,000 cmcd Maximum Daily Demand 650 gpcd Average Daily Demand 240 gpcd Capita per Household (Single Family) 3.2 persons Capita per Household(Multi-family) 2.5 persons i. Domestic water service shall be provided from an alley or easement. ii. Lines in alleys or easements shall be adequate to provide for a maximum size water meter of 1-1/2 inches per lot for each 75 feet of frontage. iii. Property owner may acquire a maximum domestic water tap and meter of 1-1/2 inches or the equivalent in two meters per lot for each 75 feet of frontage. iv. Minimum size water tap and meter shall be one inch. B. Design flow for fire protection: 1- and 2-Family Residential 1,000 Other Than 1- and 2-Family Residential 1 500-8 000 i. Fire protection service shall be provided from a street right-of-way or comparable easement. ii. Flow may be from more than one fire hydrant, provided the additional hydrants are accessible to any possible fire location. iii. Fire protection must comply with Fire Marshall's Office regulations, and in no case be less than currently adopted International Fire Code requirements. iv. Additional infrastructure may be required to provide fire protection service when existing water distribution lines are inadequate. Section 1 1 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Standards C. Design flow for development other than residential use shall be based on the following or as directed by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer: Restaurant 18 School Without cafeteria or showers 18 With cafeteria; no showers 24 With cafeteria and showers 30 Without cafeteria restrooms or showers 6 Youth camp With restrooms; no cafeteria or showers 24 With restrooms and showers; no cafeteria 30 With restrooms showers and cafeteria 42 Office building 18 Hospital(per bed 720 Institution other than hospital) 240 Factories exclusive of industrialprocesses) 24 Recreational Parks 6 Swimming pools 12 Country clubs 120 Airport(per passenger) 6 Self-service laundry 60 Service station convenience store 12 i. Peak hourly demand for other than residential flows shall be 2.5 times the average daily demand. 1.03 Design Pressure 1.03.01 Distribution system shall have a maximum operating pressure of 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and a minimum operating pressure of 40 psi. 1.03.02 Distribution system shall maintain a 20 psi residual pressure during required fire flow and a 40 psi residual pressure during peak hourly demand. 1.04 Hydraulic Design 1.04.01 Distribution mains shall be designed to have a maximum velocity of 10 feet per second. 1.04.02 Distribution mains shall be designed using a Hazen -Williams friction coefficient "C' equal to 140. 1.05 Typical Layout 1.05.01 Unless approved otherwise by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer, water distribution mains shall be located: A. In north -south alleys or streets, 5 feet west of centerline. B. In east -west alleys or streets, 5 feet north of centerline. 1.05.02 Water mains to provide service connections shall be located within an alley or easement. A. Service connections shall not be allowed within street right-of-way without written approval of the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. 2 Section 1 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Standards B. Service lines shall not cross property boundaries into adjacent private property without coverage by a dedicated easement. 1.05.03 Where a water distribution main crosses a street, the crossing shall be made at as near to perpendicular as possible. 1.05.04 Valves shall be installed at each junction such that no more than one connecting leg is unvalved. A. At street intersections, valves shall be located at right-of-way lines unless flanged fittings are required. B. At alley intersections with streets, valves shall be located at right-of-way lines of the alleys where possible. C. Where possible, valves in streets should be designed to fall outside of wheel paths. 1.05.05 Water mains shall be designed as looped systems. 1.05.06 Minimum radius of curvature and maximum deflection angle of pipe joints shall be restricted to 80% of manufacturer's recommendation, after which the use of horizontal or vertical bends will be required. 1.05.07 In all instances water mains shall extend to the extremities of the platted property or the subdivision served, and further when required to tie into existing mains adjacent to the development. 1.06 Bedding and Cover 1.06.01 Water distribution mains shall ordinarily have a minimum of 4 feet of cover from top of pipe to finished ground surface. 1.06.02 All water lines shall be laid as horizontal as possible, avoiding excessive numbers of high or low points. 1.06.03 Pipe bedding and embedment shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Water Main Construction but in all cases shall be not less than manufacturer recommendations. 1.07 Relation to Sanitary Sewer Mains and Appurtenances 1.07.01 No physical connection shall be made between a drinking water supply and a sewer line. A. Appurtenances shall be designed and constructed so as to prevent any possibility of sewage entering the drinking water system. 1.07.02 Water lines shall be located a minimum of 9 feet horizontally outside to outside from existing or proposed sanitary sewer lines or appurtenances. A. Where the 9 foot separation distance cannot be achieved, the following criteria shall apply: i. New waterline installation —parallel lines: a. Where a new potable waterline parallels an existing, non -pressure or pressure rated sanitary sewer main and the Design Engineer is able to determine that the existing sanitary sewer main is not leaking: Section 1 3 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Standards (1) The new potable waterline shall be located a minimum of 2 feet above and a minimum of 4 feet horizontally between outside diameters from the existing sanitary sewer main. (2) Every effort shall be exerted not to disturb the bedding and backfill of the existing sanitary sewer main. b. Where a new potable waterline parallels an existing, non -pressure or pressure rated - sanitary sewer main and it cannot be determined by the Design Engineer if the existing line is leaking: (1) The existing sanitary sewer main shall be replaced with at least 150 psi pressure rated pipe. (2) The new potable waterline shall be located a minimum of 2 feet above and a minimum of 4 feet horizontally between outside diameters from the existing sanitary sewer main. c. Where a new potable waterline parallels a new sanitary sewer main: (1) The sanitary sewer main shall be constructed of at least 150 psi pressure rated pipe. (2) The new potable waterline shall be located a minimum of 2 feet above and a minimum of 4 feet horizontally between outside diameters from the existing sanitary sewer main. ii. New waterline installation --crossing lines: a. Where a new potable waterline crosses over an existing, non -pressure rated sanitary sewer main: (1) A minimum 2 foot separation distance between outside diameters shall be maintained. (2) One segment of the waterline pipe shall be centered over the sanitary sewer main such that the joints of the waterline pipe are equidistant and at least 9 feet horizontally from the centerline of the sanitary sewer main. (3) Whenever possible, the crossing shall be centered between the joints of the sanitary sewer main. (4) Every effort shall be exerted not to disturb the bedding and backfill of the existing sanitary sewer main. (5) If the existing sanitary sewer main is disturbed or shows signs of leaking, it shall be replaced for at least 9 feet in both directions (18 feet total) with at least 150 psi pressure rated pipe. b. Where a new potable waterline crosses over an existing, pressure rated sanitary sewer main: (1) An absolute minimum separation distance of 6 inches between outside diameters shall be maintained. (2) One segment of the waterline pipe shall be centered over the sanitary sewer main such that the joints of the waterline pipe are equidistant and at least 9 feet horizontally from the centerline of the sanitary sewer main. (3) Whenever possible, the crossing shall be centered between the joints of the , sanitary sewer main. (4) Every effort shall be exerted not to disturb the bedding and backfill of the existing sanitary sewer main. s, (5) If the existing sanitary sewer main is disturbed or shows signs of leaking, it shall be replaced for at least 9 feet in both directions (18 feet total) with at least 150 ` psi pressure rated pipe. 4 Section 1 I� 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Standards i_ c. Where a new potable waterline crosses over a new, non -pressure rated sanitary sewer main: (1) A minimum 2 foot separation distance between outside diameters shall be maintained. (2) One segment of the waterline pipe shall be centered over the sanitary sewer main such that the joints of the waterline pipe are equidistant and at least 9 feet horizontally from the centerline of the sanitary sewer main. (3) Whenever possible, the crossing shall be centered between the joints of the sanitary sewer main. (4) The sanitary sewer main shall be embedded in flowable fill from one quarter of the diameter of the sanitary sewer main below the centerline of the pipe up to 12 inches above top of pipe for the total length of one pipe segment, minimum 9 feet in each direction from water line, plus 12 inches beyond the joint on each end. d. Where a new potable waterline crosses over a new, pressure rated sanitary sewer main: (1) An absolute minimum separation distance of 6 inches between outside diameters shall be maintained. (2) The sanitary sewer main shall be constructed of at least 150 psi pressure rated pipe. (3) One segment of the waterline pipe shall be centered over the sanitary sewer line such that the joints of the waterline pipe are equidistant and at least 9 feet horizontally from the center line of the sanitary sewer main. (4) Whenever possible, the crossing shall be centered between the joints of the sanitary sewer main. - (5) The sanitary sewer main shall be embedded in flowable fill from one quarter of the diameter of the sanitary sewer main below the centerline of the pipe up to 12 inches above top of pipe for the total length of one pipe segment, minimum 9 . feet in each direction from water line, plus 12 inches beyond the joint on each end. e. When a new potable waterline crosses under a sanitary sewer main: (1) An absolute minimum separation distance of 1 foot between outside diameters shall be maintained. (2) The waterline shall be encased in an 18-foot or longer section of pipe or be constructed of ductile iron or steel pipe with mechanical or welded joints as appropriate. (3) The encasing pipe shall be centered on the sewer line and shall be at least 2 nominal pipe diameters larger than the water line. (4) The carrier pipe shall be supported at 5-foot or less intervals with spacers. (5) Each end of the casing shall be sealed with watertight non -shrink cement grout or a manufactured watertight seal. (6) Both the waterline and sanitary sewer main must pass a pressure and leakage test as specified in AWWA C600. iii. The use of brown coloring in flowable fill for pressure rated sanitary sewer main embedment is recommended for identification during future construction. iv. In all cases, suitable backfill or other structural protection shall be provided to preclude settling and/or failure of the higher pipe. Section 1 5 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Standards B. Location of fire hydrants i. Fire hydrants shall not be installed within 9 feet vertically or horizontally of any sanitary sewer main, manhole or service line regardless of construction. C. Location of potable or raw water supply or suction lines z L Suction mains to pumping equipment shall not cross sanitary sewer mains or sanitary sewer service lines. ii. Raw water supply lines shall not be installed within 5 feet of any tile or concrete sanitary sewer main or sanitary sewer service line. D. Proximity of septic tank drain fields f t_ 3 L Waterlines shall not be installed closer than 20 feet to septic tank drain fields. 1.07.03 Water and sewer lines shall be installed in separate trenches. 1.07.04 For other instances not covered in these design standards, consult current TCEQ regulations. 1.08 Pipe Size and Spacing 1.08.01 Distribution mains shall be located and sized in accordance with the current City of Lubbock Water System Master Plan and current TCEQ rules: 16-inch or larger Section Line mile 10- or 12-inch Half Section Line 1 2 mile 6- or 8-inch Eighth -Section Line 660 feet 1.08.02 The standard pipe sizes that shall be used are 4-, 6-, 8-, 10-, 12-, 16-, 20- and 24-inch. Pipe sizes not listed here are considered non-standard and shall not be used in the City of Lubbock water distribution system, unless approved by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. 1.09 Pipe Materials 1.09.01 All pipe used in the City of Lubbock water distribution system shall be Cement -lined Ductile Iron, C900 PVC, C905 PVC, C301 Prestressed -Concrete Steel Cylinder Pressure or Concrete Bar -wrapped Steel Cylinder Pressure Pipe. 1.09.02 See City of Lubbock Standard Specifications for Water Main Construction for details on materials and methods of construction. 6 Section 1 11 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Standards 1.10 Methods of Connection 1.10.01 Tapping Sleeves A. Tapping sleeves with tapping valves shall be used whenever possible for connections to existing mains in order to avoid interruption of water service. B. Maximum tap size shall be no larger than one standard size smaller than the main to be tapped. C. Size -on -size taps shall not be allowed without prior approval by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. D. Using a tapping sleeve of one standard size smaller than the main to be tapped and immediately increasing the pipe to a larger size shall not be allowed without prior approval by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. 1.10.02 Cut -in Tees A. When it is necessary for a size -on -size connection and interruption of water service is not an issue, a cut -in tee with valve shall be used. B. Cut -in tees shall not be used without prior approval by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. 1.10.03 Service Connections A. Taps shall be provided in water main lines for service connections at each lot or building site. B. Service connections shall ordinarily be located 5.0 feet north or west of the centerline of the lot. C. Service lines shall not cross property boundaries into adjacent private property without coverage by a dedicated easement. D. Typical sizes of service connections are 1 inch, 1 1/2 inch, or 2 inch diameter for residential, commercial, or industrial service. Service taps 3 inches or larger are available for commercial and industrial only. E. Maximum size service connection shall be no larger than one standard size smaller than the main to be tapped. F. Size -on -size service connections are not allowed. 1.11 Flanged Outlets 1.11.01 All side outlets for valve attachments on lines 16-inches and larger shall be flanged. 1.12 Valve Spacing 1.12.01 Valves shall be provided in the distribution system so that no single accident, break or repair will necessitate shutting down a length of pipe greater than 600 feet. A. On distribution mains 12-inch diameter and smaller, valves shall be located at each tee, cross or other junction. B. Valves shall be installed at each junction such that no more than one connecting leg is unvalved. 1.12.02 On 16-inch arterial mains, valves shall be spaced no greater than 800 feet as the arterial feeder main traverses undeveloped land or is not intersected by other distribution mains. Section 1 7 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Standards 1.12.03 Transmission mains 20-inch diameter and larger shall be equipped with valves at one-half mile intervals unless intersected by arterial mains or other distribution mains, or it is determined that more valves are required. V , 1.13 Fire Protection Reauirements 1.13.01 Fire protection must comply with Fire Marshall's Office regulations, and in no case be less than currently adopted International Fire Code requirements. A. Each building in the city limits shall be within 500 feet of a fire hydrant, as measured by lay - of -hose length. 1.13.02 In all cases, the following criteria shall be adhered to: A. Fire hydrant leads shall be minimum 6-inch diameter, sole purpose and shall not exceed 150 feet in length. The entire length of the lead shall be mechanically restrained. B. Private fire protection lines and hydrant leads shall connect at the main with a gate valve or tapping valve of at least equal size to the fire protection line. C. A fire hydrant is required within 200 feet of a Fire Department Connection. D. Fire lines from public mains to buildings shall be installed by a state certified fire sprinkler firm and tested to Fire Marshall's Office requirements. E. Fire hydrants shall be located at intersections wherever possible. i. Consult Section C-104 of the International Fire Code for requirements on hydrants that may obstruct access during fire fighting operations. F. A hydrant shall be placed at the throat or beginning of each cul-de-sac at the intersecting street. L Additional fire hydrants may be required based on length of cul-de-sac. ii. Fire hydrants placed at the bulb end of cul-de-sacs should be avoided. G. On divided highways hydrants shall be placed on each side of the highway wherever possible.I-A H. Fire hydrants shall be installed with the 4-inch nozzle facing the required access way or street. L11 I. Fire hydrants shall be installed and maintained so that the center of the lowest water outlet is 18 inches above the ground. 1. Fire hydrants shall be placed so that they are readily visible from the street and shall be no I_J closer than 2 feet nor further than 5 feet from back of curb. K. A reflective, blue, raised pavement marker shall be placed at the center of the required access l way or street for any new fire hydrant installation, in line with the 4-inch nozzle. L. No bushes, ground cover over 6 inches in height, or other obstructions shall be placed within a 5 foot radius in all directions of a hydrant or fire department connection. 3 M. Where fire hydrants are vulnerable to vehicular damage, appropriate crash posts shall be provided. i. No obstructions shall exist within a 3-foot working area of each fire hydrant. ii. Crash posts shall be 4-inch, cement -filled pipe with a minimum of 3 feet above finished ~ ' grade and 2 feet of pipe anchored in concrete below grade. N. Fire hydrants shall be in operation before framing is started or combustibles are stored on any construction site. 0. Streets and fire access roadways shall be able to support fire apparatus in wet weather before framing is started or combustibles are stored on any construction site. 8 Section 1 t 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Standards P. Fire hydrant shall be installed with flange 0.2 to 0.4 foot above finished grade. Q. No size -on -size taps for fire suppression shall be allowed. 1.14 Easements 1.14.01 When it is determined not to be feasible to construct a public water distribution main in a street or alley, the installation may be made in a dedicated easement or right-of-way. 1.14.02 The minimum width of an easement or right-of-way for a public water distribution main is 10 feet exclusive, 20 feet if shared with a public sanitary sewer main or other utilities or if depth of water distribution main is greater than 10 feet. 1.14.03 Easements will not be allowed between residential lots unless they are in combination with a drainage easement or with prior approval from the Chief Water Utilities Engineering. 1.14.04 When a fire hydrant is to be installed on private property, an easement shall be dedicated which provides a minimum of 5 feet clearance in all directions from the center of the fire hydrant. 1.15 Soil Analysis 1.15.01 The Contractor or Design Engineer may be required to submit a report showing the types and characteristics of the soils to be encountered, water table elevations along the proposed water distribution main, recommended methods of dewatering for water distribution main construction, and the recommended methods of backfilling and compacting to be used. 1.16 Pipe Restraints and Reaction Blocking 1.16.01 The size of required pipe restraints and reaction blocks shall be determined by the Design Engineer for the project based on the allowable soil pressure and the anticipated working pressure plus water hammer of the line. 1.16.02 For restrained joint lengths required, refer to Appendix A as derived from EBAA Iron, Inc. 1.17 Tunneling, Jacking and Boring 1.17.01 Tunneling, jacking and boring are methods used for water line placement under restrictive conditions when open cut construction is not allowed. A. Only straight pipe alignments for both horizontal and vertical alignment are allowed. B. Casing shall extend full width of right-of-way or as directed by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. C. Casing pipe shall be a minimum of two standard sizes larger than encased pipe. D. Casing pipe thickness shall be: s�nNy" il�iam� Nlintr�tiu� tasin 'i��r�ss _. <24 inches 3 8 inch >_24 inches 1/2 inch E. Manufactured centralizers or spacers shall be required at minimum 5-foot intervals or as recommended by the manufacturer. Section 1 9 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Standards L Only purpose-built centralizers may be used. F. Coal tar coating for casing pipe shall conform to AWWA C203. G. For bores in excess of 100 feet, purpose-built fused or restrained joint pipe shall be used. H. All bores must comply with City Utility Excavation Manual 1.17.02 Slick boring or directional drilling without encasement shall be considered on a case -by - case basis by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. All slick bores shall be restrained or encased. 1.17.03 No annular space shall remain between casing, or uncased pipe, and bored hole. 1.17.04 Unbraced, uncased bore holes shall be left open no more than 24 hours. 1.18 Dead-end Mains 1.18.01 A dead-end main is defined as a length of water line greater than 150 feet with no looped connection. 1.18.02 Dead-end mains shall not be allowed unless approved by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. 1.18.03 Where dead-end mains are necessary as a stage in the growth of the system, they shall be designed so that: A. The system may be periodically flushed by use of a blow -off valve or fire hydrant, or B. A temporary looped connection is installed. 1.19 Abandonment of Water Mains 1.19.01 When a water line is to be abandoned, allowances shall be made so that existing and new water mains may be in service simultaneously, thereby providing a means for transferring customer's service from the old main to the new main with minimal interruption. 1.19.02 If the construction of a proposed main necessitates the abandoning of the existing main prior to the new main's placement into service, provisions for a temporary water main with services must be addressed. 1.19.03 On mains to be abandoned, the designer shall note locations of cut and plug as close as possible to the main that remains in service. 1.19.04 Fire hydrants, valves and other fittings located on mains to be abandoned shall be removed and delivered to the City of Lubbock Water Utilities Department. 10 Section i t� �E i 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Check List SECTION 2 CHECK LIST FOR WATER DISTRIBUTION CONSTRUCTION PLANS 2.01 Plan Submittal Requirements 2.01.01 All water main construction plans shall be checked for conformance with City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards for Water Distribution prior to submittal to the Water Utilities Engineering Department. Approval of plans is for general conformance with the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and Specifications. Approval of plans shall not relieve the Engineer or Developer from any City, State or other governing requirements nor for errors or omissions in plans and specifications. 2.01.02 Plan Review A. The Design Engineer shall submit two sets of water main construction plans to the Chief Water Utilities Engineer for review and comment. B. Upon completion of review and receipt of payment for appropriate Plan Review fees, one set shall be returned to the Design Engineer with comments. i. Plans requiring resubmittal may require payment of an additional Plan Review fee. C. After comments have been addressed and changes have been made, 8 sets of plans shall be provided for final approval for construction. i. If a fire hydrant or fire protection service is specified for installation, 2 additional sets of water plans shall be submitted with the construction sets (10 total). I ii. If the proposed infrastructure is intended to serve a commercial structure, 1 additional set of water plans shall be submitted with the construction sets (9 or 11 total). iii. If additional approved plan sets are required by the Design Engineer, the appropriate amount of additional plans shall be provided at this time. iv. If comments have not been addressed on plans submitted for final approval for construction the plans will be rejected and returned to the Design Engineer. D. Upon approval, stamped "Approved for Construction" plans shall be logged into the City's GIS data base and distributed as follows: i. Two (2) sets will be returned to the Engineer. ii. Six (6) sets will be distributed to the City's inspectors and support staff. iii. Where applicable, 2 sets will be delivered to the Fire Marshall's Office. iv. Where applicable, 1 set will be delivered to the Building Inspection Department. E. The Design Engineer shall notify TCEQ in writing prior to the start of construction. i. A copy of the TCEQ notification letter shall be submitted to the Water Utilities Engineering Department. F. Final construction plans should not be submitted for Water Utilities Engineering Department approval for work that will not be installed within 6 months of the approval date. i. Delays between approval date and construction may require resubmittal of the plans for review under current standards. 2.01.03 Pro Rata Estimate and Fees A. Two (2) sets of Pro Rata Cost Estimates shall be submitted for review at the time of plan review submittal. Section 2 11 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Check List B. Plan Review Fees in the amount of 0.5% of the Pro Rata Cost Estimate (minimum $50) shall be submitted at the time of plan review submittal. C. Inspection and Testing Fees in the amount of 1.5% of the Pro Rata Cost Estimate (minimum $125) shall be submitted prior to construction. D. In the event of significant changes in design, an updated Pro Rata Cost Estimate shall be submitted and resulting differences in fee amounts settled. 2.01.04 Construction Plans A. All plans to be used or kept on the job site shall be original or reproduced plan sets clearly marked "Approved for Construction" with the signature of reviewer and date approved by the Water Utilities Engineering Department. B. Should circumstances during construction warrant changes from the approved plans or specifications, a written approval must be obtained from the Water Utilities Engineering Department. L Copies of the written approval shall be attached to the construction plans and maintained on the job site. 2.01.05 Record Drawings A. The Design Engineer shall be responsible for recording constructed dimensions and information on a set of Record Drawings during the progress of construction. i. The City of Lubbock Water Utilities Engineering Department shall monitor this process to assure that changes in construction are kept up to date on the Record Drawings. B. Reproducible Mylar "Record Drawings" certified by the Design Engineer shall be presented to the Water Utilities Engineering Department within 30 days of completion of the construction. i. Record Drawings shall include locations of all valves, valve vaults, fire hydrants, bends and tees or other changes in main pipe direction, material or size. a. GPS Coordinates or property ties are acceptable. C. Where the construction is phased and a lapse of more than 60 days occurs between phases, then reproducible Mylar Record Drawings shall be presented to the Water Utilities Engineering Department reflecting the completed construction prior to issuance of the Certificate of Acceptance of Utility Construction. 2.01.06 Acceptance A. Upon completion of construction, satisfactory system tests and submittal of Record Drawings, the Design Engineer shall submit a request to the Chief Water Utilities Engineer for a Certificate of Acceptance of Utility Construction. i. Water distribution system improvements shall not be put online or brought into service without written approval by the Water Utilities Engineering Department. ii. A newly constructed system will not be accepted until the supplying, adjacent system has been accepted. iii. A Certificate of Acceptance of Utility Construction shall not be issued until Record Drawings are provided to the Water Utilities Engineering Department. iv. When all paperwork has been completed and provided to the City with a written notification, utilities will be accepted within 30 days if there is no exception by the City. B. Building Permits for residential developments and Certificates of Occupancy for commercial facilities to be serviced by a newly constructed water system will not be released by the Water Utilities Engineering Department until said system has been brought into service. E r= 12 Section 2 E 4 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Check List 2.02 Plan Details 2.02.01 Plan Format A. Standard drawing size shall be 24-inch by 36-inch. 2.02.02 The following information shall be shown on the plans: ,5 A. General i. Title Block (lower right hand corner preferred) ii. Scale iii. Original Date and Revision Dates iv. Name of Professional Engineer v. Professional Engineer's Seal vi. Firm Name and Contact Information vii. City of Lubbock Engineering Department Contact Information: a. Chief Water Utilities Engineer: (806) 775-2342 b. Senior Inspector: (806) 548-4152 viii. Drawings Number(s) ix. Legal Description of Property Being Improved x, Location Map or Plat (if available) A. Statement: "All work shall be performed in accordance with the current version of the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and 5 Specifications." B. Plan L Bench Marks ii. North Arrow iii. Property Lines iv. Street Names and Easements with Width Dimensions v. Other Pertinent Details (Buildings, Curbs, Water Courses, Etc.) vi. Proposed Water Mains (Bold) a. Stationing b. Size c. Length _. d. Material and Type of Joints e. Location Dimensions f. Fittings g. Tees h. Crosses L Reducers j. Bends k. Plugs 1. Blow -offs m. Thrust Blocks n. Valves Section 2 13 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Check List o. Fire Hydrants vii. Existing Utility Lines (Gray) with Location and Depth According to the Following Standard: r- 4 vT:-y: WATER LINE 5—s-5 SANITARY SEWER LINE G-G-G 4 GAS LINE FOC— FOC FIBER OPTIC CABLE CATV— CATV— CABLE TELEVISION__ —SW—SW— STORM WATER LINE UGE— UGE— UNDER GROUND ELECTRIC OHE— OHE— OVER HEAD ELECTRIC UGT— UGT— UNDER GROUND TELEPHONE OHT— OHT OVER HEAD TELEPHONE —Ts— Ts— TRAFFIC SIGNAL LINE C. Profile (required for water lines greater than 12-inch diameter) i. Ground Surface - Existing (Dotted) and Proposed (Solid) ii. Station Numbers iii. Existing and Proposed Utilities Where Crossed iv. Proposed Water Main Control Elevation and Grades D. Plan, Profile and Complete Details for Off -Site Transmission Mains, Pump Stations, Special Valves and Vaults, Tanks, Etc. E. Detail Sheet - As Required i. Standard Bedding Detail ii. Thrust Block and Joint Restraint Tables iii. Fire Hydrant Detail iv. Tapping Details v. Air Valve Detail vi. Blow -off Detail vii. Crossing Detail F. Overall Layout Sheet - If Required i. Scale 1 "=100' ii. Lot Lines iii. Streets and Street Names iv. Water Line Sizes and Material v. Valves vi. Fire Hydrants vii. Connections to Existing System 14 Section 2 r 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Check List SECTION 3 MINIMUM DESIGN STANDARDS FOR SANITARY SEWERS 3.01 General 3.01.01 All sanitary sewer system design shall be in accordance with the requirements of TCEQ Chapter 217, AWWA Standards, City of Lubbock Sewer System Master Plan, current City ordinances and the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards for Sanitary Sewers. 3.02 Design Flow 3.02.01 The design of the sanitary sewer system shall be based on the following: A. For sewers in new developments sewer main lines and lift stations shall be designed for the estimated future population to be served plus adequate allowance for future institutional and commercial flows. B. Minimum flow capacity for sizing of sewers for peak flow conditions shall not be less than the following: Average Daily Flow 100 gpcd Peak Factor, 2-hour flow <0.5 MGD 5 - Peak Factor, 2-hour flow >0.5 MGD 4 Capita per Household (Single Family) 3.2 persons Capita per Household(Multi-family) 2.5persons C. Minimum residential population density shall be figured on a basis of 6 houses per acre, and 70 percent of total land area developed as residential, unless detailed analysis of the area to be served indicates differently. D. Design flow for development other than residential use shall be based on the following or as directed by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer: Qf Trailer Park — transient ss ay: 2.5 persons/trailer 50 Mobile Home Park 3 persons/trailer 75 School with cafeteria With showers 20 Without showers 15 Recreational Parks Day Use 5 Overni ht Use 30 Commercial Industrial Building 20 Motel 50 Restaurant Per meal served 5 Hospital Per bed 200 Nursing Home Per bed 100 Section 3 15 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Check List 3.03 Hydraulic Design 3.03.01 The minimum velocity at the design flow rate shall be 2.0 feet per second. 3.03.02 Maximum allowable velocity shall be 10 feet per second. 3.03.03 Manning's coefficient for design purposes shall be n=0.013 for PVC pipe. 3.03.04 Manhole inverts shall be designed in such a manner that the energy gradient is consistently falling in the direction of flow. 3.04 Desion Details 3.04.01 Sewer Pipe A. The standard pipe sizes that shall be used are 6-, 8-, 10-, 12-, 15-, 18- and 21-inch. Pipe sizes not listed here are considered non-standard and shall not be used in the City of Lubbock sanitary sewer system, unless approved by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. B. The following City slope standards shall apply to sanitary sewer mains: (refer to TCEQ guidelines 30 TAC Section 217.53.1.2.A Table C. I.) 6 inch 0.60 [0.50 TCEQ] 12.35 8 inch 0.40 [0.33 TCEQ] 8.40 10 inch 0.28 [0.25 TCEQ] 6.23 12 inch 0.22 [0.20 TCEQ] 4.88 15 inch 0.15 [0.15 TCEQ] 3.62 18 inch 0.12 [0.11 TCEQ] 2.83 C. Sewer main lines shall be straight between manholes both in line and grade. D. All sewer main lines shall terminate in a manhole. i. Cleanouts on sewer main lines shall not be permitted without written approval of the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. 3.04.02 Manholes A. Manholes shall be a minimum of 48-inch diameter and shall be provided at every change in direction, grade, or connection with other sewer main lines. B. Manhole spacing and depth shall be as follows: MINIMEMOMMIUM 15 inches or smaller 0-16 Ft. 48 in. 500 Ft. 15 inches or smaller Over 16 Ft. 60 in. 500 Ft. Over 15 inches All depths 60 in. 800 Ft. C. Manholes greater than 16 feet deep or serving pipes larger than 15 inches shall be 60-inch diameter and include a protective coating system per the Approved Materials List. D. Connections at manholes shall be designed such that the crowns of connecting pipes are equal elevation if possible. E. Force mains shall discharge directly into a manhole through a 900 downspout connection. 16 Section 3 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Check List F. Manholes receiving force main discharge shall include a protective coating system per the Approved Materials List. G. Minimum elevation difference across manhole inverts shall be as follows: H. Drop manholes shall be provided for sewer main lines entering a manhole at an elevation 24 inches or more above the manhole invert. i. Drop connections on new manholes shall be constructed with an exterior or "outside" drop system on all 48 inch manholes. All "outside" drops shall be flow filled against undisturbed soil up to the depth of the main. ii. Drop connections on existing manholes shall be constructed with an interior or "inside" drop system. "Inside" drops shall be allowed for existing 60 inch manholes only. I. Where the difference in elevation is less than 24 inches, the invert shall be filleted to prevent solids deposition. ]. Manholes shall be stubbed out with suitable size pipe wherever future extension of the sewer is anticipated. i. Stub -outs shall extend beyond the edge of existing or proposed paving. K. Inflow Prevention Devices (IPDs) shall be specified on all new manhole installations. 3.04.03 Service Connections A. Tees or wyes shall be provided in sewer main lines for service connections at each lot or building site. B. Service connections shall ordinarily be located 5.0 feet south or east of the centerline of the lot. C. Service lines shall not cross property boundaries into adjacent private property without coverage by a dedicated easement. D. Minimum size service connections shall be 4 inch diameter. E. Maximum size service connection shall be no larger than one standard size smaller than the main to be tapped. F. Size -on -size service connections are not allowed. G. Gravity sewer taps shall connect to sewer main lines at or above the spring line. H. No gravity service lines shall discharge directly into a manhole. I. Service connections shall not be installed within 5 feet of the outside wall of a manhole. 3.05 Typical Layout 3.05.01 Unless approved otherwise by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer, sanitary sewer mains shall be located: E_ A. In north -south alleys or streets, 5 feet east of the centerline. B. In east -west alleys or streets, 5 feet south of the centerline. ISection 3 17 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Check List 3.05.02 Sanitary sewer mains to provide service connections shall be located within an alley or easement. A. Service connections shall not be allowed within street right-of-way without written approval of the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. B. Service connections shall not be deeper than 12 foot without prior written approval from the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. 3.05.03 Where a sanitary sewer main crosses a street, the crossing shall be made at as near to perpendicular as possible. 3.05.04 Manholes shall be located as to provide access for maintenance crews and equipment. A. Where possible, manholes in streets should be designed to fall outside of wheel paths. B. Where possible, manholes in alleys should be designed to fall at the projected intersection of perpendicular lot lines. 3.05.05 In all instances sanitary sewer mains shall extend to the extremities of the platted property or the subdivision served. 3.06 Bedding and Cover 3.06.01 Sewer mains shall have a minimum of 4 feet of cover from top of pipe to proposed finished ground surface unless approved by Chief Water Utilities Engineer. A. Where less than 5 feet of elevation difference between the finished lot grade at building line and the top of the sewer main is provided, the plans shall indicate that the lot is served by a "shallow sewer" and appropriate elevation information shall be given. B. Where a sewer main has less than 4 feet of cover, provisions shall be made to protect the pipe from impact loading when located in a street or alley. C. Maximum sanitary sewer depth in alleys shall be 12 feet unless approved by the Water Utilities Engineering Department. 3.06.02 Pipe bedding and embedment shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Sanitary Sewer Main Construction but in all cases shall be not less than manufacturer recommendations. 3.07 Relation to Water Mains 3.07.01 No physical connection shall be made between a drinking water supply and a sewer line. A. Appurtenances shall be designed and constructed so as to prevent any possibility of sewage entering the drinking water system. 3.07.02 Sewers shall be located a minimum of 9 feet horizontally outside to outside from existing or proposed water mains. A. Where the 9-foot separation distance cannot be achieved, the following guidelines shall apply: i. New sanitary sewer installation — parallel lines: a. Where a new sanitary sewer main parallels a water line: 4 (1) The sewer shall be constructed of ductile iron or PVC meeting ASTM specifications with a pressure rating for both the pipe and joints of 150 psi. (2) The vertical separation shall be a minimum of 2 feet and the horizontal separation shall be a minimum of 4 feet between outside diameters. 18 Section 3 { t . . 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Check List ` (3) The sewer shall be located below the water line. ii. New sanitary sewer installation — crossing lines: a. Where a sanitary sewer crosses under a water line and the sewer is constructed of ductile iron or PVC with a minimum pressure rating of 150 psi: (1) An absolute minimum separation distance of 6 inches between outside diameters shall be maintained. (2) One segment of the sewer pipe shall be centered on the water line such that the joints of the sewer pipe are equidistant and at least 9 feet horizontally from the centerline of the water line. (3) Whenever possible, the crossing shall be centered between the joints of the waterline. (4) The sanitary sewer main shall be embedded in flowable fill from one quarter of the diameter of the sanitary sewer main below the centerline of the pipe up to 12 inches above top of pipe for the total length of one pipe segment, minimum 9 feet in each direction from water line, plus 12 inches beyond the joint on each end. b. Where a sanitary sewer crosses under a water line and the sewer is constructed of ABS truss pipe, similar semi -rigid plastic composite pipe, clay pipe or concrete pipe with gasketed joints (Non -pressure rated pipe): (1) A minimum 2 foot separation distance between outside diameters shall be maintained. (2) One segment of the sewer pipe shall be centered on the water line such that the joints of the sewer pipe are equidistant and at least 9 feet horizontally from the centerline of the water line. (3) Whenever possible, the crossing shall be centered between the joints of the waterline. (4) The sanitary sewer main shall be embedded in flowable fill from one quarter of the diameter of the sanitary sewer main below the centerline of the pipe up to 12 inches above top of pipe for the total length of one pipe segment, minimum 9 feet in each direction from water line, plus 12 inches beyond the joint on each end. c. Where a sanitary sewer crosses over a water line: (1) An absolute minimum separation distance of 1 foot between outside diameters shall be maintained. (2) All portions of the sewer within 9 feet of the water line shall be encased in a joint of 150 psi pressure class pipe at least 18 feet long and 2 nominal sizes larger than the new conveyance. (3) The carrier pipe shall be supported at 5-foot or less intervals with spacers. (4) The encasement pipe should be centered on the crossing and each end sealed with watertight non -shrink cement grout or a manufactured watertight seal. (5) Both the waterline and sanitary sewer main must pass a pressure and leakage test as specified in AWWA C600. iii. The use of brown coloring in flowable fill for pressure rated sanitary sewer main embedment is recommended for identification during future construction. iv. In all cases, suitable backfill or other structural protection shall be provided to preclude settling and/or failure of the higher pipe. B. Sanitary sewer manhole and clean out separation from water i. Manholes and clean outs must be installed so as to provide a minimum of 9 feet of outside to outside clearance from an existing or proposed water line. Section 3 19 f' 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Check List i_ ii. Where the 9-foot separation distance cannot be achieved, an encasement pipe as described in subparagraph (c.) above may be used for the water line. 3.07.03 Water and sewer lines shall be installed in separate trenches. 3.07.04 For other instances not covered in these design standards, consult current TCEQ regulations. 3.08 Abandonment of Sewer Mains and Manholes 3.08.01 When a sewer system is to be abandoned the Design Engineer shall ensure that all existing mains and service connections are properly plugged or transferred to the new system prior to decommissioning of the existing system. 3.08.02 Sewer Mains A. If a line to be abandoned terminates in a manhole that will remain in service, the existing main to be decommissioned shall be plugged from within the manhole and clearly marked on the plans. i. Cutting and plugging of existing lines directly outside of manholes should be avoided. B. If a portion of a line is to be abandoned a manhole must be installed on the new terminus of the portion of line to remain in service. 3.08.03 Sewer Manholes A. Manholes may be decommissioned by either of the following methods or as approved by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer: i. Complete removal of the manhole structure including ring, lid, cone, riser sections, base and all appurtenances. The excavation shall be backfilled with compacted native material or flowable fill. ii. Remove cone, ring and lid sections and backfill to top of remaining structure with flowable fill. Remaining excavation shall be backfilled with compacted native material or flowable fill. 3.09 Easements 3.09.01 When it is determined not to be feasible to construct a public sanitary sewer line in a street or alley, the installation may be made in a dedicated easement or right-of-way. 3.09.02 The minimum width of easement or right-of-way for a public sanitary sewer is 10 feet exclusive, 20 feet if shared with a public water main or other utilities or if depth of sewer main is greater than 10 feet. 3.10 Soil Analysis 3.10.01 The Contractor or Design Engineer may be required to submit a report showing the types and characteristics of the soils to be encountered, water table elevations along the proposed sewer, recommended methods of dewatering for sewer main construction, and the recommended methods of backfilling and compacting to be used. 20 Section 3 i l . 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Check List 3.11 Tunneling, Jacking and Boring 3.11.01 Tunneling, jacking and boring are methods used for sewer line placement under restrictive conditions when open cut construction is not allowed. A. Only straight pipe alignments for both horizontal and vertical alignment are allowed. B. Casing shall extend full width of right-of-way or as directed by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. C. Casing pipe shall be a minimum of two standard sizes larger than encased pipe and must allow for the required casing spacers. D. Casing pipe thickness shall be: :�i� y ll7►ii�rr��� IMiinintt� casiri "ici�c» <24 inches 3/8 inch >_24 inches 1 2 inch E. Manufactured centralizers or spacers shall be required at minimum 5-foot intervals or as recommended by the manufacturer. i. Only purpose-built centralizers may be used. F. Coal tar coating for casing pipe shall conform to AWWA C203. G. For bores in excess of 100 feet, purpose-built fused or restrained joint pipe shall be used. 3.11.02 Slick boring or directional drilling without encasement shall be considered on a case -by - case basis by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. 3.11.03 Annular space between casing or uncased pipe and bored hole shall be injection grouted. 3.12 Lift Station 3.12.01 A thorough engineering analysis must be performed on physical and economic factors to determine if a lift station is required. A. A preliminary engineering report will be required to list all factors including TCEQ regulations as outlined in the Standard Specifications for Sanitary Sewer Construction. B. The Chief Water Utilities Engineer will review the preliminary report and reserves the right to determine if there is merit to require a lift station. C. After approval of the preliminary report design shall follow the Standard Specifications for Sanitary Sewer Main Construction. D. Design of a lift station facility shall take into consideration the entire drainage basin. E. The review and approval process for lift station design could be subject to addition rules and requirements more comprehensive than those listed in these specifications. Section 3 21 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Check List 22 Section 3 s t e 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Check List SECTION 4 CHECK LIST FOR SANITARY SEWER CONSTRUCTION PLANS 4.01 Plan Submittal Requirements 4.01.01 All sanitary sewer main construction plans shall be checked for conformance with City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards for Sanitary Sewer prior to submittal to the Water Utilities Engineering Department for approval. Approval of plans is for general conformance with the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and Specifications. Approval of plans shall not relieve the Engineer or Developer from any City, State or other governing requirements nor for errors or omissions in plans and specifications. 4.01.02 Plan Review A. The design Engineer shall submit two sets of sanitary sewer main construction plans to the Chief Water Utilities Engineer for review and comment. B. Upon completion of review and receipt of payment for appropriate Plan Review fees, one set shall be returned to the Design Engineer with comments. i. Plans requiring resubmittal may require payment of an additional Plan Review fee. C. After comments have been addressed and changes have been made, 8 sets of plans shall be provided for final approval for construction. i. If the proposed infrastructure is intended to serve a commercial structure, 1 additional set of sanitary sewer plans shall be submitted with the construction sets (9 total). H. If additional approved plan sets are required by the Design Engineer, the appropriate amount of additional plans shall be provided at this time. iii. If comments have not been addressed on plans submitted for final approval for construction the plans will be rejected and returned to the Design Engineer, D. Upon approval, stamped "Approved for Construction" plans shall be logged into the City's GIS data base and distributed as follows: i. Two (2) sets will be returned to the Engineer. ii. Six (6) sets will be distributed to the City's inspectors and support staff. iii. Where applicable, 1 set will be delivered to the Building Inspection Department. E. The Design Engineer shall notify TCEQ in writing prior to the start of construction. i. A copy of the TCEQ notification letter shall be submitted to the Water Utilities Engineering Department. F. Final construction plans should not be submitted for Water Utilities Engineering Department approval for work that will not be installed within 6 months of the approval date. i. Delays between approval date and construction may require resubmittal of the plans for review under current standards. 4.01.03 Pro Rata Estimate and Fees A. Two (2) sets of Pro Rata Cost Estimates shall be submitted for review at the time of plan review submittal. B. Plan Review Fees in the amount of 0.5% of the Pro Rata Cost Estimate (minimum $50) shall 8 be submitted at the time of plan review submittal. Section 4 23 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Check List C. Inspection and Testing Fees in the amount of 1.5% of the Pro Rata Cost Estimate (minimum $125) shall be submitted prior to construction. D. In the event of significant changes in design, an updated Pro Rata Cost Estimate shall be submitted and resulting differences in fee amounts settled. 4.01.04 Construction Plans A. All plans to be used or kept on the job site shall be original or reproduced plan sets clearly marked "Approved for Construction" with the signature of reviewer and date approved by the Water Utilities Engineering Department. B. Should circumstances during construction warrant changes from the approved plans or specifications, a written approval must be obtained from the Water Utilities Engineering Department. i. Copies of the written approval shall be attached to the construction plans and maintained on the job site. 4.01.05 Record Drawings A. The Design Engineer shall be responsible for recording constructed dimensions and information on a set of Record Drawings during the progress of construction. i. The City of Lubbock Water Utilities Engineering Department shall monitor this process to assure that changes in construction are kept up to date on the Record Drawings. B. Reproducible Mylar "Record Drawings", certified by the Design Engineer, shall be presented to the Water Utilities Engineering Department within 30 days of completion of the construction. i. Record Drawings shall include locations of all lift stations, manholes or other changes in main pipe direction, material or size. a. GPS Coordinates or property ties are acceptable. C. Where the construction is phased and a lapse of more than 60 days occurs between phases, then reproducible Mylar Record Drawings shall be presented to the Water Utilities Engineering Department reflecting the completed construction prior to issuance of the Certificate of Acceptance of Utility Construction. 4.01.06 Acceptance A. Upon completion of construction, satisfactory system tests and submittal of Record Drawings, the Design Engineer shall submit a request to the Chief Water Utilities Engineer for a Certificate of Acceptance of Utility Construction. i. Sanitary sewer system improvements shall not be put online or brought into service without written approval by the Water Utilities Engineering Department. ii. A newly constructed system will not be accepted until the receiving, downstream system has been accepted. iii. A Certificate of Acceptance of Utility Construction shall not be issued until Record Drawings are provided to the Water Utilities Department. iv. When all paperwork has been completed and provided to the City with a written notification, utilities will be accepted within 30 days if there is no exception by the City. B. Building Permits for residential developments and Certificates of Occupancy for commercial facilities to be serviced by a newly constructed system will not be released by the Water Utilities Engineering Department until said system has been brought into service. 24 Section 4 { 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Check List 4.02 Plan Details 4.02.01 Plan Format A. Standard drawing size shall be 24-inch by 36-inch. 4.02.02 The following details shall be shown on the plans: A. General i. Title Block (lower right hand corner preferred) ii. Scale iii. Original Date and Revision Dates iv. Name of Professional Engineer v. Professional Engineer's Seal vi. Firm Name and Contact Information vii. City of Lubbock Engineering Department Contact Information: a. Chief Water Utilities Engineer: (806) 775-2342 b. Senior Inspector: (806) 548-4152 viii. Drawings Number(s) ix. Legal Description of Property Being Improved x. Location Map or Plat (if available) A. Statement: "All work shall be performed in accordance with the current version of the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and Specifications." B. Plan i. Bench Marks _. ii. North Arrow iii. Property Lines iv. Street Names and Easements with Width Dimensions v, Other Pertinent Details (Buildings, Curbs, Water Courses, Etc.) vi. Proposed Sanitary Sewer Mains (Bold) rc a. Stationing b. Size c. Materials d. Gradients e. Length between Manholes f. Proposed Manholes g. Elevation of Inverts In And Out Of Manhole h. Elevation of Manhole Rim L Location Control Dimensions j. Manhole Stub -Outs k. Proposed Future Extensions I. Proposed Service Connections or Stub -Ins m. Standard Bedding Cross -Section n. Proposed Concrete Encasement Section 4 25 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Check List o. Proposed Cut -Off Walls vii. Existing Utility Lines (Gray) with Location and Depth According to the Following Standard: ." y W---. ` WATER LINE s—s—s SANITARY SEWER LINE G—G—G GAS LINE 1 r FOC— FOC FIBER OPTIC CABLE CATV—CAN— CABLE TELEVISION swS.: STORM WATER LINE UGE— UGE— UNDER GROUND ELECTRIC t OHE— OHE— OVER HEAD ELECTRIC UGT— UGT UNDER GROUND TELEPHONE m OHT OHT OVER HEAD TELEPHONE Ts— Ts TRAFFIC SIGNAL LINE C. Profile i. Ground Surface - Existing (Dotted) and Proposed (Solid) ii. Station Numbers iii. Existing and Proposed Utilities Where Crossed iv. Existing Manhole Invert and Rim Elevations D. Plan, Profile and Complete Details for Off -Site Force or Gravity Mains, Lift Stations, Special Valves and Vaults, Tanks, Etc. E. Detail Sheet - As Required i. Standard Bedding Detail ii. Standard Manhole Detail iii. Drop Manhole Details iv. Tapping Details F. Overall Layout Sheet - If Required i. Scale 1 "=100' ii. Lot Lines iii. Streets and Street Names iv. Sewer Line Sizes and Material v. Manholes vi. Connections to Existing System 26 Section 4 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Specifications 4 SECTION 5 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATER MAIN CONSTRUCTION 5.01 General 5.01.01 All water main construction within the City of Lubbock water system or for future connections to the City of Lubbock water system shall be accomplished in accordance with the requirements of these specifications. 5.02 Plan Requirements 5.02.01 Water main construction shall be done in accordance with engineered construction plans for the work, prepared under the direction of a Professional Engineer and approved by the City of Lubbock Water Utilities Engineering Department. 5.02.02 Plans shall conform to the City of Lubbock's Minimum Design Standards for Water Distribution and shall show all information called for on the City of Lubbock Check List for Water Distribution Construction Plans. 5.03 Plan 5.03.01 The Water Utilities Engineering Department shall review, approve and issue plans stamped "Approved for Construction" to the Design Engineer. 5.04 Inspection 5.04.01 Engineer and/or Contractor shall notify the Water Utilities Engineering Department 48 hours prior to the planned construction is to commence and also before starting up when construction is interrupted for any reason. 5.04.02 All work shall be inspected by a representative of the Water Utilities Engineering Department who shall have the authority to halt construction when, in their opinion, construction is being performed contrary to these specifications or other approved plans. 5.04.03 Whenever any portion of these specifications is violated, the Chief Water Utilities Engineer, by written notice, may order that portion of construction in violation of these specifications or other approved plans, specifications and material to cease until such violation is corrected. 5.05 Suecifications 5.05.01 All standard specifications and quality standards; i.e., ASA, AWWA, ASTM, etc., which are made a portion of these specifications by reference shall be the latest edition and revision thereof. 5.06 Materials of Construction 5.06.01 Water Pipe A. All pipe used in the City of Lubbock water distribution system shall be C900 PVC, C905 PVC, C906 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE), Cement -lined Ductile Iron, C301 Prestressed - Section 5 27 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Specifications Concrete Steel Cylinder Pressure Pipe or C303 Concrete Bar -wrapped Steel Cylinder Pressure Pipe and shall conform to the Approved Materials List. B. The following are approved materials for water main construction: i. PVC Pipe i a. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C900 or C905 specifications and shall be minimum DR-18, Pressure Class 235 PSI. b. Pipe shall be furnished with bell and spigot joint with rubber gasket joint conforming to the above specification. c. Spigot ends shall be beveled and reference marked to facilitate joining and insure proper seating depth. d. Water pipe shall be blue. ii. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) a. HDPE pipe shall be made of high density, high molecular weight polyethylene pipe material meeting the requirements of the latest revision of AWWA C906, PE 4710, Minimum DR11, Pressure Class 200 PSI. b. Use of HDPE pipe must be preapproved by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer in writing prior to use within the City of Lubbock service area. iii. Cement -lined Ductile Iron Pipe a. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to AWWA C150 — ANSI A21.50 and AWWA C151 — ANSI A21.51. b. All ductile iron pipe shall be cement lined in accordance with AWWA C104 - ANSI A21.4 specifications. The external surface shall be coated with an asphalt base paint. c. All joints for ductile iron pipe shall be of the rubber gasket bell and spigot type, except where connecting flanged fittings, and shall otherwise conform to the base specifications to which the pipe is manufactured. d. The joint shall be the latest approved type of rubber gasket joint for ductile iron pipe. e. All joints of ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be sealed with a continuous ring rubber gasket meeting standards specified by AWWA C111 - ANSI A21.11 or its latest revision. f. Flanged joints shall conform to AWWA C115 — ANSI A21.15 iv. Concrete Cylinder Pipe a. Pre -stressed Concrete Steel Cylinder Pressure Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with the latest revision of AWWA C301. b. Concrete Bar -wrapped Steel Cylinder Pressure Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with the latest revision of AWWA C303. c. Concrete Cylinder Pipe shall withstand a minimum pressure of 150 psi longitudinally and helically. d. The joints of the pre -tensioned concrete cylinder pipe and fittings shall be sealed with a continuous ring rubber gasket meeting standards specified in AWWA C303. e. A Portland cement mortar shall be used to fill the annular space both inside and outside of joints in the pre -tensioned concrete cylinder pipe. (1) Portland cement used in the mortar shall conform to ASTM C150 and C77. (2) Sand for the mortar shall conform to ASTM C33 for fine aggregate. f. The exterior joints on pre -tensioned concrete cylinder pipe shall be poured with a heavy duty diaper. The width of the diaper shall be 9 inches. The band shall be provided with 3/8 inch x 0.20 steel straps on each side. 28 Section 5 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Specifications 5.06.02 Service Saddles A. 1-inch and 2-inch Service Connection i. Service connections shall be made through an approved service saddle. a. Service saddles shall be manufactured to conform to ASTM A240 Type 304 stainless steel. b. Service saddles shall be 4-bolt, double band type. ' c. Service saddle shall be fusion bonded epoxy nylon coated. P Y or Y d. 1-inch service saddles shall have AWWA Tapered (CS/CC) threaded connection. we. 2-inch service saddles shall have iron pipe sized (IPS) threaded connection. 5.06.03 Tapping Procedures A. Tapping Sleeves L General a. Clean, disinfect, and prepare the main line, valve, and tapping machine with NSF approved disinfectant prior to operation. b. Ensure shell cutter will clear valve walls. ii. Tapping Machine a. Use the appropriate pilot bit for the pipe material being tapped; follow pipe and bit manufacturer's requirements. b. Upon request, contractor shall provide specification for pilot bit and shell cutter. c. If it is determined by the inspector that the bit or shell cutter is dull or damaged a new bit or shell cutter must be provided for all taps. d. If tapping machine is a solid body machine and the bit/shell cutter travels, the full weight of the tapping machine must be supported with cribbing. e. If the tapping machine is a two-piece body machine and moves with the bit/shell cutter, the valve must be supported with cribbing or concrete. iii. 4-inch through 12-inch Main Line Connection a. Tapping sleeves shall be ductile iron or stainless steel, mechanical joint and conform to the latest revision of ASTM Standard Designations. The tapping sleeve shall withstand a working pressure of 200 psi. b. Gaskets shall be compounded from new materials, and the shape of cross-section of gasket shall provide adequate seal for the design pressure. Gaskets shall be shop glued to the groove provided in the body section. c. Bolts and hex nuts shall be stainless steel. iv. 16-inch through 24-inch Main Line Connection a. Tapping sleeves shall be ductile iron or stainless steel, mechanical joint and conform to the latest revision of ASTM Standard Designations. Tapping sleeves shall be capable of withstanding a working pressure of 200 psi. ' b. Flanges shall be fabricated from steel late conforming to ASTM Standard 9 P 9 Designation A36 or A285, Grade C. c. Dimensions shall conform to AWWA Standard C207, "Steel Pipe Flanges," Class D. (1) Flanges shall be machined to a flat face with finish of 250 micro -inches or machined to a flat surface with a serrated finished in accordance with AWWA Standard C-207, "Steel Pipe Flanges." (2) Machined face shall be recessed for tapping valves in accordance with the MSS Standard SP-60. Section 5 29 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Specifications d. Gaskets shall be compounded from new materials, and the shape of cross-section of gasket shall provide adequate seal for the design pressure. Gaskets shall be shop glued to the groove provided in the body section. e. Bolts and hex nuts shall be stainless steel. B. Testing Outlet i. A 3/4-inch NPT by welded coupling shall be attached to the outlet nozzle of each r } tapping sleeve assembly complete with a 3/4-inch square head pipe plug. C. Painting i. All surfaces of the saddle shall be clean, dry, and free from grease and dirt before painting. ii. All surfaces of tapping sleeve except face of flange, bolts and nuts, shall be given a shop coat of a two-part thermosetting epoxy. Face of flanges shall be shop coated with a rust preventive compound. iii. Bolts and nuts shall be shipped bare (no paint or protective coating). 5.06.04 uctile Iron Fittings A. Fittings shall be mechanical joint or rubber gasket AWWA Class D bell with transition gasket for the type of pipe used. B. All fittings shall be lined with cement or coal tar and coated with an asphaltic paint. C. Fittings shall conform to AWWA C104, AWWA C110 and AWWA C111 latest revision. 5.06.05 Double Disc Gate Valves A. Double disc gate valves 12-inch and smaller shall be parallel seat, ductile iron body and bronze mounted throughout. In line valves shall be flanged or mechanical joint. Side outlets shall be flanged. i. Gate valves 12-inch and smaller shall be direct bury. ii. Valves shall have non -rising stems, shall open by turning to the left (counter- clockwise), and shall be furnished with a 2-inch square operating nut. iii. Valves shall comply with the latest revision of AWWA C500 standards. 5.06.06 Resilient Seat Gate Valves A. Resilient seat gate valves 12-inch and smaller shall be ductile iron. In line valves shall be flanged or mechanical joint. Side outlets shall be flanged. i. Gate valves 12-inch and smaller shall be direct bury. ii. Valves shall have non -rising stems, shall open by turning to the left (counter- clockwise), and shall be furnished with a 2-inch square operating nut. iii. Valves shall comply with the latest revision of AWWA C509 or C515 standards. 5.06.07 Butterfly Valves A. Butterfly valves 16-inch and larger shall be ductile iron and may be either short body or long body lengths. i. Butterfly valves shall be installed in a concrete valve vault and shall be equipped with a hand wheel, a 2-inch square operating nut, a locking device and a position indicator. ii. Valve shall open by turning to the left (counter -clockwise). iii. Valves shall be designed for positive stop in the closed position. 30 Section 5 i 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Specifications iv. Valve shall be manually operated with enclosed worm gear or traveling nut operation and shall be designed to operate at maximum torque with a maximum pull of 80 pounds. v. The design water pressure differential shall be 150 psi upstream and 0 psi downstream. vi. Valves shall comply with the latest revision of AWWA C504 for Class 150B. B. Valves installed in vaults shall be painted with heavy-duty machinery paint with color and type to be approved by Water Utilities Engineering Department. 5.06.08 Pressure Regulating Valves A. The function of a pressure regulating valve is to reduce an existing high pressure to a pre - adjusted lower downstream pressure for varying rates of flow without causing shock or water hammer on the system. i. The pressure reducing valve shall be hydraulically operated with a free floating guided piston having a seat diameter equal to the size of the valve. ii. A pilot valve for controlling operation of the main valve shall be a single seated, diaphragm operated and spring loaded type. iii. Pilot valve shall be attached to the main valve with piping and isolation valves so arranged for easy access in making adjustments and also for its removal from the main valve while the main valve is under pressure. iv. Needle valve shall be all bronze and included with the main valve to control the speed of piston travel. v. An indicator rod shall be furnished as an integral part of the valve to show the position of the piston within the valve body. vi. The valve shall be designed to provide an access opening in the valve body for removing the piston and other internal parts without removing the main valve body from the line. B. The valve shall be fully bronze -mounted and all packing shall have either leather or rubber seals to provide tight closure and prevent metal to metal friction. i. Valves shall be ductile iron body. ii. Bronze casting or parts for internal trim shall conform to ASTM B62. C. All valves shall be furnished with flanged ends sized and drilled in accordance with ANSI B16.1, Class 125. Flanges and covers shall conform to ASTM A126, Class B. Flanges shall be machined to a flat face with a finish of 250 micro -inches or machined to a flat surface with a serrated finish in accordance with AWWA C207. D. Pressure regulating valves shall be capable of withstanding an operating pressure of 150 psi. R E. Body of the pressure reducing valve shall be given a hydrostatic test of 50% more than the operating pressure specified herein. A second test of check seating of the cylinder shall be made at the operating pressure. F. All surfaces of the valve shall be clean, dry, and free from grease and dirt before painting. i. Ductile iron surfaces, except the machined face of the flange, shall be evenly coated with a suitable primer to inhibit rust, or a black asphalt varnish in accordance with Federal Specification TT-V-51e. ii. The face of flanges shall be shop coated with a rust preventive compound. G. Pressure regulating valves shall be installed in an approved concrete valve vault. Section 5 31 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Specifications 5.06.09 2-inch Combination Air and Vacuum Release Valves A. The function of a combination air and vacuum release valve is to allow air to escape during pipeline filling and to enter during draining of the pipeline. Valve shall close water tight when liquid enters the valve. The valve shall also be capable of releasing small pockets of trapped air after the pipeline is filled and under pressure. i. Combination air and vacuum release valves shall be shop assembled and shipped as a complete unit ready for field installation. ii. The combination air valve shall be the single body type. iii. The valve body and cover shall be designed to operate under a maximum working pressure of 250 psi. iv. Material shall be one of the following: a. Valve body (1) Cast Iron - ASTM A48-CIass 35 (2) Cast Steel - ASTM A27 GR U60-30 (3) Ductile Iron - ASTM A536 GR 65-45-12 (4) Bosses for tapping pipe threads shall be cast integrally with each valve body and cover. v. The diameter of the large orifice of the combination air valve shall be 2 inches and the small orifice diameter shall be 3/32 inch. vi. Inlet shall be 2 inches in diameter with tapered iron pipe thread conforming to AWWA C800. vii. For valves not found in the approved materials and vendors list, all other components shall conform to the following additional specifications: a. Float shall be stainless steel. b. All other internal parts shall be fabricated from bronze. c. Valve seat shall be fabricated from oil resistant synthetic rubber. B. Guard Valve and Connecting Pipe i. Guard valve to be used with air valve shall be bronze ball valve with female iron pipe thread ends. ii. Connections between the air valve and the guard valve shall be made using brass nipples with tapered iron pipe threads conforming to AWWA Standard C800. C. All components shall be capable of withstanding an operating pressure of 250 psi. D. Each shop assembled valve shall be given a hydrostatic test of 2 times the rated operating pressure. During the test, air shall be injected into the body chamber of the valve to check its ability to release entrained air to the atmosphere under operating pressure. E. All surfaces of the valve shall be clean, dry and free from grease before painting. Exterior and interior surfaces except the stainless steel trim and the seating surface of the flange face shall be evenly coated with a suitable primer, or a black asphalt varnish in accordance with Federal Specification TT-V51 C or Military Specification C-450-C, Type H. 5.06.10 Swing Check Valves A. Swing check valves shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA Standard C508, "Swing - Check Valves for Ordinary Waterworks Service", with the following additional requirements or exceptions. B. All valves shall be iron body, fully bronze -mounted, metal to metal seating with a swing -type disc. 32 Section 5 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Specifications i. Valves installed in vaults shall be in a horizontal position with exterior lever and adjustable spring or weight operation. ii. Valves which are buried shall be installed in a horizontal position and shall be gravity 6p operated with no external levers or weights. C. Swing check valves shall be capable of withstanding an operating pressure of 150 psi. + D. Bolts and hex nuts used for attaching top cap to the body shall be the manufacturer's standard, either fabricated from a low -alloy steel for corrosion resistance or electroplated with zinc or cadmium. i. The hot -dip process in accordance with ASTM A135 is not acceptable for the threaded portions of the bolts and nuts. E. Flat gasket, either ring type or full faced type, required at the body and cap connection, shall be fabricated from compressed asbestos sheet with a rubber compound binder. i. Use of a homogeneous rubber or vegetable fiber sheets is not acceptable. F. All check valves shall be furnished with flanged ends. The size and drilling shall be in + accordance with ANSI B16.1 Class 125; flanges shall be machined to a flat face with a finish of 250 micro -inches or machined to a flat surface with a serrated finish in accordance with AWWA Standard C207. G. All surfaces of the valve shall be clean, dry and free from grease before painting. i. All ferrous surfaces, exterior and interior, except the seating surfaces of flange faces, shall be evenly coated with a suitable primer to inhibit rust or black asphalt varnish in accordance with Federal Specification TT-V-51f. ii. Flange faces shall be shop coated with a rust preventive compound. 5.06.11 Blowoffs A. Temporary or permanent blowoffs may be fabricated from 2-inch pipe with a 2-inch gate valve. B. Valve to be iron bodied bronze mounted with 2-inch square operating nut complete with valve box. C. Valve and valve box shall be as specified in the Approved Materials List. 5.06.12 Fire Hydrants A. Fire hydrants shall be standard AWWA C502 hydrants, iron body, bronze mounted throughout including drain seat ring, and shall be designed for a working pressure of 150 psi. B. Fire hydrants shall be traffic model type and shall have a 5-1/4 inch valve opening, two 2-1/2 inch hose nozzles, one 4-inch steamer nozzle with 4 threads per inch and a crest to crest dimension of 4.995 inches, and shall open by turning counter -clockwise. C. Hydrants shall be for 6-inch mechanical joint connection and shall be 4-1/2 foot bury unless otherwise shown on plans. D. When required, a single fire hydrant extension section shall be used to bring the fire hydrant to the appropriate elevation. No more than one extension will be allowed per installation. E. Operating nuts shall be 1-1/2 inch pentagons measured to a point. F. Hydrants shall be painted orange. G. Fire hydrants that are not yet in service or have been taken out of service shall be covered completely and securely with black plastic wrap or bags. H. Hydrants shall meet the requirements as detailed in the Approved Materials List. Section 5 33 i4 f: 1 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Specifications i. Bedding and embedment shall be native, sandy soil material free from rocks, clods, roots or other debris larger than 1-inch diameter. ii. Backfill material shall be native, sandy soil material free from rocks, clods, roots or other debris larger than 2-inch diameter. B. Water Pipe 16-inch diameter and larger i. Bedding shall be select sand or aggregate free from rocks, clods, roots or other debris larger than 3/8-inch. a. Bedding material shall be free from injurious amounts of clay, dust, blow sand, caliche or slag. ii. Embedment material shall be crushed stone with irregular surfaces and comply with the following gradation requirements: Retained on 1" Sieve 0 Retained on 1 2" Sieve 0-20 Retained on 3 8" Sieve 15-40 Retained on No. 4 Sieve 60-90 Retained on No. 8 Sieve 95-100 a. Embedment shall extend to 12 inches above top of pipe. iii. Backfill material shall be native, sandy soil material free from rocks, clods, roots or other debris larger than 2-inch diameter. C. Compaction L Bedding, embedment and backfill shall be compacted to 95% Modified Proctor Density by approved mechanical means. a. Compaction shall be in maximum 6-inch compacted lifts. ii. Water jetting will not be allowed. 5.06.17 Flowable Fill A. Flowable fill shall consist of a concrete mixture of pea gravel and sand with a cement content of 1-1/2 sacks per cubic yard. i. Utility ditches in existing paved streets shall be backfilled with flowable fill from the top of the embedment material to the paving surface, as specified in City of Lubbock Ordinance. ii. Use of concrete in place of flowable fill is not acceptable, and if used in place of flowable fill shall be removed by the Contractor at their expense. 5.07 Methods of Construction 5.07.01 Scope A. The work covered by this section consists of constructing water distribution mains and other appurtenances normally installed as a part of this system. Construction may include surface preparation; trench excavation; shoring; dewatering; laying, aligning and joining pipe; installation of pipe, valves, valve boxes, and fittings; cradling, blocking and anchorage; bedding, embedment and backfilling; and other related work. 36 Section 5 I l : 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Specifications { ' 5.07.02 Quality Standards Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction ASTM D698 Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort AWWA C600 ANSI Installation of Ductile Iron Mains and Their Appurtenances Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated AWWA C900 Fittings, 4-inch through 12-inch for Water Transmission and Distribution Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated AWWA C905 Fittings, 14-inch through 48-inch for Water Transmission and Distribution AWWA M23 Polyvinyl Chloride PVC Pipe Design and Installation Concrete Pipe Installation Manual (Published by American ACPA Concrete Pipe Association ASTM C891 Installation of Underground Pre -cast Utility Structures 5.07.03 Materials A. The Contractor shall install water distribution pipe of the type, diameter, wall -thickness and protective coating that is defined in the Approved Materials List or designated by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. B. One or more acceptable types of pipe may be used. As such, the Contractor shall have the option of installing any of the acceptable types, provided only one type is used throughout any single size designation or run of pipe. 5.07.04 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) A. Prior to disturbance of construction area, Contractor shall coordinate with the City of Lubbock Storm Water Engineering Department to develop a site -specific Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. B. SWP3 measures shall be installed prior to construction and shall be maintained throughout the construction until final stabilization. 5.07.05 Surface Preparation A. Within Easements, Cultivated or Agricultural Areas i. All vegetation such as brush, sod, heavy growth, grass, weeds, decayed vegetable matter, rubbish and other unsuitable material within the area of excavation and spoils storage shall be stripped and properly disposed. ii. Topsoil shall be removed to a depth of 8 inches or the full depth of topsoil, whichever is less. iii. Removed topsoil shall be stockpiled during construction in an approved location. B. Within Unpaved Roadway Areas i. Contractor shall strip the cover material from graveled roadways or other developed but unpaved traffic surfaces to the full depth of the existing surfacing. ii. Surfacing shall be stockpiled to the extent that it is acceptable for restoration purposes. C. Within Paved Areas { i. All pavement cuts and repairs shall be in accordance with the current City of Lubbock Street Ordinance. Section 5 37 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Specifications a. U Wherever it is necessary to make cuts in existing pavements, sidewalks, driveways, or curbs and gutters, the cuts shall be made in such a manner as to cause the least possible damage to adjoining surfaces. Asphalt Paving ' 1_ Asphalt surfaces shall be saw cut along each side of the trench ahead of the trenching machine and the paving and base removed with the trenching machine as the trench is excavated. The width of surface removed by the Contractor is not to exceed the outside limits of the trench plus 12 inches. q Concrete Paving Removal of any sidewalks, concrete pavement, concrete base, concrete curbs and gutters shall be made by saw cutting the concrete to a straight line on each side of the trench and removing the concrete ahead of the trenching. Concrete shall be saw cut vertically in straight lines and avoiding acute angles. Concrete pavement, sidewalks, driveways or curb and gutter shall be cut with a power saw to a depth of not less than 2 inches prior to breaking. E Overbreak, separation or other damage to the existing bitumen or concrete outside the designated cut lines shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. Tunneling may be required under curb and gutters. The width of surface removed by the Contractor of concrete paving is not to exceed the outside limits of the trench plus 12 inches. 5.07.06 Barricades and Safety Measures A. Contractor shall, at their own expense, furnish and erect barricades and safety measures for the protection of persons, property and the works as may be necessary. B. All barricades and safety measures shall meet the rules and regulations of Federal, state and local authorities, including but not limited to: i. OSHA regulations for excavation, trenching and shoring ii. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices iii. City of Lubbock Barricade Ordinance C. Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades and safety measures. i. If damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and replaced by Contractor at their own cost and expense. D. Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barricades and safety measures shall not cease until the project is accepted by the City. 5.07.07 Water for Construction A. The City will furnish water from fire hydrants for construction purposes. . L To use City water for construction the contractor shall acquire a water meter for use on a City fire hydrant, and will be charged the applicable rate for the quantity of water used. s ii. The contractor shall contact Lubbock Power and Light Customer Service Department and establish a utility account. The contractor must pay the current deposit for each 4 fire hydrant meter and will be responsible for all charges associated with that account. iii. Once an account is established and the deposit is paid, the contractor may pick up a meter from the City Water Department at 600 Municipal Drive. iv. The contractor shall be responsible for reporting monthly water usage. 38 Section 5 �'i 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Specifications v. All water used shall be in accordance with City Ordinance, all water shall be used within City Limits. B. Fire hydrants shall be operated only by use of an approved fire hydrant wrench. No pipe wrenches, or other unapproved devices, shall be used to open or close a fire hydrant. C. For top loading trucks or containers the contractor shall provide a back flow prevention assembly on the discharge side of the meter. i. The backflow prevention assembly shall be in the form of two spring loaded ball check valves. ii. When filling the truck or container there shall be an air gap of at least two times the opening diameter of the truck or container. D. For bottom loading trucks the contractor shall provide a Reduced Pressure Zone (RPZ) type backflow prevention assembly. i. All RPZ type back flow prevention assemblies must be tested and the test results approved by the City prior to use. ii. The test results shall be sent to the City of Lubbock Public Works Department, Meter and Customer Service Supervisor for approval. E. In accordance with City of Lubbock Ordinance No. 10208 "Pertaining to Backflow Prevention", City representatives are authorized to suspend water use from a fire hydrant by a contractor until the proper and correct backflow prevention device is installed. 5.07.08 rotection of Existing Utilities A. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to properly mark (white line) the work area and notify the Texas Excavation Safety System, 1-800-DIG-TESS (1-800-344-8377) a minimum of 48 hours prior to construction or excavation. B. Contractor shall locate all utility lines, including customer service lines, far enough in advance of the trenching to make proper provisions for protecting the lines and to allow for any deviations that may be required from the established lines and grades. C. If required, the Contractor shall "pothole" or physically locate existing underground utilities ahead of trench excavation. D. A contractor shall not be allowed to disrupt water service without permission from the Water Utilities Engineering Department. L When a service disruption is planned, the Contractor shall notify the Water Utilities Engineering Department a minimum of 48 hours in advance. E. Contractor shall notify local utilities whenever working near gas mains or services or near electrical or telephone cables or when the presence of these utilities is suspected in the area of construction. F. Contractor shall proceed with caution in the excavation and preparation of the trench so that the exact location of underground structures, both known and unknown, may be determined. G. Hand excavation shall be used where necessary. H. All utility lines shall be properly supported to prevent settlement or damage to the line both during and after construction. I. Contractor shall be held responsible for the repair of any utilities when broken or otherwise damaged because of carelessness on their part. 1. The Contractor shall immediately notify the proper utility company of any damage to utility lines in order that service may be established with the least possible delay. Any damage to existing lines and the repair of customer lines which are authorized to be cut shall be at the Section 5 39 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Specifications Contractor's expense, and as directed by an official representative of the utility company involved. K. Any permanent relocation of existing utility lines shall be done by the proper utility company 5.07.09 Excavation and Trenching A. Minimum width of the trench shall be the outside diameter of the pipe plus 12 inches. B. Maximum width of the trench shall be the outside diameter of the pipe plus 18 inches. i. The Chief Water Utilities Engineer shall review instances where trench widths are required to be greater than the maximum allowable due to installation techniques or shoring. C. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for protecting paved streets and drives from being damaged by the trenching and backfilling equipment. D. Grade shall be such that the pipe will rest firmly on the bedding material throughout the entire length of the pipe cylinder. i. Bell holes of ample dimensions shall be dug at each joint to permit the proper jointing of the pipe. E. In order to obtain a true, even grade, the trench shall be fine -graded. L Material for fine grading shall be free of rocks, roots, grass or any other debris. The depth of the fine grading material shall not exceed 3 inches. ii. Where the trench is excavated in excess of 3 inches below grade, the bedding material shall be compacted to 95% Modified Proctor Density. iii. If the material being excavated is rock or other unyielding material, it shall be removed to a depth of 3 inches below grade and replaced with approved bedding material to grade. F. All excavated material shall be placed in a manner that will not endanger the work or damage existing structures. 5.07.10 Methods of Connection A. Service and main line taps and connections shall comply with current City of Lubbock Utilities Ordinance. B. Service Taps i. All service taps on existing mains shall be installed by City personnel or a City - designated contractor. C. Main Line Taps i. All taps on existing mains in service shall comply with current TCEQ requirements. ii. Persons installing main line taps shall hold a Class "C" or higher TCEQ Water Operator's License. iii. A person holding a Class "D" TCEQ Water Operator's License may install main line taps only if they are in direct communication with a person holding a Class "C" or higher TCEQ Water Operator's License. iv. City Inspector must be present for any tap being installed on an existing main. D. Valve Operating Procedures i. Contractors shall not operate valves within the existing City of Lubbock water distribution system. ii. Operation of valves shall be done by authorized City of Lubbock personnel only. , 40 Section 5 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Specifications iii. Contractors shall arrange opening or closing of valves by notifying the Water Utilities Engineering Department at least 24-hours prior to needing a valve operated. 5.07.11 Pipe Installation A. Pipe, fittings, valves and other accessories shall be inspected, handled, laid and joined in the manner herein specified. B. Pipe, fittings, valves, and accessories shall be inspected upon delivery and during the progress of the work and any material found to be defective may be rejected. i. If rejected, the Contractor shall remove and replace such defective material at their own expense. C. Pipe, fittings, valves, and other accessories shall be handled in accordance with manufacturer's specifications. i. Before lowering into the trench the pipe, fittings, valves and accessories shall be inspected for defects. a. Any defective, damaged, or unsound pipe or other incidental materials shall not be incorporated into the work. b. Contractor shall remove and replace such defective material at their own expense. i ii. All pipe, fittings, valves and accessories shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece using suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to the material. iii. Under no circumstance shall pipe, valves, fittings, accessories or tools be dropped directly into the trench. D. All foreign matter shall be removed from the inside of the pipe, bells, spigots or parts of the pipe used in forming the joint before the pipe is lowered into the trench; i. Pipe shall be kept clean by approved means during and after laying. ii. The open end of the pipe in the trench shall be plugged when pipe is not being laid. E. Pipe shall be laid to the alignment as established on the approved plans. i. Where grade is being maintained as shown on the plans, the use of batter boards or C laser beam will be required to fine grade the trench. ii. Whenever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line either in a vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions, to plumb valves, or where vertical or horizontal curves are required, the allowable angle of curvature shall be 80% of the manufacturer's maximum recommended curvature. iii. Deflection at each joint shall not exceed 80% of the manufacturer's maximum recommended deflection. F. Pipe shall be laid so that the pipe label is facing up. G. Pipe shall be jointed per manufacturer's requirements. i. Pipe shall be laid with bells facing in the direction of laying. a. For lines on appreciable slopes, the Engineer may specify the pipe to be installed with the bell ends facing up grade. ii. Bell, spigot and gasket of pipe to be laid shall be wiped clean prior to jointing. iii. Cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings or closure pieces shall be done in a neat workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or lining. iv. Jointing shall be completed for all pipe laid each day. a. At the times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be properly plugged and sealed to prevent contamination. b. No trench water shall be permitted to enter the pipe. Section 5 41 i 2016 Design Standards and Specifications i Water Specifications v. No pipe shall be laid in conditions unsuitable for such work as determined by the City Inspector. 5.07.12 Trace wire for nonmetallic pipe installation A. Conductive trace wire shall be installed in the same trench and inside bored holes and casing with all nonmetallic pipe during pipe installation. i. Trace wire shall be 14 gauge minimum solid copper with thermoplastic insulation recommended for direct bury. ii. Trace wire shall be secured to the pipe as required to insure that the wire remains directly on top of the pipe. iii. Trace wire shall be securely bonded together at all wire joints with wire connectors that are watertight and provide for electrical continuity. iv. Trace wire shall be made accessible at water valve boxesand fire hydrants. a. Trace wire shall not be placed inside valve box risers. b. Trace wire shall be installed such that no less than 6 inches but no more than 12 inches of wire remain accessible. 5.07.13 Detectable Marking Tape A. Metallic marking tape shall be installed in the same trench with all pipe during pipe installation. i. Marking tape for water mains shall be 3-inch, blue in color and clearly labeled "Caution: Buried Water Line." ii. Marking tape shall be installed directly above the centerline of the pipe a minimum of 24 inches above top of pipe. iii. Depth of bury shall be 18 inches below top of trench. 5.07.14 Setting Valves, Valve Boxes and Fittings A. Valves and fittings shall be set at the locations shown on the approved plans. B. Valves and fittings shall be adequately blocked for thrust with concrete or mechanically restrained. i. Refer to thrust blocking details or Appendix A — Restrained Joint Lengths. 5.07.15 Cradling, Blocking and Anchorage A. Contractor will be required to install concrete pipe cradle at all valve vaults and properly block or mechanically restrain all fittings including tees, bends and valves. B. Where concrete cradling or blocking is used, concrete shall conform to the concrete specifications. C. Before placing the concrete, all loose earth shall be removed from the trench. D. Concrete shall be placed in the trench by the use of chutes extending to within 3 feet of the bottom of the trench and shall be deposited uniformly on each side of the pipe in such a manner as to not disturb the grade and alignment of the pipe. E. Blocking shall be placed between solid ground and the fitting to be anchored. The area of bearing on pipe and on the ground in each instance shall be that required by the Engineer. F. Blocking shall be placed so that the joints of all pipe and fittings are accessible for repair. G. Soil bearing value for thrust blocking shall be as recommended by the Engineer based on soil analysis of the site. In the absence of such recommendation, the allowable soil bearing value ° shall not exceed 2,500 pounds per square foot. 42 Section 5 i r ; 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Specifications 5.07.16 Backfilling A. Backfilling of all trenches and excavations shall comply with the current City of Lubbock Street Ordinance. B. After the trench has been backfilled, the disturbed area shall be cleared of all rocks larger than 1-1/2 inches in diameter and leveled so that the surface will have the same slope and appearance as it possessed before construction. C. All surplus material shall be loaded and legally disposed of at the Contractor's expense at an approved location. D. Contractor shall compact backfill and clean up as close behind the pipe laying and backfilling as possible. E. Following completion of backfill and cleanup, the Contractor shall maintain the street and trench surfaces in a satisfactory manner until final acceptance of the work. i. Maintenance shall include blading, filling depressions caused by settlement, sprinkling to settle dust, brooming and other work required to keep the streets and disturbed areas in satisfactory condition as determined by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. ii. The Contractor shall maintain and be responsible for all paving cuts until such time as repairs can be completed. 5.08 Pneumatic Testing for Tapping Sleeves 5.08.01 Upon completion of tapping sleeve installation, the tapping sleeve shall be subjected to a pneumatic pressure test according to the most recent City of Lubbock requirements. 5.08.02 Pneumatic Pressure Test A. Contractor shall be responsible for performing a pneumatic pressure test witnessed by a City Inspector. i. Tapping sleeve shall be pressurized through 3/4-inch NPT port at a minimum test pressure of 50 psi. ii. Duration of the pressure test shall be a minimum of 10 minutes or as directed by the City Inspector. 5.09 Hydrostatic Pressure Testing 5.09.01 Upon completion of pipe installation, the line shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure test and leakage test according to the most recent AWWA standards, TCEQ rules and City of Lubbock requirements. 5.09.02 Hydrostatic Pressure Test A. Contractor shall be responsible for performing a hydrostatic pressure test witnessed by a City Inspector. L Minimum test pressure shall be 100 psi or 150% of static operating pressure, whichever is greater. ii. Duration of each pressure test shall be a minimum of 2 hours or as directed by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. B. Hydrostatic Test Procedure i. Each valved section of pipe shall be slowly filled with water. ii. As the line is being filled, all air shall be expelled from the pipe. a. Taps shall be made, if necessary, at points of highest elevation. Section 5 43 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Specifications b. Taps shall be tightly plugged upon satisfactory completion of the test. iii. Pressure shall be applied and maintained by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the City Inspector. iv. The pump, pipe connection, and all necessary apparatus except meters shall be furnished by the Contractor. v. Contractor shall furnish all necessary labor for connecting the pump, meter, and gages. vi. Water for filling and making tests may be obtained at a location designated by the Water Utilities Engineering Department. a. No charge will be made for the first 2 pipe volumes of water. b. Contractor will be charged for water used in subsequent tests at the current rate of bulk usage. vii. The line shall be carefully checked at regular intervals for breaks or leaks. viii. Any joints showing appreciable leaks shall be repaired and any cracked or defective pipes or fittings shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's own expense. ix. The test shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained. C. Leakage Test i. For pipe of 12-inch diameter or smaller, no leakage or pressure drop shall be allowed over a two hour period at the test pressure. ii. For pipe 16-inch diameter or larger, the allowable leakage (gallons per hour) shall not be greater than: L _ ND,fP 7400 L = Gallons per Hour N = Number of Joints D = Nominal Pipe Diameter (in.) P = Test Pressure (PSI) iii. The leakage shall be determined by measuring the quantity of water supplied to each valved section of the lines, during the test period, when the various sections of the lines are under pressure. iv. If individual sections show leakage greater than the limits specified above, the Contractor shall locate and repair the defective portions at their own expense. 5.10 Sterilization and Bacteriological Testing 5.10.01 Upon completion of pipe installation, the line shall be sterilized and tested according to the most recent AWWA standards, TCEQ rules and City of Lubbock requirements. A. Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and material necessary for the chlorination and testing of the new pipe lines which shall be sterilized before being placed into service. B. Sterilization Procedure L Contractor shall verify that all valves adjacent to test section are closed. a. Valves shall be operated in accordance with the current City of Lubbock valve operating procedures. _ 3 ii. Lines shall be sterilized by the application of an approved chlorinating agent. t iii. Chlorinating agent may be liquid chlorine, liquid chlorine gas -water mixture, or a calcium hypochlorite solution, which shall be fed into the lines through a suitable solution -feed device or other methods approved by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. ! I 44 Section 5 I-- 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Specifications iv. All newly installed pipes and related products must conform to American National Standards Institute / National Sanitation Foundation (ANSI/NSF) Standard 61 and must be certified by an organization accredited by ANSI, including chlorine for disinfection. v. Chlorinating agent shall be applied at or near the point from which the line is being filled, and through a corporation stop or other approved connection inserted in the horizontal axis of the newly laid pipe. vi. Water being used to fill the line shall be controlled to flow into the section to be sterilized very slowly. vii. Rate of application of the chlorinating agent shall be at least 50 parts per million. viii. Chlorinated water shall be retained in the pipe lines for a period of not less than 24 hours. C. Testing/Sampling Procedure i. The sampling riser shall be located at the farthest point possible from the chlorination point. a. The riser shall be above ground and equipped with a faucet for control of flow during sampling. ii. Samples shall be taken by City of Lubbock Inspectors from the line and will be tested for bacteriologic growth at a City of Lubbock certified laboratory. a. Samples will be taken twice in a 48 hour period not less than 24 hours apart. b. Initial samples may only be taken on Monday, Tuesday or Wednesday prior to 2:00 p.m. D. Chlorinated water used for sterilization shall be legally disposed of per current TCEQ or other applicable regulations. L A temporary blow off may be required to achieve adequate flushing flow rates. H. Under no circumstances shall chlorinated water used for sterilization be released directly into the storm drain system or a body of water. iii. All flushing must conform with the City of Lubbock Storm Water Permit and SWP3 Best Practices. 5.11 Restoration and Clean U 5.11.01 The Contractor shall restore or replace all removed or damaged paving, curbing, sidewalks, g gutters, sod, shrubbery, fences, irrigation systems, pipe, or other structures or surfaces to a condition equal to that before the work began and to the satisfaction of the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. 5.11.02 All streets, alleys, driveways, sidewalks, curbs or other surfaces broken, cut or damaged by the Contractor shall be reconstructed as required by the current City of Lubbock Street Ordinance. 5.11.03 Topsoil material shall be replaced to pre -construction conditions or better. 5.11.04 All rubbish, unused materials and other non-native materials shall be removed from the jobsite. 5.11.05 The right-of-way shall be left in a state of order and cleanliness as determined by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. Section 5 45 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Water Specifications 5.12 Warranty and Acceptance 5.12.01 Within 30 calendar days after the Developer or Developers Engineer has given written notice that the improvements have been substantially completed, the City shall inspect the completed improvements and provide a punch list if necessary. A. If it is mutually determined that the improvements have been constructed in accordance with the engineering plans and the City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards and Specifications, the Developers Engineer shall submit Record Drawings, Certificate of Completion and Developers Warranty Statement (Copies of the Certificate of Completion and the Developers Warranty Statement are included in the City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards and Specifications) B. Upon receipt of the Developers Certificate of Completion, Record Drawings and the Developers Warranty Statement, the City will accept improvements within 30 calendar days; unless exception is given in writing. C. Neither the Final Payment nor the Certificate of Completion shall relieve the Developer or Contractor of responsibility related to warranty of materials or workmanship. D. The Developer shall remedy any defects due to faulty materials or workmanship that appear within 1 year from the written Certificate of Completion. 46 Section 5 i 2016 Design Standards and Specifications j Sewer Specifications SECTION 6 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER MAIN CONSTRUCTION 6.01 General 6.01.01 All sanitary sewer main construction within the City of Lubbock sanitary sewerage system or for future connections to the City of Lubbock sanitary sewerage system shall be accomplished in accordance with the requirements of these specifications. 6.02 Plan Reauirements 6.02.01 Sanitary sewer main construction shall be done in accordance with engineered construction plans for the work, prepared under the direction of a Professional Engineer and approved by the City of Lubbock Water Utilities Engineering Department. 6.02.02 Plans shall conform to the City of Lubbock's Minimum Design Standards for Sanitary Sewer and shall show all information called for on the City of Lubbock Check List for Sanitary Sewer Construction Plans. 6.03 Plan Approval 6.03.01 The Water Utilities Engineering Department shall review, approve and issue plans stamped "Approved for Construction" to the Design Engineer. 6.04 Inspection 6.04.01 Engineer and/or Contractor shall notify the Water Utilities Engineering Department 48 hours before the planned construction is to commence and also before starting up when construction is interrupted for any reason. 6.04.02 All work shall be inspected by a representative of the Water Utilities Engineering Department who shall have the authority to halt construction when, in their opinion, construction is being performed contrary to these specifications or other approved plans. 6.04.03 Whenever any portion of these specifications is violated, the Chief Water Utilities Engineer, by written notice, may order that portion of construction which is in violation of these specifications or other approved plans, specifications and material to cease until such violation is corrected. 6.05 Specifications 6.05.01 All standard specifications and quality standards; i.e., ASA, AWWA, ASTM, etc., which are made a portion of these specifications by reference shall be the latest edition and revision thereof. 1-' m Section 6 47 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Specifications 6.06 Materials of Construction 6.06.01 Sewer Pipe A. All pipe used in the City of Lubbock sanitary sewer collection system shall be SDR 35 PVC, SDR 26 PVC, PVC Corrugated Sewer Pipe with Smooth Interior, High Density Polyethylene (HDPE), Ductile Iron, Steel Reinforced Polymer Concrete or Polypropylene Corrugated Single Wall or Dual Wall Pipe and shall conform to the Approved Materials List. B. PVC Pipe - Gravity Flow i. Gravity flow PVC pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F679 and D3034 for SDR 35 sewer pipe. ii. The pipe shall be jointed with an integral bell and spigot type rubber gasketed joint. a. Each integral bell joint shall consist of a formed bell complete with a single rubber gasket. b. Gaskets shall conform to ASTM F477. iii. Standard joint length shall be 14 or 20 feet t one inch. iv. Gravity flow PVC pipe shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and shall not exceed 80% of the manufacturer's recommended maximum deflection. v. The minimum pipe stiffness factor shall be 46 psi. vi. Gravity flow sewer pipe shall be green. C. PVC Pipe - Pressure Rated i. Pressure rated PVC sewer pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2241 for SDR 26 sewer pipe. ii. The pipe shall be joined with an integral bell and spigot type rubber gasketed joint. a. Each integral bell joint shall consist of a formed bell complete with a single rubber gasket. b. Gaskets shall conform to ASTM F477. iii. Pressure rated PVC pipe shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and shall not exceed 80% of the manufacturer's recommended maximum deflection. iv. Standard joint length shall be 14 or 20 feet t one inch. v. Pressure rated sewer pipe shall be green. D. PVC Pipe - Spiral Wound L Spiral wound PVC pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of the latest revision of ASTM F794 for large diameter ribbed gravity sewer pipe. ii. Spiral wound PVC pipe shall be installed in accordance with the manufacture's recommendations and shall not exceed 80% of the manufacturer's recommended maximum deflection. iii. The minimum pipe stiffness factor shall be 46 psi. E. High Density Polyethylene Pipe L The pipe shall be made of high density, high molecular weight polyethylene pipe material meeting the requirements of ASTM F894. ii. Rubber gaskets shall comply in all respects with the physical requirements specified in the non -pressure requirements of ASTM Specifications C443. iii. Polyethylene pipe shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 48 Section 6 L 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Specifications F. Ductile Iron Pipe i. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to ANSI/ASTM specifications A746 for Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe. a. Pipe and fittings shall have a 30-mil thickness epoxy lining on the interior. b. Pipe and fittings shall have an exterior coating of coal tar pitch conforming to requirements of Federal Specifications WW-P-421. ii. Joints for Ductile Iron shall be of the rubber gasket bell and spigot, except when otherwise shown on the plans and where connecting to flanged fittings, and shall conform to the base specifications to which the pipe is manufactured. iii. Fittings shall be AWWA Standard Class "D" bell and spigot type or an approved gasket joint for the particular type of pipe used and designed for the pressures of the pipe except as shown on the plans. G. Steel Reinforced Polymer Concrete Pipe i. Steel Reinforced Polymer Concrete Pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM C76, D6783 and A615 and all other applicable standards. ii. Steel Reinforced Polymer Concrete Pipe shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and shall not exceed 80% of the manufacturer's recommended maximum deflection. H. Polypropylene Corrugated Dual Wall and Triple Wall Pipe i. Polypropylene Corrugated Dual Wall Pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM F2736. ii. Polypropylene Corrugated Triple Wall Pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM F2764. iii. Polypropylene Corrugated Dual Wall and Triple Wall Pipe shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and shall not exceed 80% of the manufacturer's recommended maximum deflection. 6.06.02 Pre -cast Reinforced Concrete Manholes A. Manhole barrel, cone, and extension sections shall be constructed of pre -cast concrete. i. Manhole products shall be smooth, uniform in size and dimensions, consistent in components throughout and free of voids or honeycombs. ii. No grouting shall be applied to the edges or inside surfaces of manholes during the manufacturing process. iii. A plant inspection may be required for production facility inspection and to review record -keeping for material certification. B. Manufacturer must provide certification that all materials used for manufacturing meet with the following ASTM Specifications: ASTM C-33 argai O 7mggsf lm , 8a Aggregates ASTM C-150 Cement ASTM C-39 Sampling Specimens ASTM C-185 Reinforcing ASTM C-144 Sand and Mortar C. Pre -cast Concrete Manhole Sections ( i. Pre -cast concrete manhole sections shall conform to ASTM C478 specifications. ii. Compressive strength test results must verify concrete strengths meet or exceed 4,000 psi. iii. Coarse aggregate shall consist of 95% crushed limestone. iv. Manholes shall be designed to withstand H-20 AASHTO loading. Section 6 49 2016 Design Standards and Specifications 1 -i Sewer Specifications e v. Manholes shall have lifting holes that do not protrude through manhole wall; one full inch of concrete thickness must remain between lift hole and outside or inside wall of manhole. D. Joints Other Than Grade Rings i. Joints other than grade rings shall be tongue and groove or an equivalent male and female type joint. ii. Joints shall be effectively joined with water -tight sealant to prevent leakage and infiltration. Sealant shall comply with the Approved Materials List. E. Cones and Grade Rings i. Cones and grade rings shall maintain a clear 30-inch opening. ii. Grade rings shall be reinforced with the same percentage of steel as risers and tops and shall also meet ASTM C478 specifications. 6.06.03 Inflow Prevention Device (IPD) A. All new manholes shall be equipped with an approved IPD to prevent unwanted inflow into the sanitary sewer system. B. IPDs shall be constructed of corrosion proof material and load tested to withstand 800 pounds. C. IPDs shall be equipped with a handle or lifting strap capable of supporting a minimum uniform load of 500 pounds. D. IPDs shall be equipped with ventilation valves or holes. i. Release of water through vent valves or holes shall not exceed 5 gallons per 24 hour period. ii. Vent valves or holes shall vent sewer gas at one p.s.i. or less. E. IPDs shall comply with the Approved Materials List. 6.06.04 Manhole Frames and Cover A. Manhole frames and covers shall be of good quality gray iron casting and conform to ASTM Designation A48, having a clear opening of not less than 30 inches. B. Casting shall be designed with a full bearing ring so as to provide a continuous seat between frame and cover. C. Cover shall be furnished with lifting ring or pick bar cast into the cover in such a manner as to prevent water leaking through. D. Frame and cover shall have a weight of not less than 275 pounds, shall include lettering "City of Lubbock, Texas Sanitary Sewer" and shall comply with the Approved Materials List. 6.06.05 Concrete A. Proportioning of the constituents of the concrete shall be such as to produce a dense and workable mixture, and the designed mix shall be approved by the Engineer before any concrete is placed. L The concrete shall be of such consistency that it will flow without separation of the aggregates. B. Concrete mix shall be based on the water -cement ratio, and shall be as follows for the different applications: H 50 Section 6 I "1 1,. 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Specifications i. Concrete for manholes, valve vaults and other reinforced concrete structures shall have a water -cement ratio of no more than ASTM C-478 max of 0.53 (by weight) and yield a r 28-day compressive strength of not less than 3,000 psi. ii. Concrete for pipe cradling, blocking of fittings, manhole inverts and other non - reinforced concrete shall contain not more than 9.0 gallons of water per sack of cement and yield a 28-day compressive strength of not less than 2,500 psi. C. Concrete to be used in manhole bases, sections, cones, grade rings and inverts shall be made with Portland cement which conforms to "Standard Specifications and Test for Portland Cement", ASTM C150. D. Concrete coarse aggregates shall consist of natural washed and screened sand, and clean crushed limestone conforming to "Standard Specifications for Concrete Aggregate", ASTM C33. i. Aggregates shall be well graded from coarse to fine and shall be free from injurious amounts of clay, soft or flaky materials, loam or organic impurities. ii. Aggregates shall be approved by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer before use. E. Sand to be used in cement mortar shall conform to ASTM C144 specifications. F. Water used in mixing concrete or mortar shall be clear, clean, free from oil, acid or organic matter and free from injurious amounts of alkali, salts or other chemicals. G. Surface moisture or moisture carried by the aggregates shall be included as part of the mixing water. H. Reinforcing steel used in concrete shall be deformed bars conforming to "Specifications for Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement", ASTM A15, A16, A82, A185, A305, A615, or A706 grades 40, 50, or 60. i. Wire mesh shall be woven or electrically welded, cold -drawn mild steel wire fabric. ii. All reinforcement shall be permanently marked with grade, identification marks or shall, on delivery, be accompanied by a manufacturer's guarantee. I. Forms shall be of wood or metal and shall be of sufficient strength to support the concrete without bulging between supports and sufficiently water tight to hold the concrete mortar. i. Forms shall be so constructed that the finished concrete shall be of the form and dimensions shown on the plans. ii. Form work for exposed surfaces shall be of such material and so constructed as to produce a wall with a smooth, even surface when the concrete is poured. iii. Wall forms shall be set plumb and true and rigidly braced to maintain them in correct position and alignment. iv. Walls for all reinforced concrete work shall be formed inside and outside. v. Form ties shall be adjustable in length and of such type as to leave no metal closer than 1-inch of the surface, and shall not be fitted with lugs, cones, washers, or other devices acting as a spreader which will leave a hole larger than 7/8-inch in diameter or depth back of the exposed surface of the concrete. a. Wire ties will not be permitted. vi. Temporary openings for cleaning and inspection shall be provided at the base of vertical forms or other places where necessary. Such openings shall be neatly and securely closed before concrete is placed. vii. Forms shall be oiled before use. viii. No forms shall be removed without permission of the City Inspector. However, in general, wall forms may be removed after the concrete has been in place for 24 hours and on roof slabs after the concrete has been in place for 10 days. Section 6 51 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Specifications ix. Immediately upon removal of the forms any honey -combed sections shall be repaired as directed by the City Inspector. J. Compounds used to form an air tight membrane over a fresh concrete surface shall be in accordance with Texas Department of Transportation Item 360.2.0 (DMS-4650). i. Curing compound shall be applied with a pressurized sprayer in an even coating or as recommended by the manufacturer. 6.06.06 Bedding, Embedment and Backfill A. Sewer Pipe, All Diameters i. Bedding shall be select sand or aggregate free from rocks, clods, roots or other debris larger than 1/2-inch. a. Bedding material shall be free from injurious amounts of clay, dust, blow sand, caliche or slag. ii. Embedment material shall be crushed stone with irregular surfaces and comply with the following gradation requirements: a. Embedment shall extend to 12 inches above top of pipe. iii. Backfill material shall be native, sandy soil material free from rocks, clods, roots or other debris larger than 2-inch diameter. 6.06.07 Flowable Fill A. Flowable fill shall consist of a mixture of Portland cement, pea gravel and sand with a cement content of 1-1/2 sacks per cubic yard. i. Utility ditches in existing paved streets shall be backfilled with compacted native material or flowable fill from the top of the embedment material to the paving surface as specified in the current City of Lubbock Streets Ordinance. ii. Alternatively, flowable fill can be used for full depth backfill in all utility ditches within the right-of-way. iii. Use of concrete in place of flowable fill is not acceptable, and if used in place of flowable fill shall be removed by the Contractor at their own expense. 6.07 Methods of Construction 6.07.01 Scope A. The work covered by this section consists of constructing gravity flow sanitary sewers, manholes and other appurtenances normally installed as a part of this system. Construction may include surface preparation; trench excavation; shoring; dewatering; laying, aligning and jointing pipe; installation of appurtenances; construction of pre -cast, pre -assembled or field assembled manholes; manhole bases; placement and assembly of manhole risers, cones, or tops; installation of manhole rings, covers and grade rings; bedding, embedment and backfilling; and other related work. 52 Section 6 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Specifications 6.07.02 Quality Standards ASTM D698 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort ASTM A746 ANSI Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe AWWA C600 (ANSI) Installation of Ductile Iron Mains and Their Appurtenances AWWA M23 Polyvinyl Chloride PVC Pipe Design and Installation UNI B 5 Recommended Practice for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe ASTM C891 Installation of Underground Pre -cast Utility Structures 6.07.03 Materials A. The Contractor shall install sanitary sewer pipe of the type, diameter, wall -thickness and protective coating that is defined in the Approved Materials List or designated by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. B. One or more acceptable types of pipe may be used. As such, the Contractor shall have the option of installing any of the acceptable types, provided only one type is used throughout any single size designation or run of pipe. 6.07.04 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWP3) A. Prior to disturbance of construction area, Contractor shall coordinate with the City of Lubbock Storm Water Engineering Department to develop a site -specific Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. B. SWP3 measures shall be installed prior to construction and shall be maintained throughout the construction until final stabilization. 6.07.05 Surface Preparation A. Within Easements, Cultivated or Agricultural Areas L All vegetation such as brush, sod, heavy growth, grass, weeds, decayed vegetable matter, rubbish and other unsuitable material within the area of excavation and spoils storage shall be stripped and properly disposed. ii. Topsoil shall be removed to a depth of 8 inches or the full depth of topsoil, whichever is less. iii. Removed topsoil shall be stockpiled during construction in an approved location. B. Within Unpaved Roadway Areas i. Contractor shall strip the cover material from graveled roadways or other developed but unpaved traffic surfaces to the full depth of the existing surfacing. ii. Surfacing shall be stockpiled to the extent that it is acceptable for restoration purposes. C. Within Paved Areas L All pavement cuts and repairs shall be in accordance with the current City of Lubbock Street Ordinance. ii. Wherever it is necessary to make cuts in existing pavements, sidewalks, driveways, or curbs and gutters, the cuts shall be made in such a manner as to cause the least possible damage to adjoining surfaces. Section 6 53 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Specifications iii. Asphalt Paving a. Asphalt surface shall be cut along each side of the trench ahead of the trenching machine and the surfacing and base removed with the trenching machine as the trench is excavated. b. The width of surface removed by the Contractor is not to exceed the outside limits of the trench plus 12 inches. iv. Concrete Paving a. Removal of any sidewalks, concrete pavement, concrete base, concrete curbs and gutters shall be made by cutting the concrete to a straight line on each side of the trench and removing the concrete ahead of the trenching. b. Concrete shall be cut vertically in straight lines and avoiding acute angles. c. Concrete pavement, sidewalks, driveways or curb and gutter shall be cut with a power saw to a depth of 2 inches prior to breaking. d. Overbreak, separation or other damage to the existing bitumen or concrete outside the designated cut lines shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. e. Tunneling may be required under curb and gutters. f. The width of surface removed by the Contractor of concrete paving is not to exceed the outside limits of the trench plus 12 inches. 6.07.06 Barricades and Safety Measures A. Contractor shall, at their own expense, furnish and erect barricades and safety measures for the protection of persons, property and the works as may be necessary. B. All barricades and safety measures shall meet the rules and regulations of Federal, state and local authorities, including but not limited to: i. OSHA regulations for excavation, trenching and shoring ii. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices iii. City of Lubbock Barricade Ordinance C. Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades and safety measures. i. If damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and replaced by Contractor at their own cost and expense. D. Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barricades and safety measures shall not cease until the project is accepted by the City. 6.07.07 Water for Construction A. The City will furnish water from fire hydrants for construction purposes. i. To use City water for construction the contractor shall acquire a water meter for use on a City fire hydrant, and will be charged the applicable rate for the quantity of water used. ii. The contractor shall contact Lubbock Power and Light Customer Service Department and establish a utility account. The contractor must pay the current deposit for each fire hydrant meter and will be responsible for all charges associated with that account. iii. Once an account is established and the deposit is paid, the contractor may pick up a meter from the City Water Department at 600 Municipal Drive. iv. The contractor shall be responsible for reporting monthly water usage. B. Fire hydrants shall be operated only by use of an approved fire hydrant wrench. No pipe wrenches, or other unapproved devices, shall be used to open or close a fire hydrant. 54 Section 6 11 f w 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Specifications C. For top loading trucks or containers the contractor shall provide a back flow prevention assembly on the discharge side of the meter. i. The backflow prevention assembly shall be in the form of two spring loaded ball check valves. ii. When filling the truck or container there shall be an air gap of at least two times the opening diameter of the truck or container. D. For bottom loading trucks the contractor shall provide a Reduced Pressure Zone (RPZ) type backflow prevention assembly. i. All RPZ type back flow prevention assemblies must be tested and the test results approved by the City prior to use. ii. The test results shall be sent to the City of Lubbock Public Works Department, Meter and Customer Service Supervisor for approval. E. In accordance with City of Lubbock Ordinance No. 10208 "Pertaining to Backflow Prevention", City representatives are authorized to suspend water use from a fire hydrant by a contractor until the proper and correct backflow prevention devices are installed. 6.07.08 Protection of Existing Utilities A. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to properly mark (white line) the work area and notify the Texas Excavation Safety System, 1-800-DIG-TESS (1-800-344-8377) a minimum of 48 hours prior to construction or excavation. B. Contractor shall locate all utility lines, including customer service lines, far enough in advance of the trenching to make proper provisions for protecting the lines and to allow for any deviations that may be required from the established lines and grades. C. If required, the Contractor shall "pothole" or physically locate existing underground utilities ahead of trench excavation. D. Contractor will not be allowed to disrupt the service on any utility lines except customer service lines, which may be taken out of service for short periods of time, provided the Contractor obtains permission from the Water Utilities Engineering Department and from the owner of the premises being served by the utility. i. When a customer outage is planned, Contractor shall notify effected customer a minimum of 24 hours in advance. E. Contractor shall notify local utilities whenever working near gas mains or services or near electrical or telephone cables or when the presence of these utilities is suspected in the area of construction. F. Contractor shall proceed with caution in the excavation and preparation of the trench so that the exact location of underground structures, both known and unknown, may be determined. G. Hand excavation shall be used where necessary. H. All utility lines shall be properly supported to prevent settlement or damage to the line both during and after construction. I. Contractor shall be held responsible for the repair of such structures when broken or otherwise damaged because of carelessness on their part. 1. The Contractor shall immediately notify the proper utility company of any damage to utility lines in order that service may be established with the least possible delay. Any damage to existing lines and the repair of customer lines which are authorized to be cut shall be at the Contractor's expense, and as directed by an official representative of the utility company involved. K. Any permanent relocation of existing utility lines shall be done by the proper utility company. Section 6 55 h 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Specifications 6.07.09 Excavation and Trenching A. The width of the trench shall provide adequate working room for installation, joining and proper compaction along both sides of the pipe. Trenches shall conform to the following dimensions, unless otherwise shown on the Plans: 4" thru 12" Pipe O.D. +12" Pipe O.D. +18" 15" thru 21" Pipe O.D. +18" Pipe O.D. +24" B. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for protecting paved streets and drives from being damaged by the trenching and backfilling equipment. C. Grade shall be such that the pipe will rest firmly on the bedding material throughout the entire length of the pipe cylinder. i. Bell holes of ample dimensions shall be dug at each joint to permit the proper jointing of the pipe. D. In order to obtain a true, even grade, the trench shall be fine -graded. i. Material for fine grading shall be free of rocks, roots, grass or any other debris. The depth of the fine grading material shall not exceed 3 inches. ii. Where the trench is excavated in excess of 3 inches below grade, the material shall be compacted to 95% Modified Proctor Density or shall be replaced with approved bedding material. iii. If the material being excavated is rock or other unyielding material, it shall be removed to a depth of 3 inches below grade and replaced with approved bedding material to grade. E. Excavation for manholes, structures and other appurtenances shall be sufficient to provide clearances adequate for proper backfill and compacting on all sides. F. All excavated material shall be placed in a manner that will not endanger the work or damage existing structures. 6.07.10 Dewatering A. All pipe trenches and excavation for structures and appurtenances shall be kept free of water during pipe laying and other related work. B. The method of dewatering shall provide for a dry foundation at the final grades of the excavation. C. Water shall be disposed of in accordance with current City of Lubbock Storm Water Engineering Department requirements and in a manner that does not inconvenience the public or result in a menace to public health. D. Pipe trenches shall contain enough backfill to prevent pipe flotation before dewatering is discontinued. E. Dewatering shall continue until such time as it is safe to allow the water to rise in the excavation. 6.07.11 Methods of Connection A. Service and main line taps and connections shall comply with current City of Lubbock Utilities Ordinance. B. Service Taps i. Service taps on newly constructed mains shall be installed by the utility contractor at the time of pipe installation. 56 Section 6 �.: 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Specifications ii. Service taps on existing, in-service mains shall be installed by City personnel or a City - designated contractor. C. Main Line Connections i. Connections on existing mains shall comply with current TCEQ requirements. ii. Connection to existing main shall be by a new manhole constructed on the existing main or connection to an existing manhole. iii. City Inspector must be present for any connection being installed on an existing main. 6.07.12 Pipe Installation A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all materials intended for the Work including the safe and proper storage of such materials until incorporated into the work. B. Gravity sanitary sewer pipe and other accessories shall be inspected, handled, laid and joined in the manner herein specified. i. Force mains shall be installed according to water pipe installation specifications and current TCEQ requirements. C. Pipe and accessories shall be inspected upon delivery and periodically during the progress of the work. Any material found to be defective may be rejected. L If rejected, the Contractor shall remove and replace such defective material at their expense. D. Pipe and accessories shall be handled in accordance with manufacturer's specifications. L Before lowering into the trench, the pipe and accessories shall be inspected for defects. a. Any defective, damaged, or unsound pipe or other incidental materials shall not be incorporated into the work. ii. All pipe and accessories shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece using suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to the material. iii. Under no circumstance shall pipe, accessories or tools be dropped directly into the trench. E. Pipe shall be laid to the alignment as established on the approved plans. i. Pipe shall be laid from lowest point to highest point. ii. Pipe shall be laid with spigots facing in the direction of flow. iii. Batter boards or laser beam will be required to fine grade the trench. iv. All foreign matter shall be removed from the inside of the pipe, bells, spigots, or parts of the pipe used in forming the joint before the pipe is lowered into the trench; a. Pipe shall be kept clean by approved means during and after laying. b. At the times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by approved means. v. Bell holes shall be dug at each joint of sufficient depth to allow the entire length of the barrel of the pipe to rest on the bottom of the trench and to allow ample space for properly jointing the pipe. F. Pipe shall be laid so that the pipe label is facing up. G. Pipe shall be jointed per manufacturer's requirements. i. Bell, spigot and gasket of pipe shall be wiped clean prior to joining. ii. Cutting of pipe for inserting accessories or closure pieces shall be done in a neat workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or lining. iii. If the pipe is disturbed from line and grade after being laid and jointed, the pipe shall be removed from trench, the joints cleaned and the pipe re-laid. Section 6 57 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Specifications iv. Jointing shall be completed for all pipe laid each day. v. No pipe shall be laid in conditions unsuitable for such work as determined by the City Inspector. vi. No trench water shall be permitted to enter the pipe. _ rz H. The Water Utilities Engineering Department shall be notified at least 24 hours in advance of when pipe is to be laid in any trench. i. No pipes shall be covered or authorized for cover until they have been inspected by the City's Inspector. 6.07.13 Detectable Marking Tape A. Metallic marking tape shall be installed in the same trench with all pipe during pipe installation. i. Marking tape for sewer mains shall be 3-inch, green in color and clearly labeled "Caution: Buried Sewer Line." ii. Marking tape shall be installed directly above the centerline of the pipe a minimum of 24 inches above top of pipe. iii. Depth of bury shall be 18 inches below top of trench. 6.07.14 Backfill around Pipe A. Bedding i. Bedding material shall be fine graded select sand or aggregate material conforming to the Materials of Construction section of these Specifications and shall be a minimum of 2 inches thick. B. Embedment i L Embedment, including haunching under pipe and to a point 12 inches above the top of the pipe shall be carefully placed and shall be graded embedment material conforming to the Materials of Construction section of these Specifications. C. Compaction L Bedding and embedment shall be compacted to in accordance with pipe manufacturer's specifications and approved mechanical means. a_! ii. Compaction shall be in maximum 6-inch compacted lifts. D. Backfill i. The remainder of the backfill shall conform to the current City of Lubbock Street Ordinance. ii. In unpaved streets and alleys or in agricultural or cultivated areas, backfill shall be ' compacted to a minimum of 90% Modified Proctor Density. iii. In paved streets, alleys or proposed paving, backfill shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Modified Proctor Density. iv. Flowable fill may be substituted for compacted backfill. v. Special situations such as state highway or railroad crossings may be subject to more stringent requirements and shall be addressed on a case -by -case basis. } vi. Water jetting will not be allowed. E. Following the completion of the backfilling, the Contractor shall maintain the trench surfaces in a satisfactory manner until final completion and acceptance of the work. L_ i. The maintenance may include blading from time to time as necessary, filling depressions caused by settlement, sprinkling to settle dust, brooming or flushing at the 58 Section 6 f i i{ 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Specifications request of the Chief Water Utilities Engineer and other work required to keep the streets and roads in satisfactory condition for traffic. ii. The Contractor shall maintain and be responsible for all paving cuts until such time as permanent repairs are made. _ 6.07.15 Manhole Construction A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all materials intended for the Work including the safe and proper storage of such materials until incorporated into the work. B. Manholes and other accessories shall be inspected, handled, and installed in the manner herein specified. C. Manhole components and accessories shall be inspected upon delivery and periodically during the progress of the work. Any material found to be defective may be rejected. i. If rejected, the Contractor shall remove and replace such defective material at their expense. D. Manhole Base i. Field poured concrete bases shall be at least 12 inches thick and not less than 12 inches greater diameter than the outside diameter of the manhole riser section. ii. Concrete shall be minimum 3,000 psi. iii. Concrete placement shall conform to ACI and good construction practices. iv. Concrete shall be consolidated and struck -off to a horizontal surface within the forms or pouring rings. v. Field poured concrete bases shall be reinforced. vi. Pre -cast reinforced concrete bases shall be of the size and shape detailed on the Plans. E. Manhole Inverts i. Invert channels shall be smooth and semi -circular in shape conforming to the inside of the adjacent sewer section. ii. Changes in direction of flow shall be made with a smooth curve of as large radius as the size of the manhole will permit. iii. Changes in size and grade of the channels shall be made gradually and evenly. iv. The invert channels may be formed directly in the concrete of the manhole base or may be half -pipe laid in concrete. v. The floor of the manhole outside the channel shall be smooth and shall slope toward the channel not less than one inch per foot or more than two inches per foot. F. Manhole Barrels i. Manhole barrels shall be assembled of pre -cast riser sections. Riser sections shall be placed vertically with tongues and grooves properly keyed. ii. Free drop inside the manhole shall not exceed 24 inches measured from the invert of the inlet pipe to the invert of the outlet pipe. a. Where the drop exceeds 24 inches, an approved drop manhole shall be required. iii. All connections between the riser or base sections and the sewer pipe shall be joined in such a manner as to make the manholes watertight. a. Preformed rubber waterstop gaskets shall be cast into the riser or base section. b. Approved preformed flexible plastic sealing compounds are also acceptable, provided water tightness is achieved. Section 6 59 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Specifications G. Top or Cone Sections i. Cone shaped top sections shall be assembled on top of the manhole barrel with tongues and grooves properly keyed. ii. On shallow lines where standard cone sections will not conform to specified elevations, flat top sections may be considered with prior approval of the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. H. Grade Rings i. Grade rings shall be used for adjusting the top elevation. a. Grade rings shall be set to the elevations shown on the Plans or established by the City's Inspector. b. Each manhole shall have a minimum of 6 inches of grade adjustment. c. Total height of the grade rings shall not exceed 18-inches at any manhole. d. Non -shrink grout shall be placed around and under the rings to provide a seal and properly seat the rings at the required elevation. I. Manhole Frame and Cover i. Manhole frame and cover shall be set to the elevation shown on the plans. ii. Non -shrink grout shall be placed around and under the frame to provide a seal and properly seat the frame at the required elevation. ]. Inflow Prevention Device (IPD) L All newly installed manholes shall be equipped with an approved IPD to prevent unwanted inflow into the sanitary sewer system. ii. IPDs shall be installed such that lifting strap is to the North. iii. IPDs shall comply with the Approved Materials List. K. Water Tightness L Finished manholes are expected to be as watertight as the pipe system they are incorporated into. Infiltration or exfiltration shall not exceed the limits established in these specifications. ii. All connections between riser sections, bases and tops shall be sealed with an approved preformed flexible plastic joint sealing compound. iii. Application of primer and sealing compound shall be accomplished in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations. iv. Grade of materials, quantity of materials and application temperatures shall conform to the manufacturer's recommendations. L. Protective Lining System i. When required for rehabilitation of an existing manhole, construction of a new 60-inch diameter manhole or construction of a manhole serving an 18-inch diameter or larger pipe, an approved protective lining or coating system shall be installed per manufacturer's instructions. Protective lining and coating systems shall conform to the Approved Materials List. M. Backfilling Around Manholes i. Backfilling around manholes shall conform to the requirements as specified for backfilling around pipe. ii. Embedment material shall be placed up to a point equal to that required for the adjacent pipe. N. Following the completion of the backfilling, the Contractor shall maintain the excavated surfaces in a satisfactory manner until final completion and acceptance of the work. y f _t 60 Section 6 i 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Specifications Ii. The maintenance may include blading from time to time as necessary, filling depressions caused by settlement, sprinkling to settle dust, brooming or flushing at the request of the Chief Water Utilities Engineer and other work required to keep the streets and roads in satisfactory condition for traffic. ii. The Contractor shall maintain and be responsible for all paving cuts until such time as permanent repairs are made. 6.07.16 Service Connections A. Service connections on newly constructed mains shall be installed by the utility contractor at the time of pipe installation. B. Service connections on existing sewer mains shall be made by City of Lubbock Water Utility forces. C. Contractor shall place wyes and tees for service connections where required by the approved construction plans on new sewer mains. L Wyes and tees shall be of like material as the sewer pipe. ii. Service lateral lines shall be installed to 2 feet inside adjacent property line at a typical depth of between 4 feet and 6 feet, or deeper when required. iii. Watertight plugs shall be installed in each branch pipe or stub. iv. Service locations shall be marked with a piece of two-inch by four -inch lumber extended from the end of the pipe to above ground level with the above -ground portion painted green. 6.08 Inspection, Testing, Approval and Acceptance of Gravity Flow Sanitary Sewer Pipe and Manholes 6.08.01 Scope A. The work covered by this section consists of the inspection, testing, approval and acceptance of gravity flow sanitary sewers and manholes and other appurtenances normally installed as part of this system. The work may include inspection, cleaning, leakage testing, deflection testing and television inspection of the interior of the finished sewer system. 6.08.02 Quality Standards A. The latest published revision of: %?r 717 zQ . ASTM C969 Infiltration and Exfiltration Acceptance Testing of Installed Sewer Lines ASTM C828 Low Pressure Air Test of Sewer Lines UNI B 6 Recommended Practice for Low Pressure Air Testing of Installed Sewer Pipe ASTM C1214 Standard Test Method for Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines by Negative Air Pressure (Vacuum) Test Method ASTM C1244 Standard Test Method for Concrete Sewer Manholes by the Negative Air Pressure (Vacuum) Test Prior to Backfill 6.08.03 Materials A. Water used for exfiltration tests shall be potable or as otherwise approved by the City Inspector. Section 6 61 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Specifications B. Equipment for tests shall be of the type, quality and capacity to perform the operations required and shall be furnished by the Contractor. C. All labor and materials, including water, shall be furnished at the Contractor's expense. 6.08.04 Inspection A. City Inspector shall inspect and approve all work accomplished. i. Testing shall be performed at the discretion of the City Inspector. B. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate inspection and testing with the Water Utilities Engineering Department. 6.08.05 Cleaning A. Contractor shall remove all foreign matter from the interior of the system prior to testing any section of sewer pipe. i. Chunks of concrete, mortar or other debris including dirt, small gravel, and grit shall be removed from the interior of the newly installed system. ii. Flushing debris into the downstream system shall not be allowed. B. Watertight plugs or other methods approved by the City Inspector shall be used to prevent dirt or debris from entering the system. C. After cleaning manholes, manhole cover shall be positioned to prevent dirt or debris from entering the system. Other means of preventing intrusion of dirt or debris may be employed if approved by the City Inspector. 6.08.06 Pipe Testing A. Contractor shall have the option of conducting a hydrostatic exfiltration test or a low-pressure air test. An infiltration test may also be required if the pipeline is continuously subjected to an exterior hydrostatic head. B. Contractor shall notify the City Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of any testing. C. Testing shall be conducted by the Contractor at their own expense. D. Testing shall be accomplished in the presence of the City Inspector or his authorized representative. E. Testing shall not commence on any portion of the pipeline until all field placed concrete in contact with the pipe, fittings or appurtenances is adequately cured. F. Exfiltration Test i. The sewer line being tested may be filled with water for a period long enough to allow water absorption in the pipe wall. The saturation period shall be a minimum of 4 hours and not more than 72 hours. ii. Each section of the pipeline shall be tested between successive manholes or other structures. The lower end of the section shall be closed with a watertight device. The inlet end of the section to be tested shall be filled with water to a point 4 feet above the pipe invert at the centerline of the upper manhole or structure. a. If the ground water level is above the pipe invert, the water level in the upper manhole shall be 4 feet above the adjacent ground water level. Ground water level shall be determined by the Contractor, subject to approval by the City Inspector. iii. Allowable exfiltration shall not exceed 10 gallons/inch diameter/mile of pipe/24 hour period. 62 Section 6 i 1 _ 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Specifications Iiv. For construction within the 25-year flood plain, the infiltration shall not exceed 5 gallons/ inch diameter/mile of pipe/24 hour period at the same minimum test head. fv. Leakage shall be measured by checking the drop in the water level in the upper manhole or structure over a period of 4 hours. vi. Contractor shall repair obvious or concentrated leaks and other repairs as necessary to T reduce exfiltration leakage to an acceptable rate. vii. Contractor shall repeat the 4 hour exfiltration test after repairs are made until an acceptable leakage rate is attained. viii. Repairs required shall be at the Contractor's own expense. G. Low -Pressure Air Test i. Low-pressure air test shall be conducted in accordance to the provisions of UNI-B-6, "Recommended Practice for Low -Pressure Air Testing of Installed Sewer Pipe," published by Uni-Bell Plastic Pipe Association. ii. Low pressure air shall be slowly introduced into the sealed line until the internal air pressure reaches 4.0 psig greater than the average backpressure of the groundwater above the pipe. iii. The air supply shall be throttled to maintain that internal pressure for at least 2 minutes to permit the temperature of the entering air to equalize with the temperature of the pipe wall. iv. When temperatures have been equalized and the pressure stabilized at 4.0 psig, the air supply shall be shut off or disconnected. v. Time shall be recorded for the pressure inside the pipe to drop 4.0 psig to 3.0 psig. vi. Time shall not be less than that outlined in the following table: �d5 _ice, 6 340 398 0.855 8 454 298 1.520 10 567 239 2.374 12 680 199 3.419 15 850 159 5.342 18 1020 133 7.693 21 1190 114 10.471 vii. City Inspector shall witness and verify results of the test. viii. The City Inspector may stop a test if no pressure drop loss has occurred during the thirst 25% of the calculated testing time. ix. Contractor shall repair obvious or concentrated leaks and other repairs as necessary to reduce leakage to an acceptable rate. x. Contractor shall repeat the low-pressure air test after repairs are made until an acceptable pressure drop for the test is attained. xi. Repairs required shall be at the Contractor's expense. Section 6 63 i, 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Specifications H. Infiltration Test i. Infiltration tests are acceptable only if the pipeline is continuously subjected to an external hydrostatic head (ground water level) of at least 2 feet above the top of the pipe at the upstream manhole or structure. ii. Infiltration test shall be made by sealing the inlet and outlet ends of this pipeline and measuring the volume of water that infiltrates into the section being tested. a. Flow measurement may be measured by collecting the discharge into a volumetric measuring container, weir or other approved method. iii. The test shall be continued over a period of at least 4 hours. Time shall be allowed to soak lines and manholes in advance of performing test. iv. Allowable infiltration shall not exceed 10 gallons/inch diameter/mile of pipe/24 hour period. v. For construction within the 25-year flood plain, the infiltration shall not exceed 5 gallons/ inch diameter/mile of pipe/24 hour period at the same minimum test head. vi. Contractor shall repair obvious or concentrated leaks and other repairs as necessary to reduce the infiltration to an acceptable rate. vii. Contractor shall repeat the 4 hour infiltration test after repairs are made until an acceptable infiltration rate is attained. viii. All repairs required shall be at the Contractor's own expense. ix. Whenever the rate of infiltration is found to repeatedly exceed the prescribed amount, the Contractor shall be notified in writing. The Contractor may then be required to provide, at their own expense, video inspection of the interior of the conduit. The Contractor shall make appropriate repairs by methods approved by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer and shall continue to test the conduit until it is proven satisfactory. 6.08.07 Video Inspection A. Where determined to be necessary, the new sewer pipe shall be inspected by video camera prior to final acceptance. i. Initial video inspection shall be at the Contractor's own expense. B. Video equipment expressly designed for pipeline inspection purposes and operated by experienced and qualified personnel shall be pulled through the entire pipeline. i. Video equipment operator shall maintain a log of all inspections and note location, type and extent of any deficiencies. ii. Video equipment operator shall also photograph all deficiencies and not less than one "typical" location per each 500 feet of pipeline inspected. C. Contractor shall bear all costs incurred in correcting deficiencies found during the video inspection, including cost of additional video inspection required to verify correction of noted deficiencies. D. Video inspection conducted solely for the Contractor's benefit shall be at the Contractor's own expense. 6.08.08 Deflection Test A. Deflection tests shall be conducted in the presence of the City Inspector after the pipe has been installed and backfilled. i. The deflection test shall be conducted by pulling a mandrel (go no-go device) through the pipe. 64 Section 6 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Specifications ii. The mandrel shall be designed and sized for each size and type of pipe and shall be at least 1.5 pipe diameters in length. iii. The mandrel shall be constructed with an odd number of runners placed parallel to the y pipe centerline and equally spaced around the perimeter of the mandrel. iv. Test mandrel shall be furnished by the Contractor and approved by the City Inspector. v. Test equipment, calibration data and procedures shall be subject to the approval of the City Inspector. B. Ring or diametric deflection of the installed pipe shall not exceed 5% of the design internal diameter of the pipe. Pipe sections that restrict free passage of the mandrel shall be removed and replaced or excavated, re -bedded, backfilled and retested. C. All repairs, replacement, remedial work and retesting shall be performed by the Contractor at their own expense. D. Deflection test may be conducted concurrently with the video inspection of the pipe interior, subject to approval by the City Inspector. 6.08.09 Manhole Testing A. Manholes shall be tested for leakage separately and independently of the sanitary sewer lines by vacuum testing, hydrostatic exfiltration testing or other methods approved by the City Inspector. An infiltration test may also be required if the manhole is continuously subjected to an exterior hydrostatic head. B. Contractor shall notify the City Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of any testing. C. Testing shall be conducted by the Contractor at their own expense. D. Testing shall be accomplished in the presence of the City Inspector or his authorized representative. E. Testing shall not commence on any portion of the pipeline until all field placed concrete in contact with the pipe, fittings or appurtenances is adequately cured. F. Vacuum Test i. All inlet and outlet pipes in the manhole shall be plugged with an airtight device. ii. All lift holes and exterior joints shall be plugged with a non -shrink grout. a. No grout shall be placed in horizontal joints prior to testing. iii. The manhole opening shall be sealed by a method approved by the City Inspector. iv. There must be a vacuum of 10 inches of mercury (4.91 psig) inside a manhole to perform a valid test. v. A test does not begin until after the vacuum pump is off. vi. The manhole passes the test if after 2.0 minutes and with all valves closed, the vacuum is at least 9 inches of mercury. vii. The Contractor shall have the option to repeat the vacuum test one time after repairs viii. If a vacuum test is failed twice, the manhole shall be repaired and an exfiltration test shall be performed. ix. All repairs required shall be at the Contractor's own expense. G. Exfiltration Test i. All inlet and outlet pipes in the manhole shall be plugged with a watertight device. i. ii. The manhole being tested may be filled with water for a period long enough to allow water absorption into the manhole. The saturation period shall be a minimum of 4 hours and not more than 72 hours. Section 6 65 I 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Specifications iii. Test shall be conducted with the manhole filled with water to the top of the cone section. iv. Allowable leakage shall not exceed 0.025 gallon/foot diameter/foot of manhole depth/hour over a 4 hour period. v. The Contractor shall repeat the exfiltration test after repairs until an acceptable leakage rate is attained. vi. All repairs required shall be at the Contractor's own expense. H. Infiltration Test i. Infiltration tests are acceptable only if the connecting conduit is continuously subjected to an external hydrostatic head (ground water level) at least 2 feet above the top of the conduit. Ground water level shall be determined by the Contractor, subject to approval by the City Inspector. ii. All inlet and outlet pipes in the manhole shall be plugged with a watertight device. The volume of water that infiltrates into the manhole during a 4 hour period shall be measured in a manner determined by the City Inspector. iii. The test shall be conducted after the manhole has been subjected to the maximum ground water level for at least 4 hours to thoroughly saturate the manhole wall. iv. The allowable infiltration shall not exceed 0.025 gallon/foot of diameter/foot of manhole depth/hour during a 4 hour test. v. The Contractor shall repeat the 4 hour infiltration test after repairs until an acceptable leakage rate is attained. vi. All repairs required shall be at the Contractor's own expense. 6.08.10 Approval A. Final approval of sewer lines and manholes shall be based on an inspection covering all items in this specification and other approved plans and material. The inspection shall be done in an appropriate manner by representatives of the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. B. Contractor shall remedy any defects in workmanship or materials revealed by inspection at their own expense. C. Final approval will be based on re -inspection of the sewer after the appropriate repairs and corrections are completed. 6.08.11 Acceptance A. Flow of any kind into the existing sanitary sewer collection system shall not be allowed until the new sewer lines and manholes has been satisfactorily completed and accepted for use by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. B. Portions of the work completed may be placed in operation after all cleaning, testing and inspection requirements have been fulfilled. Such partial use or partial acceptance shall be subject to approval of the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. 66 Section 6 , t � i i 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Specifications 6.09 Lift Station 6.09.01 Lift station design must conform to the most recent TCEQ design criteria. 6.09.02 Site Layout A. Lift station site location shall be approved by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. B. Site shall be chosen to provide the least negative impact to surrounding existing and future development. C. The station site shall be located so it may serve as much of the entire sewer drainage basin as possible. This may require that the station be located off -site of the development. D. The station site shall be protected from the 100-year flood plain and shall be accessible during the 25-year storm event. E. Lift station site and associated access road shall be located in a dedicated right-of-way or permanent easement. i. Access road shall be a minimum 12-foot wide all-weather surface. ii. Additional staging and parking area shall be provided. iii. Station grounds shall be minimum 5-inch thick, aggregate road base material. F. Lift station site shall be fully enclosed by intruder -resistant fence and include a 14-foot vehicle gate and 3-foot man gate. Vehicle gate shall be situated such that pumps and equipment are accessible by service vehicles. G. Lift station shall have bypass capability. H. Lift station shall have lightning protection for all electronic components. I. Lift station site shall be illuminated by a security light system. 1. Lift station shall be fitted with SCADA antennae. 6.09.03 Dry Well A. Dry well shall have separate, dedicated entrance with ladder. B. The dry well or valve vault shall have an approved, lockable, 26-inch x 36-inch pedestrian - rated aluminum hatch. C. Provisions shall be made for water removal from the dry well. D. Dry well shall be adequately vented with a minimum of two 4-inch vent pipes with one having an active ventilation blower. 6.09.04 Wet Well A. Wet wells must be enclosed by water -tight and gas -tight walls. B. Interior walls of wet wells shall be lined with a lining system per the Approved Materials List. C. Wet well shall have a maintenance hatch for servicing pumps and a separate, dedicated entrance. i. Dedicated entrance shall have an approved, lockable, 26-inch x 36-inch pedestrian - rated aluminum safety hatch. ii. Maintenance hatch shall be an approved, double -door, lockable, 48-inch x 72-inch pedestrian -rated aluminum hatch or as required to adequately maintain the wet well pumps and components. Section 6 67 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Specifications D. A gravity sewer pipe discharging to a wet well must be located so that the invert elevation is above the level of the system's "on" setting. E. All piping within wet well shall be PVC with flanged fittings. F. All interior components shall be stainless steel including nuts, bolts, other fasteners and all base plates. G. Each pump shall be fitted with minimum 25 feet of stainless steel lifting chain. °11 H. Each pump shall be fitted with dual -rail stainless steel guide bar and upper guide bar brackets. I. Wet well shall have a sloped bottom toward the pump intake to avoid solids deposition. J. Wet well shall be adequately vented with a minimum of two 4-inch vent pipes with one having an active ventilation blower. K. Piping associated with lift stations shall be approved gravity or pressure rated sewer pipe. 6.10 Restoration and Clean U 6.10.01 The Contractor shall restore or replace all removed or damaged paving, curbing, sidewalks, gutters, sod, shrubbery, fences, irrigation systems, pipe, or other structures or surfaces to a condition equal to that before the work began and to the satisfaction of the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. 6.10.02 All streets, alleys, driveways, sidewalks, curbs or other surfaces broken, cut or damaged by the Contractor shall be reconstructed as required by the current City of Lubbock Street Ordinance. 6.10.03 Irrigation systems affected by construction shall be properly repaired by a licensed irrigator, with materials equal to the existing system and in compliance with current applicable codes. 6.10.04 All rubbish, excess excavated materials, unused materials and other non-native materials shall be removed from the jobsite and legally disposed. 6.10.05 The right-of-way shall be left in a state of order and cleanliness as determined by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. 68 Section 6 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Sewer Specifications 6.11 Warranty and Acceptance 6.11.01 Within 30 calendar days after the Developer or Developers Engineer has given written a notice that the improvements have been substantially completed, the City shall inspect the completed improvements and provide a punch list if necessary. A. If it is mutually determined that the improvements have been constructed in accordance with the engineering plans and the City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards and Specifications, the Developers Engineer shall submit Record Drawings, Certificate of Completion and Developers Warranty Statement (Copies of the Certificate of Completion and the Developers Warranty Statement are included in the City of Lubbock Public L Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards and Specifications) F.. B. Upon receipt of the Developers Certificate of Completion, Record Drawings and the Developers Warranty Statement, the City will accept improvements within 30 calendar days; unless exception is given in writing. C. Neither the Final Payment nor the Certificate of Completion shall relieve the Developer or Contractor of responsibility related to warranty of materials or workmanship. D. The Developer shall remedy any defects due to faulty materials or workmanship that appear within 1 year from the written Certificate of Completion. Section 6 69 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List 7.03 Evaluation Process 7.03.01 Product evaluation will be conducted by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer or their designee. A. Review shall include: i. Conformance with the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and Specifications. ii. Comments made by contractors, engineers, developers, suppliers, etc. iii. Any other matters regarding the design, construction and implementation of the proposed product into the City of Lubbock water and sanitary sewer system. B. Applicant may be requested to make a brief presentation regarding the product. Representatives shall be knowledgeable on product use, locations, design and reference checks. The representative shall also have the authority to approve a trial run in City of Lubbock. 7.04 Approval Process 7.04.01 The decision of the Chief Water Utilities Engineer is final. 7.04.02 For each product that has been submitted, one of the following recommendations will be made: A. Approval for Use i. This approves a product for use throughout the City's service area. ii. The Chief Water Utilities Engineer may withdraw the Approval for Use status for violation of the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and Specifications. iii. All use of the product will be in conformance with the manufacturer's specifications and good engineering practices. B. Conditional Approval for Use i. This approves a product for use throughout the City's service area; however, the product will be reviewed periodically to ensure that no unforeseen installation or maintenance problems have risen and that quality assurance/quality control meet City Standards. ii. After a suitable period of field observation, this approval may be upgraded to Approval for Use status. The frequency of review and the length of field observation period will be determined by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. iii. If, during the field observation period, problems with installation, operation or maintenance of the product are observed, the Chief Water Utilities Engineer may downgrade the status of the product to Disapproved for Use. iv. The Chief Water Utilities Engineer may withdraw the Conditional Approval for Use status for violation of the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and Specifications. v. All use of the product will be in conformance with the manufacturer's specifications and good engineering practices. C. Limited Approval for Use i. This approves a product for use only in certain sites or projects within the City's service area. The Chief Water Utilities Engineer will determine where the product can be used. H. The product will be reviewed periodically to ensure that no unforeseen installation, operation or maintenance problems have arisen. 72 Section 7 V4 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List 1 4„ iii. After a suitable period of field observation, this approval may be upgraded to Conditional Approval for Use or Approval for Use status. The frequency of review and the length of the field observation period will be determined by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. iv. If, during the field observation period, problems with the installation, operation or maintenance of the product are observed, the Chief Water Utilities Engineer may downgrade the status of the product to Disapproved for Use. v. The Chief Water Utilities Engineer may withdraw the Limited Approval for Use status for violation of the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and Specifications. vi. All use of the product will be in conformance with manufacturer's specifications and good engineering practices. D. Disapproved for Use i. The product may not be used anywhere within the City's service area. ii. If a product has been given a Disapproved for Use status by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer, the product may not be resubmitted for review unless significant changes have been made to the product. iii. The Chief Water Utilities Engineer will not reconsider a product Disapproved for Use until at least twelve (12) months have passed from the date of disapproval. E. Insufficient Information i. Not enough information was provided to evaluate the product. ii. Upon receipt of requested additional information, the Chief Water Utilities Engineer will reevaluate the product. iii. If, upon reevaluation, it is determined that not enough information was provided a Disapproved for Use status will be given. 7.04.03 Design Changes of Approved Products A. After the approval of a product, the manufacturer or their representative shall inform the Chief Water Utilities Engineer, in writing, of any modifications in design or material. Such changes may require further evaluation and approval. 7.04.04 Withdrawal of Approval A. The Chief Water Utilities Engineer may withdraw any approval as a result of a design change, field observation, testing, product failure, or other factors that, in the opinion Chief Water Utilities Engineer, warrant such withdrawal. Section 7 73 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List 7.05 Water System 7.05.01 Water Pipe A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) 4-inch to 24-inch L AWWA C900 or C905; Minimum DR-18 ii. Manufacturers: a. CertainTeed (1) Certa-Lok b. Diamond Plastics c. JM Eagle (1) Blue Brute (2) Big Blue (3) Eagle Loc 900 d. North American Pipe e. Northern Pipe Products f. Pipelife Jetstream g. VinylPlex, Inc. B. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) i. AWWA C906, PE 4710, Minimum DR11, Pressure Class 200 ii. Manufacturers a. Chevron b. JM Eagle c. Plexco C. Cement -lined Ductile Iron (DIP) - Push -On or Mechanical Joint i. AWWA C151 Minimum Thickness Class 50 ii. Manufacturers a. American Cast Iron Pipe b. Griffin Pipe Products c. McWane Pipe d. U.S. Pipe and Foundry D. Concrete Cylinder Pipe L AWWA C301, Pre -stressed Concrete Steel Cylinder Pressure Pipe ii. AWWA C303, Concrete Bar -wrapped Steel Cylinder Pressure Pipe iii. Manufacturers: a. Hanson 7.05.02 Fittings: (Bends, Crosses, Tees and Offset Glands) A. Ductile Iron; Compact B. AWWA C110 and C-153 C. Manufacturers: i. American Cast Iron Pipe ii. Griffin Pipe Products iii. McWane Pipe 74 Section 7 t? 4 i 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List iv. Sigma Corporation v. Star Pipe Products, Inc. vi. Tyler Pipe and Foundry Utilities vii. U.S. Pipe and Foundry 7.05.03 Couplings (Transition or Straight), Non -Restrained A. Low -alloy or stainless steel bolts and nuts; outside finish: heat fused nylon coating or fusion bonded epoxy coating; standard length body. B. Manufacturers i. Dresser ii. Ford iii. JCM Industries iv. Romac v. Smith -Blair 7.05.04 Resilient Wedge Gate Valves, 4-inch through 12-inch A. Ductile Iron Body; Outside finish: heat fused nylon coating or fusion bonded epoxy coating. B. AWWA C509 and C515 C. Manufacturers i. American AVK ii. Clow iii. Darling iv. EJIW v. Mueller vi. M & H Model 4067 vii. United 7.05.05 Butterfly Valves — 16-inch and Greater, with gearing if required by manufacturer A. Ductile Iron Body; Outside finish: heat fused nylon coating or fusion bonded epoxy coating. B. AWWA C504 C. Manufacturers i. DeZurik ii. Mueller iii. M & H 7.05.06 Fire Hydrants A. AWWA C502 B. 5-1/4-inch valve opening; 2-1/2-inch hose nozzles; 4-inch steamer nozzle C. Factory painted orange D. Manufacturers L American Darling Model B-84-B ii. East Jordan Iron Works iii. Clow Medallion Section 7 75 A 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List iv. Mueller Centurion v. M & H Style 129-09 7.05.07 Fire Hydrant Raised Pavement Marker A. Manufacturer L Stimsonite Model 80 7.05.08 Service Saddles A. Epoxy coated ductile iron body; Double band with SS bands and bolts B. AWWA C800 C. 1-inch i. Female AWWA Taper threads (CC or CS) 1 ii. Manufacturers a. Ford b. JCM Industries~ c. Mueller d. Romac Industries, Inc. e. Smith -Blair D. 2-inch i. Female iron pipe threads ii. Manufacturers a. Ford b. JCM Industries c. Mueller d. Romac Industries, Inc. e. Smith -Blair 7.05.09 Corporation Stops A. Full Port Ball Valve B. AWWA C800 C. 1-inch i. Male AWWA Taper threads (CC or CS) by flared copper or compression ii. Manufacturers a. A. Y. McDonald b. Ford c. Mueller D. 2-inch i. Male iron pipe threads by flared copper or compression ii. Manufacturers a. A. Y. McDonald b. Ford c. Mueller 76 Section 7 1 , 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List i 7.05.10 Service Tubing A. Copper Tubing i. ASTM B88 ii. Flared copper fittings iii. 1-inch a. Type K -Soft iv. 2-inch a. Type K - Hard B. Polyethylene Tubing (PET and PEXa); 1-inch only i. ASTM D2737 - Copper Tube Size (CTS), 200 PSI Minimum, Black or Blue ii. Slip Fittings a. Ford - Ultratite b. Mueller - Instatite iii. Manufacturers a. Endot — Endopure PE 4710 b. NuMex PE 4710 c. Rehau — Municipex PEXa d. Silverline — Sil-O-Flex PE 3408 or 4710 e. Ultraline — Driscoplex 5100 Series PE 4710 7.05.11 Curb Stops A. Full Port Ball Valve B. AWWA C800 C. Curb stops shall include meter swivel nut (meter spud) connection on outlet side such that meter nut can be replaced without removing valve from operation. D. Reductions for smaller meter sizes shall be accomplished by use of appropriately sized iron pipe threaded brass bushing on outlet side of curb stop. E. 1-inch and 2-inch i. Flared copper or compression by female iron pipe threads with meter swivel nut. ii. Manufacturers a. A. Y. McDonald b. Ford c. Mueller 7.05.12 Compression Fittings A. Compression fittings shall be quick joint type. B. Manufacturers i. Mueller Insta-Tite Connection ii. Ford Ultra-Tite Connection 7.05.13 Mueller Meter Setters, 2-inch A. Ball valve inlet and outlet, 15 inch height, Female iron pipe threads B. Manufacturers {{ Section 7 77 t. 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List i. A. Y. McDonald ii. Ford iii. Mueller T 7.05.14 Tapping Sleeves A. Stainless Steel Sleeves with Stainless Steel or Carbon Steel Flange B. Epoxy coated with stainless steel bolts and nuts C. Manufacturers i. Ford FAST ii. JCM Industries #469 iii. Smith Blair #662 iv. ROMAC #SST 7.05.15 Resilient Seat Wedge Tapping Valves A. AWWA C509 B. Manufacturers: L American ii. Clow iii. EJIW iv. Mueller v. M&H vi. U. S. Pipe 7.05.16 Water Meter Boxes and Vaults A. Manufacturers i. Hi -Density Polyethylene Plastic Box a. Carson Industries Model 2200 ii. Heavy Duty HS-20 Rated a. EJIW b. Old Castle 7.05.17 Double Check, Double Detector Check and Reduced Pressure Principle Devices A. American Society of Sanitary Engineering Seal Approval B. Call City of Lubbock backflow coordinator at (806) 775-2589 for specific applications. C. Manufacturers i. Ames ii. Febco iii. Watts iv. Wilkins 7.05.18 Backflow Preventer Box l A. Polyester or Aluminum Enclosure, Heated and Insulated ASSE 1060 B. Manufacturers L EZ Box Model HEZ _ 78 Section 7 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List ii. Hot Box iii. Safe-T-Cover 7.05.19 Air Release Valves A. Manufacturers L APCO ii. ARI iii. Crespin 7.05.20 Flushing Hydrants A. Manufacturers ti L Kupferle 7.05.21 Sampling Stations A. Manufacturers i. Kupferle 7.05.22 Valve boxes A. Cast -Iron slip type + B. Manufacturers i. EJIW ii. Sigma iii. Star Pipe 7.05.23 Pipe Restraints A. ASTM F1674 B. Manufacturers i. EBAA Iron, Inc. ii. Ford iii. Romac iv. Sigma v. Smith -Blair vi. Star Pipe Products, Inc. vii. Tyler Union 7.05.24 Casing Spacers .. A. Manufacturers i. Advance Products ii. BMW iii. Cascade iv. CCI Pipeline V. Culpico vi. PSI j 7.05.25 Precast Concrete Vaults, HS-20 Rated Section 7 79 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List A. Manufacturers i. Hanson Pipe and Products ii. Vaughn Concrete Products 7.05.26 Waterline Marker i. Manufacturers a. Blackburn b. Carsonite International 80 Section 7 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List 7.06 Sanitary Sewer System 7.06.01 Gravity Sewer Pipe A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe i. 6-inch thru 15-inch: ASTM D3034, Minimum Class SDR 35 ii. 18-inch thru 48-inch: ASTM F679, wall thickness T-1 iii. Fittings ASTM D1784 iv. Gaskets ASTM F477 v. Manufacturers a. Certainteed Corporation b. Diamond Plastics c. GPK (Fittings Only) d. Harco (Fittings Only) e. ]M Eagle f. Multi Fittings (Fittings Only) g. National Pipe and Plastics Ever -Green Sewer Pipe h. North American Pipe ASTM D3034 i. Plastic Trend (Fittings Only) j. VINYL Plex (Fittings Only) B. PVC Corrugated Sewer Pipe with Smooth Interior i. ASTM F949, ASTM F794 ii. Manufacturer a. Diamond Plastics C. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) i. ASTM F714 ii. Manufacturers a. Chevron b. ]M Eagle c. Plexco D. Ductile Iron (DIP) i. AWWA C151 Minimum Thickness Class 50 with Sewer Gas Resistant Interior Lining ii. Manufacturers a. American Ductile Iron Pipe b. Griffin Pipe Corporation c. McWane d. U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company E. Steel Reinforced Polymer Concrete i. ASTM D6783 ii. Manufacturers a. U. S. Composite Pipe F. Polypropylene Corrugated Dual Wall and Triple Wall i. 12-inch thru 30-inch: ASTM F2736 ii. 30-inch thru 60-inch: ASTM F2764 I Section 7 81 2016 Design Standards and Specifications 7 Approved Materials List iii. Manufacturer a. ADS Sanitite HP t 7.06.02 Pressure Sewer Pipe A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) i. AWWA C900 Minimum Class DR25 ' a. Manufacturers (1) Diamond Plastics (2) JM Eagle i (3) North American Pipe ,s ii. SDR26 Class 160 a. Manufacturers (1) Diamond Plastics (2) JM Eagle (3) North American PipeP B. Ductile Iron (DIP) i. Minimum Thickness Class 50 with Sewer Gas Resistant Interior Lining ii. Manufacturers a. American Ductile Iron Pipe b. Griffin Pipe Corporation c. U. S. Pipe and Foundry Company C. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) i. AWWA: C906, Minimum Pressure Class 160 ii. Manufacturers a. Chevron b. JM Eagle c. Plexco 7.06.03 Manholes A. Precast Concrete Manholes i. ASTM C478 ii. Manufacturers a. Hanson Building Products b. South Plains Concrete Products c. The Turner Company d. Vaughn Concrete Products B. Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Polyester Manholes, Wetwells and Manhole Liners i. ASTM D3753 ii. Manufacturer a. LF Manufacturing b. Containment Solutions C. Composite Manholes i. Amarok ii. US Composite Pipe 82 Section 7 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List 7.06.04 Manhole Frames and Covers A. ASTM A48, Class 356, AASHTO M-306 B. Standard Solid Cover i. Manufacturers a. East Jordan Iron Works C. Watertight Frame and Cover i. Manufacturers a. East Jordan Iron Works b. Rexus 7.06.05 Manhole Coatings/Protective Lining System A. Manufacturers i. A-Lok - Dura Plate 100 PVC Liner ii. Raven 405 iii. Tnemec — Series 436 PermaShield 7.06.06 Gaskets and Flexible Manhole Connections A. Flexible cast -in -place seal or flexible boots installed with hydraulic pressure after manhole manufacture. Manhole openings shall be made by hole -formers inserted during manufacture. B. Manufacturers i. Press -Seal Gasket Corp. ii. A-Lok iii. International Precast Supply iv. NPC 7.06.07 Internal Chimney Seals A. ASTM C923 B. Manufacturers i. Cretex ii. NPC 7.06.08 Manhole Joint Seals A. Sealant per ASTM C990 B. O-ring gaskets meeting ASTM C443 and ASTM C1628. 7.06.09 Manhole Joint Wrap (in addition to O-ring specified above) A. Manufacturers i. Ram Nek ii. ConSeal CS 102 7.06.10 Manhole Joint Sealers - A. Butyl Mastic B. Manufacturers i. Ram Nek Section 7 83 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List 7.06.11 ConSeal CS 102Inflow Prevention Device A. Non -Corrodible with self cleaning gas relief and vacuum relief valves B. Manufacturers L L.F. Manufacturing Inc. - Rain Guard ` ii. No Flow -In Flow iii. The Man Pan iv. Southwestern Packing and Seals, Inc. - Rainstopper 7.06.12 Polyethylene Slope Adjusting Ring A. ASTM D 1248 B. Manufacturers i. Ladtech 7.06.13 Saddles A. Manufacturer i. NDS 7.06.14 Cleanout Cover A. Manufacturer i. East Jordan Iron Works 7.06.15 Valves — Must Be Approved for Use in Wastewater Application A. Plug, Full Port i. Manufacturers a. DeZurik B. Resilient Seat Gate i. AWWA C509 ii. Manufacturers a. American Flow Control b. Clow c. M & H d. Mueller e. U.S. Pipe C. Swing Check i. Manufacturer a. Golden Anderson b. M&H c. Val-Matic 7.06.16 Backwater Valve for Manhole Vent A. Manufacturer i. Josam 7.06.17 Lateral Backwater Valve 84 Section 7 , ,t l 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List A. Diaphram Operated Stainless Steel Knife Valve ASME Al 12.14.1 B. Manufacturer i. John Stephens ii. Plastic Trends f . , iii. Smith Floodgate J 7.06.18 Sewage Combination Air/Vacuum Valve A. Manufacturers i. APCO/Willamette ii. ARI iii. Golden Anderson Industries 7.06.19 Sanitary Sewer Marker A. Manufacturers i. Blackburn ii. Carsonite International 7.06.20 Wastewater Pumps A. Manufacturer i. Flygt N-Pump Section 7 8s 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List i �a 7.07 Water and Sanitary Sewer Systems 7.07.01 Modular Wall Seal A. EPDM with stainless steel nuts and bolts B. Manufacturer i. Thunderline ii. Pipe Seal iii. Link Seal 7.07.02 Vault Doors A. Type K heavy duty aluminum double leaf door, H-20 rated B. Manufacturers i. Bilco ii. Halliday iii. USF Fabrication, Inc. 7.07.03 Tracer Wire A. 14-gauge B. Manufacturers i. Copperhead ii. Southwire 7.07.04 Marking Tape A. 3-inch width, Sewer — green, Water - blue B. Manufacturers i. Presco Prodcuts ii. Terra Tape 86 Section 7 rj :a 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List SECTION 8 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREETS AND DRAINAGE CONSTRUCTION 8.01 General 8.01.01 The construction and materials for any City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering paving or drainage improvements project shall conform to the following specifications and associated plan sheets. A. Any construction or materials failing to meet the requirements of these specifications or the I plan sheets shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's own expense. B. No consideration will be given to requests for reduced payments for construction or materials not in conformance with these specifications and the plan sheets. 8.01.02 The term Engineer used in these specifications shall refer to the City of Lubbock City Engineer or an individual designated by the City Engineer to administer these specifications and associated plans. 8.01.03 The Engineer may require certificates from manufacturers certifying that materials or equipment to be incorporated into the work meet these specifications. A. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) shall be required on all materials. B. All materials or equipment shall be subject to approval by the Engineer before being incorporated into any project. C. After approval, the source and/or character of materials shall not be changed without written authorization by the Engineer. 8.01.04 Streets to be constructed in a location where the traffic is expected to consist of an unusual number of trucks or other heavy vehicles shall have an approved pavement structure design specific to that loading condition. 8.01.05 All construction covered by these specifications shall be in compliance with the City of Lubbock Code of Ordinances, Chapter 30 Lakes and Water Ways, Chapter 36 Streets, Sidewalks, and Other Public Ways, Chapter 38 Subdivisions, and other chapters as applicable. 8.01.06 Any references to these specifications, ASTM, AASHTO, TxDOT, or other designated tests, procedures, quality standards, or requirements which are included in these specifications or any associated plans shall be the latest edition and revision thereof. A. When information indicated on plan sheets is in conflict with these specifications, the information on the plans shall govern. 8.02 Design Standards 8.02.01 The following design standards shall apply to all paving and drainage improvements associated with construction of new subdivisions. A. If unusual site conditions necessitate design criteria different from these requirements, changes will be permitted only if specifically approved by the City Engineer. Section 8 87 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List 8.02.02 Street Crown Elevations A. All street paving shall incorporate a centerline crown at the following listed elevation unless otherwise indicated on plans, or as directed by the Engineer: 32 feet EMOMMM 0.52 feet 36 feet 0.58 feet 42 feet 0.67 feet 46 feet 0.73 feet 66 feet 1.03 feet 88 feet 1.18 feet i. The widths listed above refer to the total proposed future full width of street. ii. Where there is a difference in elevation between top of opposite street curbs, the crown elevation shall be adjusted such that the cross slopes are 2.0% minimum and 4.0% maximum. iii. Where the minimum crown slopes are not met a concrete valley gutter must be added. 8.02.03 Minimum Grades A. All street paving shall incorporate the following slopes unless otherwise indicated on plans, or as directed by the Engineer: Linear Curb and Gutter 0.20 Curb and Gutter in Cul-De-Sacs 0.30 Concrete Dips, Valley Gutters and Fillets 0.35 Concrete Alley Paving 0.20 Concrete Drainage Channel 0.20 Fall Around Curb Radii 0.80 B. Asphalt dips shall not be used in the place of concrete dips or valley gutters. 8.03 Testing and Inspection 8.03.01 All work shall be inspected and tested by a representative designated by the City Engineer, who shall have the authority to halt construction when, in their opinion, construction is being performed contrary to these specifications or associated plans. A. Whenever any portion of these specifications or associated plans is violated, the Engineer may order the portion of construction that is in violation to cease until such violation is corrected. 8.03.02 Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer in providing for sampling and testing procedures. A. The contractor shall provide at least a 2 hour notification to City Inspection Staff prior to any inspection services needed. B. In the event the City tests indicate out of specification materials, additional tests may be provided by the contractor at their own expense. C. Conflicting tests provided by the contractor will not automatically be considered as compliance with City specifications, but will be considered only as additional information to be used by the Engineer to determine the compliance of the material or construction in question. H 88 Section 8 4 } 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List 8.03.03 The testing and inspection provided by the City is intended only to verify that materials and construction comply with plans and specifications. The City's testing and inspection efforts are not intended to replace the contractor's responsibility to comply with the specifications. A. With respect to new material sources, or where the City lab has determined materials or construction do not comply with these specifications, the City will not re -test until the contractor has provided their own testing to demonstrate the materials and construction are in compliance with the plans and specifications. 8.03.04 Upon completion of construction, the Contractor will apply sufficient water to all paving improvements within the project to ensure all surfaces meet drainage requirements and are in compliance with these specifications. 8.04 Notification of Prooerty Owners 8.04.01 The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining positive communication with adjacent property owners. 8.04.02 The contractor shall provide two days notice to all affected property owners with respect to pending construction, and restriction of access or driveway locations. 8.05 Protection of Utilities and Irrigation 8.05.01 The plans show only approximate locations of utilities as obtained from various utility companies. A. It is not implied that all utilities or their accurate locations are shown on the plans. 8.05.02 It is the contractor's responsibility to become familiar with all utilities and locations. A. The contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations with respect to utility notification and protection, including Underground Facility Damage Prevention Notification Centers. B. The contractor shall call DIG TESS (1-800-344-8377) and provide sufficient time for all utilities to be identified prior to construction. 8.05.03 On all projects the contractor shall exercise care not to damage any sanitary sewer pipe, manholes, storm sewers, water lines, valves and boxes, communication cables, power cables, gas lines, nor any other pipe or utility. The contractor will be responsible during the construction period for damages to any utilities. 8.05.04 Irrigation systems affected by construction shall be properly repaired by a licensed irrigator, with materials equal to the existing system, and in compliance with current applicable codes. The repairs shall be pressure tested to the satisfaction of the Engineer prior to being covered. 8.06 Water for Construction 8.06.01 The City will furnish water from fire hydrants for construction purposes. A. To use City water for construction the contractor shall acquire a water meter for use on a City fire hydrant and will be charged the applicable rate for the quantity of water used. B. The contractor shall contact Lubbock Power and Light Customer Service Department to establish a utility account. The contractor must pay a deposit for each fire hydrant meter and will be responsible for all charges associated with that account. Section 8 89 c 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List C. Once an account is established and the deposit is paid, the contractor may pick up a meter from the City Water Department at 600 Municipal Drive. 8.06.02 Fire hydrants shall be operated only by use of an approved fire hydrant wrench. No pipe wrenches, or other unapproved devices, shall be used to open and close a fire hydrant. 8.06.03 For top loading trucks or containers the contractor shall provide a back flow prevention assembly on the discharge side of the meter. A. The backflow prevention assembly shall be in the form of two spring loaded ball check valves. B. When filling the truck or container there shall be an air gap of at least two times the opening diameter of the truck or container. 8.06.04 For bottom loading trucks the contractor shall provide a Reduced Pressure Zone (RPZ) type backflow prevention assembly. A. All RPZ type back flow prevention assemblies must be tested and the test results approved by the City prior to use. B. The test results shall be sent to the City of Lubbock Public Works Department, Meter and Customer Service Supervisor for approval. 8.06.05 In accordance with City of Lubbock Ordinance No. 10208 "Pertaining to Backflow Prevention", City representatives are authorized to suspend water use from a fire hydrant by a contractor until the proper and correct backflow prevention devices are installed. 8.07 Concrete 8.07.01 These specifications shall govern Portland cement concrete used for curb and gutter, valley gutters and fillets, alley paving, sidewalks, street paving, curb ramps, medians, and drainage improvements. A. The concrete shall be produced at a Ready -Mix Concrete Batch Plant conforming to ASTM C94. B. The concrete shall be transported to the project location in approved Revolving Drum Agitator Trucks, and shall be placed within one hour of mixing time. The concrete shall be continuously mixed during transit. C. Concrete shall have a temperature of less than 90 degrees at time of placement. Concrete above this temperature will be rejected and shall be removed from the job site. D. No more than eight yards of concrete shall be loaded in a Revolving Drum Agitator Truck and transported to the job site. Loads in excess of eight yards will be rejected and shall be removed from the job site. E. Add mixture for increasing and or decreasing air shall be a temporary solution while the batch plant makes adjustments. A maximum of three loads may be treated per plant per day. F. No patching of any nature shall be allowed in repairing any damage to concrete improvements. Where damage occurs, the section shall be removed to the nearest joints and shall be replaced with new construction. Small cracks with no evidence of displacement may be repaired with epoxy, only where approved by the Engineer. G. All concrete shall have 5 percent, minus 1.5 percent to plus 3 percent, air entrainment in conformance with ASTM C260. H. When delivered to the jobsite, each truck shall provide the load ticket indicating weights of all concrete ingredients, including cement, aggregates, water, and admixtures. 90 Section 8 i 1 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List 8.07.02 Classification A. The following City of Lubbock classes of concrete shall be used: A Curb and gutter, sidewalks, curb ramps, drainage channels, medians, inlet boxes headwalls 'unction boxes driveways, and retaining walls. B Valley gutters and fillets alley returns and alley paving. C Concrete street pavement. D Utility encasements E Fast setting concrete pavement such as "Fast Track" Concrete Pavement or, other special design. 8.07.03 Thickness of Concrete Surfaces A. Concrete thoroughfare street paving shall have a minimum thickness of 8 inches. B. Concrete alley paving shall have a minimum thickness of 7-1/2 inches at edge and 5 inches at flow line. i. No tolerance on minimum thickness will be allowed. ii. No additional compensation will be made to the contractor for thickness greater than specified. C. All other proposed concrete paving thickness shall be approved in writing by the City T, Engineer. 8.07.04 Drainage Easements A. All drainage easements shall have, at a minimum, a 10-foot wide concrete flow line to be constructed with the street and alley paving improvements. B. Drainage easements shall not be used as alleys or garbage collection easements. 8.07.05 Mix Design A. Thirty (30) days prior to beginning any concrete construction the contractor shall submit an engineer's recommended concrete mix design. i. The following shall be submitted to the Engineer for review: a. Test certificates from an approved commercial testing laboratory on all proposed aggregate. (1) Certificates shall indicate material source, gradation, and loss from 5 cycle Magnesium Sulfate test not to exceed 25 percent. b. Mix design based on water -cement ratio. c. Results of compression tests in conformance with ASTM C 39 and/or flexural tests in conformance with ASTM C78, made by an approved commercial testing laboratory. (1) Tests shall be made on 6 cylinders and/or 6 beams at curing times appropriate to the class of concrete. ii. The Engineer will approve or reject the mix design and materials based on these submittals. iii. Mix design approval shall be subject to additional testing during construction. Section 8 91 i 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List B. Mix designs for various classes of concrete shall conform to the following: A 5.0 0.40 — 0.60 5 B 5.5 0.40 — 0.60 5 C 6.0 0.35 — 0.45 3 D 4.5 0.40 — 0.60 5 E As Required forspecific cure time and strength. i. New mix designs shall be submitted annually, or when material properties or sources change. 8.07.06 Strength Requirements A. The various classes of concrete shall conform to the following minimum strengths in pounds per square inch (psi) as determined by the average of two test cylinders or beams: B. When cores are subsequently used to prove compressive strength where test cylinders indicate failures, the cores shall be tested in accordance with ACI C42. C. In such cases, the required compressive strength shall be increased by 10%. 8.07.07 Cement A. Cement shall be Type I, Type II, or Type I -II cements, conforming to ASTM C150 "Standard Specification for Portland Cement". B. The contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to any changes of the cement supplier or source during construction. The Engineer may require a new mix design if changes of supplier or source occur. 8.07.08 Aggregate A. Concrete aggregate shall consist of natural, washed and screened sand, and washed and screened gravel or clean crushed stone conforming to ASTM C33. B. All aggregate shall be free of injurious amounts of clay, soft or flaky materials, loam, organic impurities, or other deleterious materials. C. Fine aggregate shall be graded from fine to coarse and shall conform to ASTM C136. 92 Section 8 , ;I 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List i. The gradation for fine aggregate shall meet the following requirements: k� of :� � �. - �1��1t11i�t�1► Retained on 3 8" Sieve 0 Retained on No. 4 Sieve 0-5 Retained on No. 16 Sieve 20-55 Retained on No. 30 Sieve 45-75 Retained on No. 50 Sieve 70-90 Retained on No. 100 Sieve 98-100 D. Coarse aggregates shall be well graded from coarse to fine with a maximum size of 1-1/2 inches, and shall conform to ASTM C136. i. The gradation for coarse aggregate shall meet the following requirements: a9J, I� Retained on 1-3/4" Sieve 0 Retained on 1-1 2" Sieve 0-5 Retained on 3 4" Sieve 10-40 Retained on 1 2" Sieve 40-75 Retained on No. 4 Sieve 95-100 E. Coarse aggregate for Class C or E concrete shall be crushed limestone (Brownwood type or equivalent). Crushed gravel will be allowed if on the TxDOT Quarterly Monitoring Program, or if specifically approved by the engineer. F. Aggregate Quality Requirements shall comply with the following requirements: KINOWNIN1 Pro' ,»'Altai Deleterious Material Eft -, 2.0% Decantation 1.5% Flakiness Index 17 Magnesium Sulfate Soundness 25% G. Stockpiles shall be protected from dusty conditions by drift fences or other methods approved by the Engineer. i. Stockpiling methods used shall not allow aggregate to roll down the slope as it is added to existing stockpiles. ii. Stockpiles shall be built in layers of uniform thickness. iii. Equipment shall not be permitted to operate over the same lift repeatedly. 8.07.09 Flowable Fill A. Flowable fill shall consist of a concrete mixture of pea gravel and sand with a cement content of 1-1/2 sacks per cubic yard. B. Flowable fill may be used for backfill in all utility ditches within the right of way, and other areas as specified. C. Flowable fill used for repair of utility ditches in existing paved streets shall be placed from the top of the utility line to the bottom of the paving surface. Use of concrete in place of flowable fill is not acceptable, and if used in place of flowable fill shall be removed by the contractor at their expense. Section 8 93 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List 8.07.10 Water A. Water shall be clean, clear, free from oil, acid or organic matter and free from injurious amounts of alkali, salts, or other chemicals and shall conform to AASHTO T26. 8.07.11 Admixtures A. Admixtures may be applied to the concrete mix design when approved by the Engineer to achieve any desired special properties. Chemical admixtures shall conform to ASTM C494. Chemical admixtures shall not be used as a substitute for Cement. B. Mineral admixtures such as Class C Ash and Natural Pozzolans in conformance with ASTM C618 may be used with Types I, II, and III Portland Cement. C. When fly ash is permitted to be used, "cement" in relation to mix design shall be defined as 11cement plus fly ash". L Fly ash may constitute a maximum of 30 percent by weight of the cement. D. Add mixture for increasing and or decreasing air shall be a temporary solution while the batch plant makes adjustments. A maximum of three loads may be treated per plant per day. 8.07.12 Reinforcing Material A. All concrete shall incorporate reinforcement as follows: i. Curb and gutter horizontal paving steel shall extend to within 2" of back of curb. ii. Street Paving, Valley Gutters, and Drainage Channel — A minimum of #5 deformed steel bars 12 inches on center both ways or design approved in writing by the City Engineer. iii. Alley Paving - No. 6 deformed steel bars on both edges as indicated on detail sheets and either 6-inch x 6-inch - 6 gauge welded wire fabric or #4 deformed bars 12 inches on center both ways. iv. Alley Returns - #4 deformed steel bars 12 inch on centers both ways or 6-inch x 6-inch - 6 gauge welded wire fabric. v. Sidewalk, Driveways (other than commercial), and Wheelchair Ramps - Fiber reinforcement, or as required by the City of Lubbock Building Official, or design approved in writing by the City Engineer. vi. Commercial driveways, including pedestrian crossing area — #3 deformed steel bars through the gutter section as indicated on the detail sheets and either 6-inch x 6-inch — 6 gauge welded wire fabric or #4 deformed bards 12 inches on center both ways. B. Steel i. All steel reinforcing materials shall be securely held in proper position with devices appropriate to the type of reinforcement used, subject to approval by the Engineer. ii. Wire mesh shall conform to ASTM A185, and shall be 6-inch x 6-inch - 6 gauge welded wire fabric as specified. iii. Reinforcing bars shall be grade 60 (60 KSI), open-hearth, basic oxygen or electric furnace new billet steel manufactured in accordance with ASTM A615 and ASTM A305. a. Steel reinforcing materials shall be stored off the ground in a manner as to be protected from accumulations of grease, mud, other foreign matter and rust producing materials. b. When incorporated into construction, steel reinforcement shall be free from rust, scale, oil, mud, and structural defects. iv. Dowels for slip joints shall be smooth plain round bars free from burrs, rough surfaces, and deformations. Caps, sleeves, or wrapping shall be as indicated on plan sheets. j z 94 Section 8 i I 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List v. Chairs shall be used to support the reinforcing steel in the correct position while concrete is being placed. Chairs shall be made of plastic (preferred) or steel, and shall be of adequate size to positively hold the reinforcing materials in position. C. Fiber a. Fiber reinforcement may not be used in place of steel reinforcement. b. Fiber reinforcement shall be either 100% virgin polypropylene, collated, fibrillated fibers specifically manufactured for use as concrete reinforcement, containing no reprocessed olefin materials, or steel fibers. c. The quantity of fiber reinforcement used shall be 1.5 pounds per cubic yard, or as recommended by the fiber manufacturer. d. The physical characteristics on the fiber shall be as follows: �V�luie ., 0.91 70,000 psi to 110,000 psi — 3 4 inch aa'a Specific Gravity Tensile Strength Length 8.07.13 Joints A. Curb and gutter (Class A concrete) shall be constructed with an expansion joint at the tangent point of each return at intersections and at intervals not more than 40 feet between the intersections. i. Construction joints formed by removable metal templates accurately shaped to the cross-section of the curb and gutter shall be located at the midpoint of each section between expansion joints, or as directed by the Engineer. ii. Tooled contraction joints cut at least one quarter the concrete depth shall be placed at 10 foot intervals. B. Alley paving (Class B concrete) shall be constructed with an expansion joint at each cold joint and at a maximum spacing of 130 feet. i. Alley returns shall be poured monolithically with curb radii and fillets with joints as indicated in Standard Detail 36-7. ii. Tooled contraction joints, cut 1/2 inch wide 2 inch deep, shall be placed as shown on Standard Detail 36-11. iii. Alley paving contraction joints shall be sealed with an elastomeric sealer. iv. Expansion joints shall include bituminous pre -molded expansion joint board. C. Street Paving (Class C or E concrete) shall be constructed with contraction and expansion joints as indicated on plan and detail sheets. i. Unless otherwise specified, the joints shall be sawed 1/2 inch wide and to depth equal to 1/4 of the pavement thickness plus one half inch. ii. Joints shall be saw cut within 12 hours of placement of the concrete paving. iii. Joints shall be sealed with an elastomeric sealer. iv. Joints shall be cleaned thoroughly with high pressure air prior to installation of any sealing materials. D. Valley gutters and fillets shall be constructed with tooled construction joints. I i. Joints shall be sealed with an elastomeric sealer. ii. Joints shall be cleaned thoroughly with high pressure air prior to installation of any ( sealing materials. ( Section 8 95 l _ 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List E. Joint Sealing Materials i. Bituminous pre -molded expansion joint board material shall conform to ASTM D1751 and shall be placed as indicated on plan sheets or in these specifications. a. Expansion joint material shall be placed full depth of the concrete slab. ii. Elastomeric sealant for contraction joints shall be, or shall be equivalent to, W.R.Meadows "SOF-SEAL", W.R. Meadows #158 cold applied, or "GARDOX" as required by plan sheets. a. Hot poured sealant for joints between Portland cement concrete and Bituminous concrete shall conform to ASTM D3405. b. Hot poured joint sealant for all other joints in Portland cement concrete pavement shall conform to ASTM D3406. c. Cold poured joint sealant shall conform to ASTM C920. iii. Elastomeric joint sealant shall be mixed and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. a. Prior to application, joints shall be cleaned by sandblasting and otherwise prepared so that the sealant adheres to the surfaces to form an effective seal against moisture and solid particles. b. The sealant shall be a soft, highly flexible, rubber like material after curing which shall not track, flow, crack, or break when exposed to hot and cold temperature extremes typical of local conditions. iv. Backer rod used with elastomeric sealant shall be 25 percent greater in diameter than the joint width. It shall be made of polyethylene foam or other material as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. a. Compression of the backer rod material shall be approximately 25 percent shrinkage at 8 psi applied stress. b. The material shall not melt, shrink, evaporate, or absorb water, and shall be compatible with the application of the sealant to be used. 8.07.14 Curing Compounds A. All fresh concrete surfaces shall be completely painted with a liquid membrane forming curing compound at a rate of one gallon per every 180 square feet. Its application shall conform to DMS - 4650 and TxDOT Item "Concrete Structures - Curing Materials". i. Fresh concrete is defined as less than 10 minutes after finishing B. No other methods of moisture retention on fresh concrete shall be used unless specifically approved by the Engineer. 8.07.15 Forms A. Forms for curb and gutter, paving, and flatwork may be of wood or metal, of a section satisfactory to the Engineer, straight, free of warp, and of a depth equal to the depth of the concrete section formed. B. Forms shall be constructed accurately to the line and grade as established in the field, shall be adequately braced so that they will not move during the placing of the concrete, and shall remain in place at least 12 hours after placing of the concrete. C. Forms shall be treated with a light oil or release agent before each use, and forms which are to be re -used shall be cleaned immediately after each use and maintained in good condition. j D. Curb forms shall be such that the face of the curb can be formed by use of a face form held in place by steel templates. 1$ 96 Section 8 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List E. Forms used for curb radii shall meet all of the above specifications, except that face forms on curb radii may be omitted if a true section and an accurate flow line can be obtained by other f- methods approved by the Engineer. F. In no case will concrete placement be started without the approval of the Engineer. G. No forms shall be placed until the subgrade is within one inch of its finished grade. H. Forms for paving slabs may be used as a guide for screeding. I. Where longitudinal construction joints are required, the form shall be so constructed as to provide an approved load transfer mechanism in the face. 8.07.16 Placing and Finishing Concrete A. Placing of concrete shall not start before sunrise, and shall stop one hour before sunset. i. Concrete shall be placed as close to its proper location as practical. ii. Sufficient concrete shall be placed to allow for shrinkage and extra material for finishing. iii. The concrete shall be floated and troweled to the approximate section. iv. When water is needed for finishing purposes it must be dispensed by a pressurized canister with a misting nozzle. B. Removal of face forms and finishing of curb and gutter shall be started only after a partial set occurs. i. Only construction approved forms, templates, and tools shall be used to form the cross -sections indicated on plan or detail sheets. C. Concrete shall not be placed when the ambient temperature is below 40 degrees F or if sustained winds are 25 mph or higher as determined by the Texas Tech University Mesonet sites in Lubbock. If the sustained winds exceed the 25 miles per hour all placement operations will cease immediately. i. Concrete shall not be placed on frozen subgrade. ii. The contractor shall have available sufficient covering material, approved by the Engineer, to immediately protect concrete should the air temperature fall below 33 degrees F. This protection and forms shall remain in place as long as the temperature continues below 32 degrees, to a maximum of 5 days. iii. No salt or other chemical admixtures shall be added to the concrete to prevent freezing. D. All concrete placed for pavement shall be consolidated by use of mechanical vibrators approved by the Engineer and designed to vibrate the concrete internally. i. Vibrators shall be operated in a manner not to interfere with joints, and shall not come in contact with forms. ii. Vibrators shall not be used to move concrete within the forms. E. The surface of concrete street paving shall incorporate a tined finish. F. All other concrete surfaces shall be completed with a light broom finish. G. When forms are used for concrete paving the forms must stay in place for a minimum of 12 hours. H. No equipment shall be placed on concrete until it has reached 75% of the specified 28 day compressive strength. I. Finished concrete surfaces shall not have irregularities in excess of 1/8 inch when tested with a 10 foot straightedge using the TxDOT Item 585 Surface Test Type A. Section 8 97 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List J. Prior to acceptance, the Contractor shall apply sufficient water to all gutters and paving to determine locations of ponding. i. Ponded areas deeper than 1/8 inch shall be removed and replaced, or rectified as directed by the Engineer. K. Where the surface of T-1 or T-2 thoroughfare paving is noticeably uneven, the City may require measurement of the ride quality using the TxDOT Surface Test Type B. i. If the International Roughness Index (IRI) is determined to exceed 65 inches per mile corrective action shall be performed by diamond grinding, or other methods acceptable to the Engineer. ii. If the IRI exceeds 95 inches per mile the pavement shall be removed and replaced. L. Any concrete construction damaged by equipment, tools, vandals, or other influences shall be replaced at the contractor's own expense. 8.07.17 Tolerance in Elevation and Grade A. Curb and gutter or other concrete surfaces shall be constructed to the elevations and grades as indicated on plan sheets. Deviation from elevations indicated on plans resulting in a longitudinal slope of less than 0.15%, will be considered to be deficient, and shall be removed and replaced at the correct elevations as indicated on the plans, unless curb and gutter surfaces drain with flood testing and approved in writing by the City Engineer or designated staff. 8.07.18 Concrete Alley Paving Cuts A. Refer to Standard Detail 37-2. B. Transverse Cuts i. Minimum width between transverse joints shall be 4 feet. ii. No more than 2 transverse joints shall be added between existing 13 foot tooled joints. iii. Transverse joints shall be doweled 6 inches into existing pavement with #5 dowel bars at 3 foot spacing. When installed at expansion joints, slip dowels shall be used. C. Longitudinal Cuts L Longitudinal cuts along the edge of existing alley pavement shall be a minimum width of 3 feet. ii. Maximum width of longitudinal cuts shall be 4 feet. iii. Longitudinal cuts wider than 4 feet, regardless of location, shall replace the full width of existing alley paving. iv. Longitudinal joints shall be doweled 6 inches into existing pavement with #5 dowel bars at 3 foot spacing. D. Potholing for Locating Existing Utilities L Pavement cuts for potholing purposes shall be circular cored holes or clean square cutouts. a. Cored holes in asphalt pavement shall be filled with cold -mix asphalt to match the depth of existing pavement. b. Cored holes in concrete pavement shall be filled with concrete to match the depth of existing pavement. c. Cutouts shall be repaired as specified in these specifications. 98 Section 8 i 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List I8.08 Subgrade and Base 8.08.01 Subgrade A. Subgrade material for concrete or asphalt construction shall consist of suitable native soil or off -site soil, free from vegetation or other objectionable matter. B. All unstable or objectionable material shall be removed from the subgrade and replaced with approved material. C. Subgrade material shall be suitable for forming a stable embankment and shall meet the following requirements: " Yatue Liquid Limit Max 45 Plasticity Index Min 5• Max 20 Linear Shrinkage Min 2• Max 10 i. Subgrade material which does not meet the above requirements may be conditioned by blending with lime, sand or caliche screenings. The conditioning shall produce a uniform subgrade material which meets all of these specified subgrade requirements. D. Subgrade Construction " i. All testingof subgrade will be completed prior to an placement of curb and utter. 9 p P YP 9 Subgrade will be processed the entire width of the roadway including under the curb and gutter section. ii. Subgrade shall be prepared in conformance with the lines and grades shown on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, by scarifying and compacting to a minimum of 95 percent of Modified Proctor Density at optimum moisture content, plus or minus 2 percent. iii. Subgrade shall be constructed in maximum of 6 inch lifts, and each 6 inch lift tested for moisture and density. l iv. Subgrade thickness shall be a minimum of 12 inches for all streets, regardless of street width or classification. ! v. The compaction method for subgrade shall provide for each lift to be compacted to the I specified density using appropriate equipment. a. After each section of subgrade is complete, moisture/density testing will be performed by the City of Lubbock inspection staff. b. At any time the City Engineer may require proof rolling on streets or alleys with a 25 ton pneumatic roller, to test the uniformity of compaction. c. Rollers will be completely loaded with water or wet sand to ensure they meet the l manufacturer's weight requirements. vi. All utility ditches shall be determined to be stable prior to construction of subgrade fover such utility ditch. vii. Any fill placed within existing or proposed street right-of-way in execution of an approved cut and fill plan shall be in compliance with these specifications for materials (' and construction. l a. Cut and fill operations shall comply with Chapter 38 of the City of Lubbock Code of Ordinances. viii. Subgrade which has become wet, or otherwise altered, after completion may be subject to retesting and reprocessing as determined by the Engineer. ix. Special care shall be exercised in grading street intersections where dips or valley gutters are located so that the cross profiles present a smooth riding surface, and so that the compacted subgrade thickness will not be less than specified above. ( Section 8 99 1: 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List a. Crown section shall begin transition at a distance equal to one-half of the lip -to -lip roadway width from concrete intersection or valley gutter, as indicated on Standard Detail 36-11. ,---, E. Rejected Subgrade Material i. Rejected subgrade material, either from the construction area or delivered to the job site, shall be dumped on the job site outside the area of construction, and remain there until all construction is completed. a. If it is determined that unapproved material has been incorporated into the construction, all in place material shall be considered unapproved and shall be removed. b. No payment will be made for rejected material or construction. 8.08.02 Flexible Base (Caliche) A. Material for flexible base shall consist of crushed caliche, limestone, and calcareous clay particles produced from oversize quarried aggregate, sized by crushing and produced from a naturally occurring single source. i. All base material sources are subject to approval by the Engineer. ii. If material characteristics within an approved source change, the material shall be subject to retesting and re -approval prior to continued use. iii. The Contractor shall not change material sources without approval by the Engineer. B. Crushed concrete may be blended with quarried material only to the extent necessary to produce material in compliance with these specifications, to a maximum of 20 percent crushed concrete by weight. i. Crushed concrete shall be produced from parent material consisting of structural strength concrete, such as City of Lubbock Class A, B, and C. ii. Lower strength materials, such as flowable fill, are not acceptable. iii. Crushed concrete shall be free of reinforcing steel and any objectionable material, and have a maximum of 1.5 percent deleterious material when tested in accordance with Tex-413-A. iv. When crushed concrete is used, the final product shall be entirely in compliance with the specifications for single source material. C. Recycled Asphalt Pavement (RAP) will not be approved for use in flexible base. D. Prior to construction the contractor shall build stockpiles of sufficient quantity of base material as required to complete the entire project or subdivision. i. Each stockpile shall be dedicated, and identified as to the project or subdivision it is for. ii. After a stockpile is completed the contractor shall not add material to that stockpile. iii. The contractor's methods, plant, and equipment are subject to approval by the Engineer, and shall be appropriate and in suitable condition to produce stockpiles in compliance with these specifications. 100 Section 8 1_ . 1 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List E. Material Tests Flexible base material shall conform to the following requirements: a. Sieve Analysis Retained on 1-3 4" Sieve 0 Retained on 7 8" Sieve 10-35 Retained on 3 8" Sieve 30-50 Retained on No. 4 Sieve 45-65 Retained on No. 40 Sieve 70-85 b. Atterberg Limits (1) Material passing the No. 40 Sieve shall be known as "Soil Binder" and shall meet the following requirements: Liquid Limit Max 35 Plasticity Index Min 3• Max 15 c. Wet Ball Mill (1) When tested in accordance with Tex-116-E (Wet Ball Mill) the base material shall have a value not to exceed 45. (2) The percent of material passing the #40 sieve shall not increase by more than 20 during the test. F. Flexible Base Construction i. Areas behind curbs shall be backfilled and leveled with approved topsoil prior to placing base material. ii. Approved flexible base material shall be hauled in vehicles of uniform capacity and dumped evenly along the project length for processing and compaction. iii. Flexible base thickness shall be a minimum of 6 Inches. iv. Processing shall be accomplished in lifts of 6 inches compacted thickness. v. Each course shall be wetted and rolled with a pneumatic roller as required to produce a uniform compaction to a minimum of 95 percent of Modified Proctor Density with a moisture content of 2 percent above to 2 percent below optimum a. Densities will be taken by City of Lubbock inspection staff b. At any time the Engineer may require proof rolling with a 25 ton pneumatic roller to ensure uniform compaction of base. c. Processing for compaction of caliche base with a sheep's foot type roller will not be permitted. vi. The base shall be allowed to cure a minimum of 3 days, or until determined by the Engineer to be adequately cured, before placing prime or surface course. a. During the cure time the base shall be maintained by blading or other methods until the wearing surface is placed. b. Windrow caliche shall not be removed until the base has passed finish inspection. c. Base which becomes wet, or otherwise altered, may be subject to retesting and reprocessing as determined by the Engineer. vii. The compacted flexible base shall be finished and shaped immediately preceding the J application of the surface treatment L Section 8 101 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List a. All loose or unconsolidated material shall be removed and the surface moistened and rolled with a steel wheel roller. b. All irregularities, depressions, or weak spots which develop shall be corrected by scarifying, adding or removing material as required, reshaping, and recompacting, or i other methods approved by the Engineer. viii. Special care shall be exercised in grading street intersections where dips or valley gutters are located so that the cross profiles present a smooth riding surface and so that the compacted base thickness will not be less than 6 inches, or thickness otherwise specified by the engineer. a. Crown section shall begin transition at a distance equal to one-half of the lip -to -lip t roadway width from concrete intersection or valley gutter, as indicated on Standard Detail 36-11. ix. Any deviation in the surface of the finished base in excess of 3/8 inch from the established grade or true cross-section, using a 10 foot long straight edge, shall be corrected as provided above. x. The compaction method for flexible base shall provide for each lift to be compacted to the specified density using appropriate equipment. xi. After each section of flexbase is complete, moisture/density testing will be performed by the City of Lubbock inspection staff. a. All irregularities, depressions, weak or soft spots which develop shall be corrected immediately by the contractor. G. Rejected Flexible Base Material i. Rejected material, either from the construction area or delivered to the job site, shall be dumped on the job site outside the area of construction, and remain there until all construction is completed. ii. If it is determined that unapproved material has been incorporated into the construction, all in place material shall be considered unapproved and shall be removed. iii. No payment will be made for rejected material or construction. 8.08.03 Asphalt Stabilized Base (ASB) A. Asphalt stabilized base shall consist of a uniform mixture of mineral aggregate and asphalt cement mixed hot in a mixing plant in accordance with these specifications. i. Caliche is not an acceptable aggregate for ASB. B. The contractor's plant and equipment are subject to approval by the Engineer, and shall be appropriate and in suitable condition to produce the base material consistently in compliance with these specifications. C. In place compaction control is required for all ASB. i. Locations of Cores, when required, will be determined by City of Lubbock personnel and marked ii. The ASB will be cored by the City inspection staff to determine composition, compaction, thickness, and density. iii. The contractor shall replace the pavement removed from core holes at no cost to the City. iv. ASB found to be deficient in composition, compaction, thickness, or density shall be corrected at the contractor's expense as directed by the Engineer. 102 Section 8 ] 1 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List D. ASB Mix Design i. The contractor shall submit an ASB mix design less than one year old, prepared by a qualified lab, in compliance with these specifications using approved materials indicating gradation and optimum asphalt content. ii. The aggregate mixture shall conform to the following master gradation: �� G assin Passing 1" Sieve 98-100 Passing 3 4" Sieve 84-98 Passing 3 8" Sieve 60-80 Passing No. 4 Sieve 40-60 Passing No. 8 Sieve 29-34 Passinci No. 30 Sieve 13-28 Passing No. 50 Sieve 6-20 Passing No. 200 Sieve 2-7 a. Design produced Minimum VMA 13.0% b. Plant produced Minimum VMA 12.0% iii. Material passing the No. 40 sieve shall be known as "soil binder" and shall meet the following requirements: Ont >. Liquid Limit Max 45 Plasticity Index Max 15 Linear Shrinkage Max 5 iv. The mineral aggregate shall not contain more than 0.5% moisture prior to entering the pug mill for mixing with asphalt. v. The mix design shall have optimum asphalt content determined in accordance with Tex-204-F, with a target lab molded density of 96.5 percent. vi. Asphalt content of the Job Mix Formula shall not vary during construction from the design by more than 0.3 percent. vii. Asphalt for the mixture shall be a Performance Grade (PG) 64-28, or better. viii. New mix designs must be submitted annually, or when material properties change. ix. A maximum of 20% approved rap material can be added to ASB. E. ASB Placement i. The ASB material shall be placed on the approved prepared surface using an approved f lay down machine. H. ASB thickness shall be a minimum of 9 inches, or as required by the Engineer. iii. Asphalt Stabilized Base shall be placed and compacted in 3 inch lifts to form the specified thickness of compacted base, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. a. Prior to placing ASB, the subgrade shall be prepared as previously specified. (; iv. The cross-section shall be constructed to form the specified crown on the ASB surface at the centerline of the street, or as indicated on the plans. v. ASB shall not be placed when the air temperature, as reported by the Texas Tech University Mesonet sites in Lubbock, less than 50 degrees F ambient or 60 degrees surface temperature. vi. ASB shall be placed at a temperature between 265 and 325 degrees F. f Section 8 103 1_ 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List vii. Any ASB material that is above or below the specified temperature range, measured while passing through the lay down machine, shall be rejected by the Engineer. viii. The material shall be placed in such a manner that when properly compacted the finished course is smooth, of uniform density, and in conformance with the cross- x sections and grades shown on the associated plans. ix. Special care shall be exercised in grading street intersections where dips or valley gutters are located so that the cross profiles present a smooth riding surface and so that the compacted base thickness is not less than 9 inches. a. Crown section shall begin transition at a distance equal to one-half of the lip -to -lip roadway width from concrete intersection or valley gutter, as indicated on Standard Detail 36-11. F. ASB Compaction i. ASB shall be compacted thoroughly and uniformly with approved rollers to a density between 93% and 98% of the maximum theoretical gravity, with a lab molded target of 96.5% using the Texas Gyratory compaction method. a. All results will be calculated using the maximum theoretical Rice gravity. ii. Compaction less than 93 percent or greater than 98 percent will be considered deficient. All deficient pavement shall be removed and replaced as determined by the Engineer at the contractor's expense. iii. ASB shall meet all compaction requirements at the time of inspection. Re -rolling is not an approved method for achieving compaction requirements. iv. Contractor shall set rolling patterns using a thin lift nuclear gauge in order to ensure maximum compaction. v. All roller marks shall be removed and compaction completed prior to the ASB mixture cooling below 185 degrees F. G. Rejected ASB Material i. Rejected ASB material, either from the construction area or delivered to the job site, shall be dumped on the job site outside the area of construction, and remain there until all construction is completed. ii. If it is determined that unapproved material has been incorporated into the construction, all in place material shall be considered unapproved and shall be removed. iii. No payment will be made for rejected material or construction. 8.09 Hot Mix Asahalt Concrete Surface (HMAC 8.09.01 Hot mix asphalt concrete surface shall consist of a uniform mixture of mineral aggregate (coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, mineral filler) and asphalt cement mixed hot in a mixing plant in accordance with these specifications. 8.09.02 The contractor's methods, plant, and equipment are subject to approval by the Engineer, and shall be appropriate and in suitable condition to produce the HMAC surface material consistently in compliance with these specifications. 8.09.03 Strip paving is a substandard, temporary improvement and does not satisfy the paving requirements of the platting process. Strip paving may be used only in special" circumstances and must be approved by the City Council. If strip paving is used, the developer is still responsible for providing for the required permanent curb and gutter and paving. 104 Section 8 1 t , * 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List A. Unless otherwise specified, the materials and construction shall conform to TOOT Item 340 - Dense -Graded -Hot -Mix Asphalt (Method). B. Approval of the source and character of the materials shall be obtained from the Engineer prior to use. i. The combined mineral aggregate, after final processing by the mixing plant and prior to addition of asphalt and mineral filler, shall have a sand equivalent value of not less than 45 when tested in accordance with Test Method Tex-203-F. ii. The percent of flat and elongated slivers of stone for any aggregate shall not exceed 25% when tested in accordance with Test Method Tex-224-F. iii. Asphaltic mixtures with aggregates which exhibit stripping characteristics shall be conditioned with either minimum 1% lime in accordance with DMS-6350, or liquid anti - stripping agent approved by the Engineer. a. Anti -stripping agents shall meet requirements of TXDOT Item 301 - Asphalt Anti - stripping Agents, and shall be added at the manufacturer's recommended dosage and temperature range. 8.09.04 A minimum of 2 cores per 600' block will be taken to determine thickness, and density of HMAC surfaces. A. Core locations will be marked and cored at random locations by City of Lubbock inspection staff. B. Cores will be taken in pairs and averaged to determine the percent air voids based on the theoretical maximum gravity. C. HMAC surface found to be deficient shall be corrected at the contractor's own expense as directed by the Engineer. D. The contractor shall replace the pavement removed from core holes immediately after testing at no cost to the City. 8.09.05 Thickness of HMAC Surfaces s A. HMAC thickness shall be a minimum of 2 inches, or as indicated on the plans. is i. No tolerance on minimum thickness will be allowed. B. If a core shows less than the specified minimum thickness, prior to being trimmed, the HMAC surface shall be considered deficient with respect to thickness, and the deficiency shall be rectified by removal and replacement at the specified thickness. i. Additional cores will be taken at 25 foot spacing to define the limits of deficiency. C. No additional compensation will be made to the contractor for thickness of HMAC surface greater than specified. 8.09.06 HMAC Mix Design A. The contractor shall provide a current HMAC mix design using the approved materials, indicating gradation and optimum asphalt content as determined by Test Method Tex-204-F. i. The mix design shall have a lab molded density of 96.5 percent using the Texas _ Gyratory compaction method. ii. New designs shall be submitted annually, or when material properties change. iii. The aggregate mixture shall conform to the following master gradation: a. Type ��C" Coarse Graded Surface Course — Curb and gutter street widths greater than 36 feet: r Section 8 105 2016 Design Standards and Specifications L' Approved Materials List Passing 3/4" Sieve 95-100 Passing 3 8" Sieve 70-85 Passing No. 4 Sieve 43-63 Passing No. 8 Sieve 32-44 Passing No. 30 Sieve 14-28 Passing No. 50 Sieve 7-21 Passing No. 200 Sieve 2-7 (1) Design Produced Minimum VMA 14% (2) Plant Produced Minimum VMA 13% b. Type "D" Fine Graded Surface Course — Curb and gutter street widths of 36 feet or less and strip paved streets of any width: Passing 1 2" Sieve OffifficIEW 98-100 Passing 3 8" Sieve 85-100 Passing No. 4 Sieve 50-70 Passing No. 8 Sieve 35-46 Passing No. 30 Sieve 15-29 Passing No. 50 Sieve 7-20 Passing No. 200 Sieve 2-7 (1) Design Produced Minimum VMA 15% (2) Plant Produced Minimum VMA 14% c. HMAC Type is in reference to the ultimate full width street, not half width. iv. Material passing the No. 40 sieve shall be known as "soil binder" and shall maximum linear shrinkage value of 5. v. Mineral aggregate shall not contain more than 0.5 percent moisture prior to entering the pugmill for mixing with asphalt. vi. HMAC mixture shall consist of a uniform mixture of mineral aggregate and asphalt material. vii. The contractor's materials and mix design shall meet all the performance criteria addressed in these specifications. B. Coarse Aggregate L Coarse aggregate must be approved for use by the Engineer and must be on the TXDOT source rating catalog or approved in writing by the City Engineer. ii. Coarse aggregate shall be the material retained on a No. 4 sieve, and shall consist of clean, washed, tough, durable fragments of crushed stone of uniform quality. a. Mixing or combining of crushed gravel and crushed stone will not be permitted. iii. Coarse aggregate shall be crushed to the extent that produces a minimum of 80% crushed faces for both Type "C" HMAC, and Type "D" HMAC, when tested in accordance with Test Method Tex-460-A Part I "Determination of Crushed Face Count". iv. Decantation shall be a maximum of 1.5 percent when tested in accordance with Tex- 217-F. v. Deleterious materials shall be a maximum of 2.0 percent when tested in accordance with Tex-217-F. 11 106 Section 8 1 f L2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List vi. Coarse aggregate shall have a maximum loss of 25% when subjected to 5 cycles of the Magnesium Sulfate Soundness Test ASTM C-88. vii. The amount of organic matter, clays, loams, or particles coated therewith, or other undesirable materials shall not exceed 1.5 percent. C. Fine Aggregate i. Fine aggregate shall be that part of the aggregate passing the No. 10 sieve and shall be of uniform quality throughout. ii. A maximum of 15 percent of the total virgin aggregate may be field sand or other crushed fine aggregate. iii. Sand which exhibits no variation in particle size shall be limited to a maximum of 7 percent of the total virgin aggregate. iv. Screenings shall be of the same or similar material as specified for coarse aggregate. v. Linear shrinkage shall be a maximum of 3 percent. vi. Mineral filler shall consist of thoroughly dry stone dust, slate dust, Portland cement or other material dust approved by the Engineer. a. The mineral filler shall be free of foreign and other injurious matter and shall meet the.following gradation: Passing No. 8 Sieve 100 Passing No. 200 Sieve 55-100 f D. Asphalt 1 i. Asphalt shall be a Performance Graded (PG) 64-28, or better, unless otherwise shown on plans. ii. The contractor shall notify the Engineer of the source of asphaltic material for approval prior to production of the asphaltic mixture. a. The contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to any changes of the asphalt supplier or source. fb. The Engineer may require a new mix design if changes of supplier or source occur. l iii. Asphalt content shall not vary more than plus or minus 0.3 percent of design during production a. Asphalt content within that range is considered to be acceptable if no other defects are noted, with the requirement that adjustments shall be made during production to achieve the optimum asphalt content. f b. If the asphalt content falls outside these parameters immediate action is required. c. If at any time the asphalt content varies to plus or minus 0.5 percent of optimum, production shall immediately cease and all affected material shall be removed. d. Production shall not be resumed until the contractor has provided sufficient evidence of the problem being corrected. e. A maximum of 10% approved RAP will be allowed within the surface course, as included in the submitted design. 8.09.07 HMAC Placement A. Prior to production beginning, contractor must submit in writing a job mix formula (JMF) for the mix design proposed to be run on that project. The IMF will be held to tolerances as outlined. B. Prime and Tack Coats L' Section 8 107 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List f L Prior to placing HMAC on flexible base, the surface shall be primed and cured 48 hours or until determined by the Engineer to be adequately cured, using an application of 0.20 gallons of asphalt per square yard of surface. a. The contractor shall strap the asphalt distributor in the presence of the inspector to verify the application rate. ii. Before any asphaltic mixture is laid, the surfaces against which the pavement is to be placed shall be cleaned, primed, and tacked to the satisfaction of the Engineer. t_ a. The surfaces shall be given a uniform application of tack coat using asphaltic materials of this specification. , (1) Prime coat will not be used as a tack coat. b. The tack coat shall be evenly and thoroughly applied with an approved sprayer as directed by the Engineer. (1) Mopping or brooming of tack coat is not allowed, unless prior approval by City Inspection Staff. (2) Minimum thickness shall be no less than 2 mil. thickness. c. All contact surfaces of curb and gutter, structures, and joints shall be sprayed with a thin uniform tack coat. iii. The prime coat shall be MC 30, and shall be applied in accordance with TxDOT Item 310 Prime Coat. iv. The tack coat shall be an asphalt material such as PG, AC-10. a. Asphalt materials cut with kerosene, diesel, or other petroleum solvent may not be used. } C. HMAC Installation Requirements L Pavement shall only be constructed on previously approved base. ii. HMAC surface shall not be placed until at least 48 hours after the application of the prime coat. iii. Placing of HMAC shall not start until 30 minutes after sunrise, and must stop and all equipment off the right of way 30 minutes prior to sunset. iv. Air temperature requirements for placing HMAC shall be as follows: a. November 1 to April 1 (1) HMAC shall not be placed when the air temperature is below 55 degrees F and falling. (2) HMAC may be placed when the air temperature is above 50 degrees F and rising. b. April 1 to November 1 (1) HMAC shall not be placed when the air temperature is below 50 degrees F and falling. (2) HMAC may be placed when the air temperature is above 45 degrees and rising. v. Surface of roadway must be 60 degrees or higher prior to placing HMAC pavement, as determined in the field. vi. Air temperature shall be determined by the Texas Tech University Mesonet sites in Lubbock. vii. HMAC shall be placed at a temperature between 265 and 325 degrees F. a. Any HMAC material that is above or below the specified temperature range, measured while passing through the lay down machine, shall be rejected by the Engineer. viii. When high winds occur, contractor must provide a water truck in order to minimize blowing dust. 108 Section 8 I 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List a. If the sustained winds reach 25 mph, all concrete and HMAC operations will cease production immediately. ix. The asphaltic mixture shall be dumped and spread on the approved prepared surface using an approved spreading and finishing machine. a. The material shall be placed in such a manner that when properly compacted the finished course is smooth, of uniform density, and in conformance with the cross - sections and grades shown on the associated plans. b. Wings of the laydown machine may not be dumped unless they are dumped after everyload. x. A level up course 1/2 inch to 1 inch in thickness shall require the use of Type D HMAC. xi. A level up course greater than 1 inch shall require the use of ASB. xii. When the asphaltic mixture is placed in a small area where use of a finishing machine is not practical, the contractor may use other methods approved by the Engineer provided a satisfactory surface can be obtained. xiii. Adjacent to curbs gutters or other flush structures, the surface shall be finished uniformly high so that when compacted it will be 1/4 inch above the curb or other concrete surface. xiv. All joints shall present the same texture, density, and smoothness as other sections of the course. a. The joints between old and new pavements or between successive day's work shall be made to insure a continuous bond between the old and new sections of the course. xv. The transverse edges of old pavement and, if required by the Engineer, the successive day's pavement shall be cut with an approved concrete saw to expose an even vertical surface for the full thickness of the course. xvi. All contact surfaces of previously constructed pavement shall be painted with a thin uniform coat of approved tack coat before the fresh mixture is placed. xvii.Special care shall be exercised in grading street intersections where dips or valley gutters are located so that the cross profiles present a smooth riding surface and so that the compacted asphalt thickness is not less than 2 inches. a. Crown section shall begin transition at a distance equal to one-half of the lip -to -lip roadway width from concrete intersection or valley gutter, as indicated on Standard Detail 36-11. D. HMAC Compaction i. HMAC surfaces shall be constructed to the following compacted thickness: II OWN � " - Type D 2.0 2.5 Type C 2.0 3.0 ii. Using appropriate rollers approved by the Engineer, the HMAC surface shall be compacted thoroughly and uniformly to a density between 93% and 98% of the Itheoretical maximum gravity, with a lab molded target of 96.5% using the Texas ` Gyratory compaction method. a. All results will be calculated using the maximum theoretical Rice gravity. iii. Compaction less than 93 percent or greater than 98 percent will be considered [ deficient. iv. All deficient HMAC shall be removed and replaced as determined by the Engineer at the contractor's expense. Section 8 109 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List v. HMAC shall meet all compaction requirements at the time of inspection. Re -rolling is I not an approved method for achieving compaction requirements. vi. The contractor shall set rolling patterns using a thin lift nuclear gauge in order to ensure correct compaction. vii. Gasoline, oil, grease, solvents, or other foreign matter shall not be permitted to fall on the pavement when rollers are in operation or standing. viii. Places inaccessible to the rollers may be compacted using lightly oiled tamps. ix. Trenches and other limited areas where required compaction cannot be obtained using a three wheel roller shall be compacted with a trench type roller. x. The surface of the pavement after compaction shall be smooth and true to the established line, grade, and cross-section. xi. Finished surfaces, including asphalt and concrete, shall not have irregularities in excess of 1/8 inch when tested with a 10 foot straightedge. xii. Prior to acceptance, the contractor shall apply sufficient water to all paving surfaces, asphalt and concrete, to determine location of ponding. a. Ponded areas deeper than 1/8 inch shall be removed and replaced, or rectified as directed by the Engineer. xiii. Where the surface of T-1 or T-2 thoroughfare paving is noticeably uneven the City may require measurement of the ride quality using the TxDOT Surface Test Type B. a. If the International Roughness Index (IRI) is determined to exceed 65 inches per mile corrective action shall be performed by diamond grinding, or other methods approved by the Engineer. b. If the IRI exceeds 95 inches per mile the pavement shall be removed and replaced. E. Emulsified Asphalt Sealer i. All HMAC surface courses shall be sprayed with an emulsified asphalt sealer consisting of a 15/85 mixture of CSS-1H, or 20/80 SS-1, liquid anionic asphalt and distilled water. ii. The emulsified asphalt sealer shall be applied after the HMAC surface has cooled to below 70 degrees F, and shall be applied at a rate of 0.10 to 0.12 gallons per square yard of surface. F. Release Agents i. Diesel shall not be used as a release agent. ii. Only approved agents (such as Black Magic or equivalent) will be used. iii. Diesel will not be permitted to be used on any tools or machinery that comes into contact with the HMAC. 8.09.08 Sampling of HMAC A. When sampling HMAC for testing purposes, the City of Lubbock representative will determine when the sample is taken and will split the sample with the contractor (at the contractor's request). B. A "referee" sample will be taken at the same time and held at the city laboratory until all test results are completed. C. If the contractor's results differ from the City's results the referee will be utilized and it will be run at an independent laboratory at the expense of the contractor, at which time all tests are final. D. If the contractor does not run quality control samples then no referee will be utilized and the City of Lubbock test results will be final. 110 Section 8 i 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List 8.09.09 Rejected HMAC Material A. Rejected HMAC material, either from the construction area or delivered to the job site shall be dumped on the job site outside the area of construction, and remain there until all construction is completed. B. If it is determined that unapproved material has been incorporated into the construction, all in place material shall be considered unapproved and shall be removed. C. No payment will be made for rejected material or construction. 8.09.10 Islands In Streets A. Islands in streets require City Council approval. i. As a condition of approval, persons requesting approval of islands within a street shall be required to submit to the City Engineer a street pavement structural design that exceeds the minimum standard specifications for street paving. ii. In general that shall mean an approved reinforced concrete pavement design. iii. The paving design shall apply to all street paving adjacent to, and 50 feet beyond any proposed island. B. The submitted request shall include the proposed pavement design, surface treatment of the island, types of plant materials, and methods and details of irrigation systems. 8.10 Micro-Surfaci 8.10.01 Micro -surfacing materials and construction shall conform to TxDOT Specification Item # 350. There shall be no deviation from these specifications unless so directed by the Street Superintendent. 8.10.02 It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to produce, transport, and place the micro - surfacing pavement and to ensure that the finished surface has a uniform texture and the micro -surfacing mat is fully adhered to the existing roadway surface. 8.10.03 Materials of Construction A. All materials that are to be stockpiled shall be protected from dust and other contamination. B. Mineral filler shall be stored in a manner that will keep it dry and free from contamination. C. All asphalt materials shall be kept free from contamination. D. Cationic Polymer -Modified Asphalt Emulsion i. Provide CSS-iP in accordance with TxDOT Item # 300.2.D "Emulsified Asphalt". E. Aggregate i. Aggregate shall consist of clean, washed, tough, durable fragments of crushed stone of uniform quality and from a single source. ii. Aggregate shall meet TOOT Class "A" surfacing classification. iii. Contractor shall include the amount of mineral filler added to the mix determining the total minus No. 200 sieve aggregate fraction. Section 8 111 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List iv. Aggregate shall meet the following gradation requirements: Retained on 1 2" Sieve 0 Retained on 3/8" Sieve 0-1 Retained on No. 4 Sieve 6-14 Retained on No. 8 Sieve 35-55 Retained on No. 16 Sieve 54-75 Retained on No. 30 Sieve 65-85 Retained on No. 50 Sieve 75-90 Retained on No. 100 Sieve 82-93 Retained on No. 200 Sieve 85-95 v. Maximum Magnesium Sulfate Soundness shall be 30% (5 cycles) based upon TxDOT Test Method Tex-411-A vi. Minimum Sand Equivalent shall be 70% based upon TxDOT Test Method Tex-203-F. F. Mineral Filler shall be free of lumps and foreign matter consisting of Type S Lime. G. Contractor shall adjust the mix design to attenuate the usage of Lime. H. Water shall be potable and free of harmful soluble salts. I. Use only approved additives as recommended by the emulsion manufacturer in the emulsion mix or in any of the component materials when necessary to adjust mix time in field. 8.10.04 Methods of Construction A. Equipment i. Equipment shall be kept in good working conditions with no leaks. ii. Any equipment that shows signs of leaks shall be fixed immediately and shall not be used until such leaks are fixed. iii. The mixing machine shall be a self-propelled micro -surfacing mixing machine with self - loading devices to promote continuous laying operations. iv. Mixing machine shall have sufficient storage capacity for mixture materials with individual volume or weight controls that will proportion each material to be added to the mixture. v. Mixing machine shall have a water pressure system and nozzle -type spray bar immediately ahead of spreader box capable of spraying the roadway for the width of the spreader box. vi. Scales used for weighing materials and emulsion must be calibrated and meet the requirements of TxDOT Item # 520. vii. Electronic Monitoring System a. The micro -surfacing machine shall be equipped with an electronic monitoring system that consists of pulse sensors measuring material delivery rates, a radar gun to monitor distance traveled, and programmable micro -controller, and operators display/input board and an on -board printer. b. System shall be capable of monitoring and displaying application rates and use of aggregate, emulsion, fines, water and additives. c. System shall be capable of calculating and displaying ratios of emulsion to aggregate, fines to aggregate, additive to aggregate, water to aggregate, and application rate in pounds per square yard. 112 Section 8 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List d. System shall be capable of printing a hard copy report on demand which displays the date, weight of aggregate, emulsion, fines, number of gallons of additive and gallons C of water, and all of the above mentioned ratios since last reset. e. A computer -generated report providing statistics for the full work day shall be provided with each hand calculated daily run sheet. f. This system shall be accurate to within 1/2 of a percent of actual weights and measures for all parameters noted above. The system is not expected to calculate quantities and ratios for materials used in handwork and cul-de-sac areas. B. Air temperature requirements for placing micro -surfacing pavement shall be as follows: i. November 1 to April 1 a. Micro -surfacing shall not be placed when the air temperature is below 60 degrees F and falling. b. Micro -surfacing may be placed when the air temperature is above 50 degrees F and rising. ii. April 1 to November 1 a. Micro -surfacing shall not be placed when the air temperature is below 50 degrees F and falling. b. Micro -surfacing may be placed when the air temperature is above 50 degrees and rising. iii. Surface of roadway must be 60 degrees or higher prior to placing micro -surfacing pavement, as determined in the field. iv. Air temperature shall be determined by the Texas Tech University Mesonet sites in Lubbock, Texas. C. Placement of Micro -Surfacing i. The existing roadway surface shall be thoroughly clean and free of all vegetation, loose aggregate, and soil. ii. Existing raised pavement markers and thermoplastic markings shall be thoroughly removed. iii. When existing roadway surface conditions require, provide a water spray immediately ahead of the spreader box. a. Apply water at a rate that dampens the entire surface without any free -flowing water ahead of the spreader box. iv. Micro -surfacing shall be spread uniformly at a rate of not less than 25 pounds per square yard and no more than 30 pounds per square yard, or as directed. v. The spreader box shall be kept clean to minimize lumps. vi. Set and maintain the skis on the spreader box as to prevent chatter in the finished mat. vii. Adjust the rear seal to provide the desired spread viii. Adjust the secondary strike -off to provide the desired surface texture. ix. The finished mat shall be protected from traffic until it has cured and traffic will not harm it. x. Adjustments shall be made to the mixture to allow rolling traffic back on the surface in one hour. xi. Locations with turning or stop -and -go traffic shall be protected for longer periods of time. xii. Special care shall be taken by the Contractor to ensure that all manholes, water valves, and other surface structures are sufficiently protected from the micro -surfacing process by the use of a plastic membrane covering or other approved method. Section 8 113 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List xiii. The Contractor shall be responsible for uncovering each manhole, water valve, and other structure after the micro -surfacing pavement has been applied to the roadway surface. D. Rutting on Major Thoroughfares and Collector Streets i. Shallow ruts that are less than 1/2 inch in depth may be covered by a full width scratch box utilizing a steel primary strike -off plate. ii. Ruts that are between 1/2 inch and 1 inch in depth shall be filled independently with a fixed width spreader box no more than 6 feet wide. The rut filling box shall have a steel primary strike -off plate that is the same width as the spreader box. iii. Ruts that are in excess of 1 inch in depth shall be filled with a 5-foot wide rut filling spreader box specifically designed to fill wheel path ruts. This operation will require multiple placement passes to restore the pavement to its original cross section. Special care shall be used by the Contractor to ensure that the material has proper time to dry between applications to promote bonding between the original pavement and the micro -surfacing pavement. iv. Maximum micro -surfacing thickness applied as rut filling shall not exceed 1 inch for each pass required to restore pavement to the original profile. E. Asphalt Milling at Concrete Intersections i. All thoroughfares and collector streets which have concrete intersections or where concrete valley gutters intersect the street shall have the asphalt surface milled to such a depth as to allow a smooth transition between concrete and the completed micro - surfacing pavement. F. Scratch Course i. All "Scratch Course" applications shall be performed utilizing a steel primary strike -off plate. ii. This will allow the bottom, or "scratch course", to mitigate any irregularities and have a more uniform profile for the micro -surfacing pavement to be applied to. G. Finished Surface i. Micro -surfacing pavement finished grade shall be uniform in texture and free from excessive scratch marks, tears, and other surface irregularities. a. All such irregularities shall be repaired by the Contractor at their own expense. ii. Longitudinal joints shall be place on lane lines unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. iii. Joints shall be uniform in appearance when placed adjacent to existing joints. iv. Joints and edges shall be uniform and neat in appearance. v. All ruts, utility cuts, and depressions in the surface shall be filled in a separate pass from the final pass. 8.10.05 Hours of Operation A. Operating hours will be Monday through Saturday as outlined in Section 8.16 of these Specifications, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. B. Hours of operation shall be: i. Major Thoroughfare: 7:OOpm to 7:OOam (Night) ii. Residential Areas: 7:00am to 7:OOpm (Day) C. On major thoroughfares the micro -surfacing pavement shall be traffic ready by 7:OOam, including all traffic control devices and barricades being removed from the roadway. Ll 114 Section 8 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List 8.11 Storm Sewer 8.11.01 Storm sewer shall include installation of pipe, manholes, inlet structures, outlet structures, and all appurtenances associated with these items. 8.11.02 Contractor shall use only materials, tools, methods, and equipment considered standard by the pipeline construction industry, and approved by the Engineer. 8.11.03 Grade and horizontal alignment shall be maintained using a laser or batter boards. i 8.11.04 Materials of Construction A. Storm Sewer Pipe i. As a standard, storm sewer shall be constructed using reinforced concrete pipe, either precast or cast in place. ii. Pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M170 or ASTM C76. Pipe shall be Class III unless otherwise noted on plan sheets. iii. Other pipe materials may be considered for approval by the Engineer based on engineering and design criteria. ( B. Mortar i. Mortar shall be used for grouting and filling between pipe and drainage structures. ii. Mortar shall be composed of 1 part, by volume, of Portland cement and 2 parts of mortar sand. a. Portland cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C150, Type I. b. Sand shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C144. iii. Hydrated lime may be added to the mixture of sand and cement in an amount equal to 15% of the weight of cement used. a. Hydrated lime shall meet the requirements of ASTM C6. r iv. Mortar which has not been used after 45 minutes of having water added shall be discarded. J a. Mortar may not be retempered by having water added. C. Preformed Bituminous Gasket Joints L Preformed bituminous gaskets for concrete non -pressure pipe shall conform to the requirements ASTM D994, and shall be Ram-Nek or approved equal. ii. Gaskets shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and f shall form a water -tight joint. D. Manholes, Frames, and Covers i. Manhole barrel, cone and extension sections shall be constructed of precast concrete. ii. A plant inspection may be required for production facility inspection and to review record -keeping for material certification. iii. The manufacturer must provide certification that all materials used for manufacturing meet with the following ASTM Specifications: f Section 8 115 t_� 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List iv. Precast concrete sections for manholes shall conform to ASTM C478 specifications. a. Compressive strength test results must verify concrete strengths meet or exceed 4,000 psi. v. Joints, excepting grade rings, shall be tongue and groove or an equivalent male and female type joint as approved by the Engineer. a. Joints shall be effectively jointed to prevent leakage and infiltration. b. Connections between wall sections shall be joined with Conseal Joint Sealant or approved equal to provide a watertight manhole. (1) Sealant will be provided by supplier and will be considered an essential part of each shipment. vi. Cones and adjusting rings shall maintain a clear 30-inch opening. a. Adjusting rings shall be reinforced with the same percentage of steel as risers and tops and will also meet ASTM C478 specifications. b. Adjusting rings, as well as all precast concrete manhole products, shall be smooth, uniform in size and dimensions, consistent in components throughout and free of voids or honeycombs. vii. Manholes shall be designed to withstand H-20 AASHTO loading. viii. Manholes shall also have lifting holes that do not protrude through manhole wall. a. One full inch of concrete thickness must remain between lift hole and outside wall of manhole. ix. Manhole barrels shall be assembled of precast riser section. a. Riser sections and top cone sections shall be placed vertically with tongues and grooves properly keyed. x. Invert channels shall be smooth and semi -circular in shape conforming to the inside of the adjacent pipe section. a. Changes in direction of flow shall be made with a smooth curve of as large a radius as the size of the manhole will permit. b. Changes in size and grade of the channels shall be made gradually and evenly. c. Invert channels may be formed directly in the concrete of the manhole base or may be half -pipe laid in concrete. d. The floor of the manhole outside the channel shall be smooth and shall slope toward the channel not less than one inch per foot, nor more than two inches per foot. xi. Connections between the riser or base sections and the sewer pipe shall be joined in such a manner as to make the manholes watertight. a. Preformed rubber waterstop gaskets cast into the riser or base section are acceptable. b. Preformed flexible plastic sealing compounds equivalent to "Ram-nek" or "Kent Seal' may be used provided a watertight seal is achieved. xii. Adjusting rings may be used for adjusting the top elevation of manholes. a. Each manhole shall have a minimum of 6 inches of grade adjustment. b. Total height of the adjusting rings shall not exceed 12 inches at any manhole. c. Concrete shall be placed around and under the rings to provide a seal and seat the ring at the proper elevation. xiii. Frames and Covers a. Manhole frames and covers shall be of good quality gray iron casting and conform to - ASTM A48, having a clear opening of not less than 22 inches. b. The casting shall be designed with a full bearing ring so as to provide a continuous seat between frame and cover. 116 Section 8 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List F c. The cover shall be furnished with lifting ring cast into the cover in such manner as to prevent water leaking through. d. Frame and cover shall have a weight of not less than 275 pounds. e. The manhole ring and cover shall conform with Plate SS-2. 8.11.05 Methods of Construction A. All equipment necessary and required for the proper construction of storm sewers, manholes and culverts shall be on the project, in first-class working condition, and approved by the Engineer before construction is permitted to start. B. If precast concrete pipe or manhole sections are used, the Contractor shall provide appropriate hoisting equipment to handle the pipe or sections while unloading and placing it in its final position without damage to the pipe. C. The Contractor shall provide hand tampers and pneumatic tampers to obtain the required compaction of the pipe bed, the manhole bed and the backfill, as specified. D. Excavation and Trenching L The Contractor shall do all excavation to the depth shown on the plans. ii. Where rock, or soil containing rocks or gravel, hard pan or other unyielding foundation material is encountered in trench excavation, the pipe shall be bedded in accordance with the requirements of one of the classes of bedding, and the hard unyielding material shall be excavated below the elevation of the bottom of the pipe or pipe bell to a depth of at least 8 inches or 1/2 inch for each foot of fill over the top of the pipe, whichever is greater, but not more than three -fourths the nominal diameter of the pipe. a. The cushion shall consist of a fine compressive material, such as silty clay or loam, lightly compacted, and shaped as required for the specified class of bedding. b. The cost of furnishing and placing the cushion material shall be included in the bid price per linear foot of pipe in place. c. The bottom of the trench shall be excavated to a horizontal section as far as practicable. iii. Excavated material not required or acceptable for backfill shall be disposed of by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer. iv. Excavation shall not be carried below the required depth; but when it is, the trench shall be backfilled at the Contractor's expense with material approved by the Engineer and compacted to the density of the surrounding earth material as determined by AASHTO T180. v. When directed, unstable soil shall be removed for the full width of the trench and replaced with sand or with approved granular material. a. The Engineer shall determine the depth of removal of unstable soil and the amount of backfill necessary. vi. Backfill shall be compacted and shaped to a firm but slightly yielding condition to form the bed for the pipe. vii. Grades for pipe shall be as shown on the drawings. No changes in grade will be made unless so directed by the Engineer. viii. The minimum width of the trench at the top of the pipe, when placed, shall be a width which will permit the proper construction of joints and compaction of backfill around the pipe. ix. The sides of the trench shall be vertical, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Section 8 117 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List E. x. The width of the trench shall provide adequate working room for installation, joining and proper compaction along both sides of the pipe. a. Trenches shall conform to the following dimensions, unless otherwise shown on the Plans: Less than 18" Pipe O.D. +12" Pipe O.D. +18" 18" thru 36" Pipe O.D. +18" Pipe O.D. +24" 37" thru 60" Pipe O.D. + 24" Pipe O.D. + 30" b. The width of the trench above the top of the pipe may be as wide as necessary for shoring, bracing or proper installation of the pipe. c. Excavation in paved areas shall be confined to a minimum practical width. A. The bed for pipe shall be so shaped that at least the lower quarter of the pipe circumference shall be in continuous contact with the bottom of the trench. xii. Manholes a. The excavation for manholes shall be essentially the same as that for the piping. b. The sides of the excavation shall be vertical unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. c. The Contractor shall do such trench bracing, sheathing or shoring necessary to perform and protect the excavation as required for safety and conformance to applicable laws and regulations. d. Bracing, sheathing, or shoring shall not be removed in one operation but shall be done in successive stages to prevent overloading of the pipe during backfilling operations. e. The cost of the bracing, sheathing, or shoring and the removal of same, shall be included in the unit price bid per foot for the pipe. xiii. Surface water shall be prevented from entering the excavation. xiv. Heavy equipment, except for excavating equipment, shall not be operated within 20 feet of the edge of the excavation. xv. Excavated materials shall be stockpiled no closer than 3 feet from the edge of the excavation. Pipe Installation i. Contractor shall provide the appropriate tools and methods to insure installation of the 1 { pipe to line and grade, as shown on the drawings. 1) ii. Contractor's method for lowering pipe into the trench shall be such that neither the pipe nor the trench will be damaged or disturbed. 1 iii. The Engineer shall inspect all pipe before it is placed in the trench. J iv. Any section that is damaged by handling or is defective to a degree which, in the opinion of the Engineer, will materially affect the function and service of the pipe shall be rejected and removed from the job site. v. Installing pipe in the finished trench shall be started at the lowest point and laid upgrade. a. For tongue and groove pipe, the grooved end shall be laid upgrade. vi. The pipe shall be firmly and accurately installed to line and grade so that the invert will be smooth and uniform. vii. The pipe shall be protected from water during placing and until the concrete, for cast - in -place pipe, or the mortar, for joints of precast or cast in place pipe, has thoroughly set. j 118 Section 8 1i 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List a. The contractor shall provide temporary diversions as necessary to prevent surface water flow into the excavation. viii. Pipe shall not be laid or installed on frozen ground. ix. Pipe which is not true in alignment, or which shows any change in grade after laying or installing, shall be taken up and re-laid or re -installed without additional compensation. x. Mortar shall be used for caulking and filling between the pipe and the drainage structures. A. Mortar that is not used within 45 minutes after water has been added shall be e ' discarded. a. Retempering of mortar shall not be permitted. xii. Pipe joints for precast concrete pipe shall be of the tongue and groove type. xiii. Joints shall be made water tight by means of a preformed bituminous gasket. a. Gaskets shall be installed as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. xiv. Field poured concrete bases shall be at least 12 inches thick and not less than 12 inches greater diameter than the outside diameter of the manhole riser section. xv. Concrete shall be Class A at a minimum 3000 psi 28 day compressive strength. xvi. Concrete placement shall conform to ACI and good construction practices. xvii.Concrete shall be consolidated and struck -off to a horizontal surface within the forms or pouring rings. xviii. Field poured concrete bases shall be reinforced as detailed on the Plans or as shown in the Standard Details. xix. Manholes shall be constructed to ASTM C-891 standards. xx. Precast reinforced concrete bases shall be of the size and shape detailed on the Plans or as shown in the Standard Details. F. Backfilling L All trenches and excavations shall be backfilled as the pipes and manholes are installed, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. ii. Outside of street right of way the backfill material shall be selected granular material from excavation or borrow; material which is placed at the sides of the pipe and manhole and 1 foot over the top shall be material which can be readily compacted. a. It shall not contain stones retained on a 2-inch sieve, frozen lumps, chunks of highly plastic clay, or any other material which is objectionable to the Engineer. b. The material shall be moistened or dried, if necessary, to be compacted by the method in use. c. Backfill material shall be approved by the Engineer. iii. The backfill shall be placed in loose layers not to exceed 6 inches in depth along each side of the pipe and manhole. a. Special care shall be taken to secure thorough compaction under the haunches and at the sides of the pipe and manhole. b. This backfill shall be brought up evenly on each side of the structure to an elevation of 1 foot over the top of the pipe, or such greater elevation as directed by the Engineer. c. Backfilling shall be done in a manner as to avoid injurious top or side pressures on the pipe and manhole. d. Backfill shall be compacted to minimum 95% Modified Proctor Density. Section 8 119 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List iv. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or plans, excavation within street right of way shall be backfilled with flowable fill material (2-sacks of cement per cubic yard concrete mix) to 2 inches below the asphalt surface. a. The pipe shall be restrained so that during the pour the pipe shall not be displaced. v. Movement of construction machinery over a culvert, pipeline, or manhole shall be at the Contractor's risk. a. Any damaged construction shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's own expense. 8.11.06 Trench Protection A. Trench excavations not exceeding five feet in depth shall be protected in accordance with applicable OSHA, state, and local requirements. B. Trench excavations greater than five feet in depth shall be protected in accordance with the following specifications. L All work performed under this section shall also comply with OSHA Part 1926, Subpart P and all State and Local codes. ii. The Contractor shall be responsible for complying with all trench safety requirements, the requirements of the specifications, drawings and all applicable codes. iii. Trench protection shall be performed by forces having at least two years experience with similar types of trench safety systems. iv. The manufacturer of prefabricated items used in trench safety systems shall have at least two years of experience in fabricating the items. v. The contractor shall provide detailed drawings for proposed trench safety systems. a. The drawings shall identify where each system is proposed for use and type of system to be used. vi. Trench excavations shall not be started until trench safety systems have been submitted and approved by the Engineer. vii. If trench boxes are to be used, the contractor shall submit manufacturer's standard data sheet and certificate of compliance stating the maximum allowable depth for the given design pressure for each type of trench box proposed for use. viii. If alternative systems composed of steel, aluminum, wood or a combination of materials are proposed, the contractor shall submit design data demonstrating the ability of the proposed materials to provide the necessary trench protection. ix. Materials used for trench safety shall be capable of withstanding imposed loads without excessive deflections. x. Materials shall be clean, free of rust, holes, knots and other defects, and shall conform to the following: a. Steel — Steel shall be of type and thickness as required and shall have a minimum yield stress of 36 ksi. b. Aluminum — Type 6061-T6, thickness as required. c. Wood in Contact with Earth — Pressure treated woods. d. Wood not in Contact with Earth — Soft or hardwood as required. 8.12 Fences 8.12.01 Unless otherwise indicated on plans, existing fences which must be adjusted or relocated shall be reconstructed using the same or equivalent materials, height, and construction in the proper location. 120 Section 8 s' i 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List 8.12.02 The contractor shall remove existing fences and either store for reuse or legally dispose of the fence materials, as directed by the Engineer. 8.12.03 New fence construction shall be in accordance with specifications and details included on plan sheets. 8.13 Salvage of Asphalt Paving 8.13.01 All salvaged asphalt material shall be broken into pieces not more than 2 inch in size and stockpiled at a location indicated in the plans. 8.13.02 Any non -asphaltic materials, such as flexible base and soil, shall be kept separated from the salvaged asphalt. 8.14 Traffic Control 8.14.01 Prior to starting work on any project covered by these specifications, the contractor shall submit a Traffic Control Plan for approval by the Engineer. A. The contractor shall have the sole responsibility for providing, installing, moving, replacing, maintaining, cleaning, and removing upon completion of work, all traffic control devices. B. The Traffic Control Plan and devices shall be in compliance with the Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). 8.14.02 The Traffic Control Plan approved by the Engineer shall be considered the minimum requirement for the project. A. The contractor shall provide additional devices as determined to be necessary during the project. B. If at any time during construction the approved plan does not accomplish the intended purpose, due to weather or other conditions affecting the safe handling of traffic, the contractor shall immediately make necessary changes to correct the unsatisfactory conditions. 8.14.03 The contractor shall provide and maintain at least one driveway to each property open directly to the project corridor, at all times during construction. A. Driveway width to remain open shall be appropriate for the character and volume of traffic accessing the property, and shall require approval by the Engineer. B. No driveways shall be closed along the project corridor without either a comprehensive access management plan approved by the Engineer, or approval for individual closures from the Engineer. C. The contractor shall notify affected property owners a minimum of two (2) days in advance of any driveway restriction or closure. 8.14.04 All signing and barricading shall be in place before construction operations are started and during all times construction is in progress. A. All hazards shall be clearly marked and adequately protected. 8.14.05 If pedestrian walkways are blocked, pedestrian control shall conform to "Typical Sidewalk and Curb -Lane Closure for Pedestrian Control" as indicated in Texas MUTCD. 8.14.06 If traffic control is not specifically stated in the bid proposal, no separate payment will be made for traffic control. - Section 8 121 F_ 2016 Design Standards and Specifications i Approved Materials List A. The required plan and devices shall be considered to be subsidiary to pay items. 8.14.07 During the period the Contractor is directing traffic over the base, the surface shall be satisfactorily maintained by the use of sprinkling and blading as required, so that no hazard will result. A. The base course shall be maintained until the wearing surface is placed thereon. B. At no time during the period of construction shall driveways and/or alleys be left impassable between the night hours of 6:00 PM to 6:00 AM, except during the construction of curb and gutter for which the driveways and/or alley's shall remain closed not more than 4 days. C. Contractor shall give a minimum of one (1) day advance notice of the work schedule to affected property owners, and shall conduct construction efforts so as not to create a disturbance or nuisance. 8.15 Prosecution of the Work and Working Days 8.15.01 As a standard, no work will be performed on weekends, nights, or holidays. A. Requests by the contractor to work evenings, weekends, or holidays must be made and processed in accordance with current City of Lubbock Administrative Policies and Procedures "Construction on Weekends, Nights, or Holidays". B. If the request is approved, the contractor shall be responsible for all City personnel costs associated with the work. C. If the Engineer determines that it is necessary and appropriate to work after dark or before daylight, the contractor shall provide adequate lighting as required to allow prosecution of the work equivalent to that in daylight hours. 8.15.02 Working Days Definition A. City contracted paving projects will be based on working days allowed. i. No requests for extensions of time will be considered. B. A working day is defined as a calendar day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or City of Lubbock designated holidays, in which weather or other conditions beyond control of the contractor will permit the performance of the principal unit of work for a continuous period of not less than 7 hours between 7:00 am and 6:00 pm. i. Work on Saturdays, Sundays, or City of Lubbock designated holidays must be authorized by the Engineer. ii. For each Saturday, Sunday, or City of Lubbock designated holiday on which the Contractor chooses to work and has authorization from the Engineer to work, 1 day will be charged against the contract working time. iii. Work on Sunday will not be authorized except in cases of extreme emergency, as determined by the Engineer. C. Working days will be considered to begin on the effective date stated in the Notice to Proceed, unless the contractor is unable to begin work on that date due to factors beyond their control as determined by the Engineer. L In that event, time charged against the project will begin on the date the contractor could first work a minimum of 7 hours as described above. D. The Engineer will furnish the contractor a monthly statement showing the number of working days used and the working days remaining. i. The contractor shall be allowed 10 calendar days in which to protest the correctness of each statement. 122 Section 8 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List ii. The protest shall be in writing, addressed to the Engineer, and shall indicate basis of the protest. iii. The Engineer shall respond to the protest within 10 calendar days of receiving the protest. iv. Failure to file a protest within the allotted 10 days for any statement shall indicate the contractor's approval of the time charges as shown on that period's time statement, and future consideration of that time statement will not be permitted. 8.15.03 Work Between November 1 and January 2, and on Other City Holidays A. If conditions are such that, in the opinion of the Engineer, construction will negatively affect local businesses during holiday periods, the Engineer may suspend construction operations from November 1 to January 2. B. The City of Lubbock observes specific holidays, and City staff is not required to work those days. L As standard procedure, construction operations that require testing/inspection may not be performed on those holidays. ii. If the contractor needs to perform construction operations that require City personnel on holidays, the contractor shall make a written request for authorization to work from the Engineer. iii. The request shall state the reason the work is necessary, and shall state that the contractor agrees to pay the City for the related personnel expenses including salary, overtime, and benefits. iv. If City personnel are available, the Engineer may approve the request. 8.16 Measurement and Payment 8.16.01 The unit price bid for all bid items shall include furnishing and installing all materials, excavation, filling, backfilling, reinforcement, forming, finishing, joint cutting, joint sealing, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work, except as otherwise specified, necessary or incidental to complete the various items of work in accordance with the plans and specifications. A. Cost of work or materials shown on the plans or called for in the specifications and for which no bid item is indicated shall be considered subsidiary to the various bid items. L No separate payment shall be made for such subsidiary work or materials. B. Payment will not be made for any item that is not complete, including all associated incidental work. C. All of the items covered by these standard specifications may not be included in a particular project. D. Only those items indicated on bid documents and plan sheets shall be included for construction and payment. 8.16.02 Separate Curb and Gutter A. Measurement will be made of the linear feet of separate curb and gutter actually constructed. B. Separate curb and gutter will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot. C. The 24-inch curb and gutter shall be considered standard; The 30-inch curb and gutter shall be used only if specifically indicated on plans or bid documents. Section 8 123 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List D. Curb on a slab that is part of a sidewalk, driveway, alley return, alley paving, valley gutter and fillets, drainage channel, or wheelchair ramp will be considered to be subsidiary to those items, and no separate payment will be made for such curb. -- 8.16.03 Concrete Flat Slabs - Sidewalk, Driveway, Alley Return, Alley Paving, and Valley Gutters and Fillets A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square feet, of flat slab actually constructed. B. Flat slabs will be paid for at the unit price bid per square foot for each specific type of slab. C. Curb on sidewalks, driveways, alley returns, alley paving and valley gutters and fillets shall be included in the area measured for the slab and will not be paid for as a separate item as curb and gutter. 8.16.04 Curb Ramps (Handicap Ramps) A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square feet, of curb ramp actually constructed, including surface treatments and top surface area of any curb above the slab. B. Landings, wings, and ramps will be paid for per square foot as 4 inch thick sidewalk. C. Curb ramps will be paid for at the unit price bid per square foot. No separate payment will be made for curb as part of a ramp. 8.16.05 Concrete Drainage Channel A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square feet, of drainage channel actually constructed, including top surface area of any curb above the slab. B. Drainage channel will be paid for at the unit price bid per square foot. 8.16.06 Retaining Walls A. Retaining wall will be considered as that portion of concrete construction which constitutes a separate reinforced structural member for soil retention, extending above and below a surface slab. B. Measurement will be made of the linear feet of retaining wall actually constructed. C. Retaining wall will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot. 8.16.07 Concrete Median A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square feet, of median actually constructed. B. Median will be paid for at the unit price bid per square foot. 8.16.08 Concrete Street Paving A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square yards, of concrete street paving actually constructed. B. Concrete street paving will be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard. 8.16.09 Sawing and Sealing of Joints in Concrete Street Paving A. Measurement will be made of the linear feet of sawed and sealed joints actually constructed. B. Sawing and sealing of joints will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot. 8.16.10 Curb and Gutter Removal A. Measurement will be made of the linear feet of curb and gutter actually removed. 124 Section 8 �_ r 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List B. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per linear foot of curb and gutter removed. C. The contractor shall ensure that the Engineer has the opportunity to measure the linear feet of curb and gutter prior to removal. D. If curb and gutter is removed without measurement by the Engineer, no payment will be made for that removal. 8.16.11 Concrete Slab Removal and Disposal A. Measurement will be made of the area in square feet of concrete slab actually removed and legally disposed of. B. The contractor shall ensure that the Engineer has the opportunity to measure the area of concrete slab prior to removal. C. If concrete slab is removed without measurement by the Engineer, no payment will be made for that removal and disposal. D. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per square foot of concrete slab removed and disposed of. 8.16.12 1-1/2 Sack Flowable Fill A. Quantities of 1-1/2 sack flowable fill will be determined from tickets provided by the drivers of the delivery trucks. B. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per cubic yard of in place 1-1/2 sack flowable fill. 8.16.13 Asphalt Paving A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square yards, of asphalt paving actually constructed. B. The unit price bid shall include furnishing and installing all materials, subgrade preparation, construction of caliche or asphalt stabilized base as specified, excavation, filling, tack and prime coats, HMAC surface, emulsion seal, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work C. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per square yard of asphalt paving. 8.16.14 Asphalt Paving Repair A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square yards, of in place asphalt paving repair. B. The unit price bid shall include removal of existing surface materials, furnishing and placing all asphaltic materials, sawing of existing paving edges, smoothing and preparation of the existing base, tack and prime coats, compaction, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. C. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per square yard of paving repair. 8.16.15 Micro -Surfacing A. Micro -surfacing will be measured by the ton of composite micro -surfacing mixture used, defined as the asphalt emulsion, aggregate, and mineral filler. B. The unit price bid shall include surface preparation, furnishing, hauling, preparing, and placing materials, and all required equipment, labor, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. C. Payment will be made at the unit price per ton of composite micro -surfacing mixture used. Section 8 125 R 2016 Design Standards and Specifications + Approved Materials List 8.16.16 Excavation and Grading Outside Limits of Construction A. Volume of excavation or fill, in cubic yards, will be determined by average end area method. B. The unit price bid shall include all labor, equipment, and incidentals necessary to excavate or Y fill the site to the grades established b the Engineer. 9 Y 9 C. No separate payment will be made for disposing of excess material. D. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per cubic yard of completed excavation or fill. 8.16.17 Ditch Grading and Unpaved Street Surface Grading A. Measurement will be made of the linear feet of ditch or street grading. B. No separate payment will be made for disposing of excess material. C. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per linear foot of completed ditch or street grading. 8.16.18 Traffic Control A. Set up and maintenance of traffic control plans indicated as a bid item in the contract will be paid for on a per day basis for each day the control plan devices are required to be in place. B. If no bid item for traffic control is included in the contract it shall be considered to be subsidiary to bid items, and no separate payment shall be made for traffic control. 8.16.19 Mobilization A. Contractor mobilization indicated as a bid item in the contract shall be paid for as a lump sum. B. If no separate bid item for mobilization is included in the contract it shall be considered subsidiary to contract bid items, and no separate payment shall be made for mobilization. 8.17 Restoration and Clean Up 8.17.01 After any construction covered by these specifications is completed, the Contractor shall remove all equipment, surplus materials, and rubbish from the site. 8.17.02 The contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition satisfactory to the Engineer, including sidewalks, driveways, curb or curb and gutter, sprinkler systems, and turf or landscaping disturbed outside the defined construction area. 8.18 Certificate of Completion and Warranty 8.18.01 Within 30 calendar days after the Developer or Developers Engineer has given written notice that the improvements have been substantially completed, the City shall inspect the completed improvements and provide a punch list if necessary. A. If it is mutually determined that the improvements have been constructed in accordance with the engineering plans and the City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards and Specifications, the Developers Engineer shall submit Record Drawings, Certificate of Completion and Developers Warranty Statement (Copies of the Certificate of Completion and the Developers Warranty Statement are included in the City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards and Specifications) B. Upon receipt of the Developers Certificate of Completion, Record Drawings and the Developers Warranty Statement, the City will accept improvements within 30 calendar days; unless exception is given in writing. 126 Section 8 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List C. Neither the Final Payment nor the Certificate of Completion shall relieve the Developer or Contractor of responsibility related to warranty of materials or workmanship. D. The Developer shall remedy any defects due to faulty materials or workmanship that appear within 2 years from the written Certificate of Completion. Section 8 127 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List 128 Section 8 -- 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List SECTION 9 CHECK LIST FOR STREETS AND DRAINAGE CONSTRUCTION PLANS 9.01 Plan Submittal Requirements 9.01.01 All street and drainage improvements construction plans shall be checked for conformance with City of Lubbock Standard Specifications for Street and Drainage Construction prior to submittal to the Public Works Engineering Department. Approval of plans is for general conformance with the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and Specifications. Approval of plans shall not relieve the Engineer or Developer from any City, State or other governing requirements nor for errors or omissions in the plans and specifications. 9.01.02 Plan Review A. The Design Engineer shall submit two sets of construction plans to the City Engineer for review and comment. B. Upon completion of review, one set shall be returned to the Design Engineer with comments. L Plans requiring resubmittal may require payment of an additional Plan Review fee. C. After comments have been addressed and changes have been made, 2 full size and 6 half size sets of plans shall be provided for final approval for construction. i. If additional approved plan sets are required by the Design Engineer, the appropriate amount shall be provided at this time. ii. If comments have not been addressed on plans submitted for final approval for construction the plans will be rejected and returned to the Design Engineer. D. Upon approval, stamped "Approved for Construction" plans shall be distributed as follows: i. One (1) full size set will be secured in the City's records. ii. One (1) full size and 6 half size sets will be distributed to the City's inspectors and support staff. iii. Where applicable, additional sets will be provided to the Design Engineer. E. Final construction plans should not be submitted for Public Works Engineering Department approval for work that will not be installed within 1 year of the approval date. i. Delays between approval date and construction may require resubmittal of the plans for review under current standards. 9.01.03 Construction Cost Estimate and Fees A. Two (2) sets of preliminary Cost Estimates shall be submitted for review at the time of plan review submittal. i. The preliminary Estimate shall be based upon reasonable estimates for the work as established by the Design Engineer. B. Two (2) sets of final Cost Estimates shall be submitted for review and reference at the time that a contract is awarded for the work. i. The final Cost Estimate shall be based upon actual contract values. C. Plan Review Fees in the amount of 0.5% of the final Estimate amount (minimum $50) shall be submitted prior to construction. i D. Inspection and Testing Fees in the appropriate amount of the final Cost Estimate amount (minimum $125) shall be submitted prior to construction. Section 9 129 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List E. Inspection and Testing Fees shall be based on the following requirements: Up to $20,000 4.0 0.04 20 001 - $25,000 3.75 0.0375 25 001 - $30,000 3.5 0.035 30 001 - $40,000 3.25 0.0325 40 001 - $50,000 3.0 0.03 50 001 - $75,000 2.5 0.025 75 001 - $150,000 2.0 0.02 Greater than $150,000 1.5 0.015 9.01.04 Construction Plans A. All plans to be used or kept on the job site shall be original or reproduced plan sets clearly marked "Approved for Construction" with the signature of reviewer and date approved by the Public Works Engineering Department. B. Should circumstances during construction warrant changes from the approved plans or specification, as determined by the City Inspector, a written approval must be obtained from the City Engineer. L Copies of the written approval shall be attached to the construction plans and maintained on the job site. 9.01.05 Record Drawings A. The Design Engineer shall be responsible for recording constructed dimensions, grades, elevations and additional information on a set of Record Drawings during the progress of construction. i. The City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Department shall monitor this process to assure that changes in construction are kept up to date on the Record Drawings. B. Reproducible Mylar "Record Drawings", certified by the Design Engineer and the City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Department, shall be presented to the City within 30 days of completion of the construction. C. Where the construction is phased and a lapse of more than 60 days occurs between phases, then reproducible Mylar Record Drawings shall be presented to the City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Department reflecting the completed construction prior to issuance of the Certificate of Acceptance of Streets and Drainage Improvements. 9.01.06 Acceptance A. Upon completion of construction, satisfactory tests, completion of punch list items, and submittal of Record Drawings, the Design Engineer shall submit a request to the City Engineer for a Certificate of Acceptance of Streets and Drainage Improvements. I� 130 Section 9 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List 9.02 Plan Details 9.02.01 Plan Format A. All drawings shall be no larger than 24-inch by 36-inch in size. 9.02.02 The following information shall be shown on the plans: A. General i. Title Block (lower right hand corner preferred) ii. Scale a. Horizontal 1"=20' or 1"=50' b. Vertical 1"=1' (preferred) or 1"=2' (maximum) iii. Original Date and Revision Dates iv. Name of Professional Engineer v. Professional Engineer's Seal vi. Firm Name and Contact Information vii. Legal Description of Property Being Improved viii. Drawings Number (s) ix. City of Lubbock Engineering Department Contact Information: a. Streets Inspector: 775-3750 x. Statement: "All work shall be performed in accordance with the current version of the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and Specifications." B. Plan i. Bench Marks and USGS Datum ii. North Arrow iii. ROW Lines, Property Lines and Lot Numbers iv. Street Names and Easements with Width Dimensions v. Existing Curbs and Paving (Gray) vi. Proposed Curbs and Paving (Bold) vii. Spot Elevations on Radii, Dips, Grade Breaks, and Ditches viii. Location and Direction of Dips ix. Other Pertinent Details (Buildings, Utilities, Water Courses, Etc.) C. Profile i. Existing Ground Surface at Curb Lines (Gray) ii. Existing Gutters or Flow Lines (Gray) iii. Proposed Gutters or Flow Lines (Bold) iv. Stationing with Profiles Indexed to Plan View v. Intermediate Station Numbers and Elevations at Points of Grade Change and Radii vi. Ditch Grades vii. Existing and Proposed Utilities Where Crossed D. Detail Sheet i. Details are not required when engineers plans refer to City standards ii. Include all non-standard details r Section 9 131 2016 Design Standards and Specifications Approved Materials List E. Overall Layout Sheet — As Required i. Scale 1 "=100' ii. Lot Lines iii. Streets and Street Names 132 Section 9 t t l Design Standards and Specifications Construction Details ( SECTION 10 TYPICAL DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION Section 10 133 r No Text Design Standards and Specifications Construction Details 10.01 General Details 10.01.01 Construction shall be in accordance with the following standard details unless otherwise indicated on plans or directed by the Engineer. I" Section 10 A FINISHED GRADE SURFACE NOTES: 1. BEDDING, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL SHALL BE CAREFULLY PLACED MATERIAL AS SPECIFIED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. 2. BACKFILL REQUIREMENTS SHALL COMPLY WITH CURRENT CITY OF LUBBOCK STREETS ORDINANCE. WATER LINE TRENCH DETAIL Cityof Lubbck TEXAS REVISED DEC 2012 DRAWING NUMBER W-1 1 1. I, i I. I. CONCRET THRUST BLOCK THRUST BLOCK SIZING CHART DIA. INCHES TEES CROSS & PLUGS CF 4 3 6 6 8 15 10 27 12 37 16 53 18 64 20 77 24 104 30 149 CAP OR PLUG ON PRESSURE SIDE CONCRETE THRUST--- _ „�-- -- BLOCK - - - ANCHORAGE FOR CROSS ANCHORAGE FOR PLUG .. N.. REMOVE PIPE SECTION, TRIM AND REPLACE FOLLOWING INSTALLATION METAL PLATE OF PLUGS LINE TO BE LINE TO REMAIN ABANDONED IN SERVICE CONCRETE BLOCKING PLUG W/ EARS TYPICAL 2,500 PSI CONCRETE CUT & PLUG N.T.S. CONCRETE THRUST BLOCK ANCHORAGE FOR TEE N.T.S. THRUSTBLOCK SIZING CHART DIA. INCH TEES CROSS & PLUGS CF 4 3 6 6 8 15 10 27 12 37 1 53 18 64 20 77 24 104 30 149 CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKING THRUST BLOCK SIZING CHART DIA INCH TEES CROSS & PLUGS CF 4 3 6 6 8 15 10 27 12 37 16 53 18 64 20 77 24 104 30 149 NOTES: THRUST BLOCK SIZING CHART DIA. INCHES TEES CROSS & PLUGS CF 4 3 6 6 8 15 10 27 12 37 16 53 18 64 20 77 24 104 3 149 1. FOR BLIND TEE INSTALL ONE JOINT OF PIPE WITH PLUG AND TREAT AS A DEAD END LINE. 2. BEARING SURFACES SHALL BE AGAINST UNDISTURBED GROUND. 3. CONCRETE BLOCKING SHALL BE TYPICAL 2,500 PSI CONCRETE, 4. DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS SHALL BE WRAPPED WITH POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE FOR THRUST BLOCKING. SIZE ACCORDING TO AWWA & PIPE MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS 0. !t City of Lubbock TEXAS REVISED DEC. 2012 DRAWING NUMBER W_2 NCRETE RUST OCK - a 11.250 B ANCHORAGE FOR A 11.250 BEND THRUST SIZING BLOCK CHART 11,250 CF 1 1 1 2 3 4 4 5 7 10 DI& INCHES 4 6 8 10 12 16 18 20 24 30 N.T.S. t H * CONCRETE THRUST - "- - BLOCK i" 450 BEND ANCHORAGE FOR A 450 BEND THRUST BLOCK SIZING CHART DIA. 450 INCHES CF 4 1 6 2 8 4 10 7 15 21 12 16 18 25 20 30 24 40 30 58 N.T.S. CONCRETE THRUST BLOCK.. NO.3 BARS EACH WAY VERTICAL BEND N.T.S. CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKING THRUST BLOCK SIZING CHART DIA. 22JO— INCHES CF 4 1 6 1 . CONCRETE 8 10 2 312 $,' THRUST 8 BLOCK 16 11 ---- '' 18 13 20 16 22.50 BEND 24 21 30 30 ANCHORAGE FOR A 22.50 BEND N.T.S. CONCRETE THRUST BLOCK _ 900 BEND ANCHORAGE FOR A 900 BEND THRUST BLOCK SIZING CHART DIAL INCHES 0 CF 4 2 6 4 8 9 30 17 12 27 16 38 18 46 20 55 24 74 30 106 N.T.S. NOTES: 1. BEARING SURFACES SHALL BE AGAINST UNDISTURBED GROUND. 2. CONCRETE BLOCKING SHALL BE TYPICAL 2,500 PSI CONCRETE. 3. DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS SHALL BE WRAPPED WITH POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE FOR THRUST BLOCKING. SIZE ACCORDING TO AWWA & PIPE MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS City of Lubbock TEXAS DECED 2012 DRAWING NUMBER W-3 TOP OF METER BOX 0"-2" ABOVE GROUND LEVEL '4 " 16" CARSON INDUSTRIES MODEL 2200 W A CARSONITE MARKER T E R FINISHED GRADE 2" PLASTIC KEY OPERATED DALLAS LOCK NOTES: 1. THE METER & CUSTOMER SERVICE DEPARTMENT OF WATER UTILITIES IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ESTABLISHING THE STANDARD AS INDICATED ON THIS DRAWING. 2. ALL WATER METER BOXES ARE TO BE SET NO LOWER THAN THE SURROUNDING TERRAIN. THE RECOMMENDED GRADE IS TO SET THE TOP OF THE WATER METER BOX NO HIGHER THAN TWO INCHES ABOVE GROUND LEVEL. THIS PREVENTS THE METER BOX FROM BEING COVERED UP AND STOPS DIRT AND RAIN FROM ENTERING THE BOX. 3. THE METER IN THE BOX SHOULD BE NO LOWER THAN 16 INCHES FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE METER BOX LID TO THE TOP OF THE WATER METER LID. THIS ALLOWS PROPER READING OF THE METER AND PREVENTS THE METER AND CURB STOPS FROM FREEZING DURING COLD WEATHER. 4. CARSONITE MARKERS SHALL BE REQ'D. FOR WATER UTILITIES. TYPICAL NON-TRAFFICI j City of RATED METER BOX WMubbo6k TEXAS 12 3/16 "O.D. 11 1/16 "DIA. REVISED DEC. 2015 DRAWING NUMBER W-4 TYPICAL 2,500 PSI CONCRETE THRUST BLOCK 450 450 TYPICAL TAPPING SLEEVE E------------ -- - - - -- -- - -- EXISTING MAIN RETAINER GLANDS TAPPING VALVE NOTES: 0 1. TAP SHALL BE HORIZONTAL TO MAIN. 2. TAPPING SLEEVE & VALVE SHALL BE AT LEAST ONE STANDARD SIZE SMALLER THAN MAIN TO BE TAPPED. 3. SERVICE TAPS ON EXISTING MAINS SHALL BE EXECUTED BY CITY FORCES. 4. MAIN LINE TAPS ON EXISTING MAINS SHALL BE EXECUTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE METHODS OF CONNECTIONS SECTION OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. TYPICAL TAPPING SLEEVE AND VALVE LIMIT OF WORK FOR TAP -IN City of Lubbock FEXAS REVISED DEC. 2012 DRAWING NUMBER W-5 900 BEND METER BYPASS SERVICE LINE GATE VALVE TYPICAL VALVE BOX & COVER 900 BEND NOTE: 1. ALTERNATIVELY, METER BYPASS SERVICE LINE AND GATE VALVE CAN BE LOCATED INSIDE METER VAULT. REVISED TYPICAL LARGE cry of DEC. 2012 DOMESTIC METER TAP Uibbo6k DRAWING NUMBER TEXAS W_6 WATER MAIN TYPICAL FIRE - HYDRANT TYPICAL VALVE BOX AND COVER WITH CONCRETE COLLAR PROPOSED FINISHED GRADE SURFACE 6" C-900 PVC RISER 6" GATE VALVE 4' MIN COVER TYPICAL 2,500 PSI VALVE BLOCKING SOLE -PURPOSE FIRE HYDRANT LINE 6" OUTLET M.J. X FLG. OR ANCHOR TEE (OPTIONAL) WITH M.J. X M.J. VALVE NOTES: 1. IN SPACE BETWEEN CURB AND SIDEWALK, DIMENSION FROM BACK OF CURB OR EDGE OF PAVEMENT SHALL BE 6" MINIMUM AND 18" MAXIMUM. IN PUBLIC AREAS OR COMMERCIAL AREAS, OR WHERE SIDEWALK ABUTS CURB, DIMENSION FROM BACK OF CURB OR EDGE OF PAVEMENT SHALL BE 3' MINIMUM AND 6' MAXIMUM. FIRE HYDRANTS SHALL NOT BE PLACED WITHIN SIDEWALK AREAS. MAINTAIN 3' MINIMUM CLEARANCE TO ANY OBSTRUCTION. 2. 4" STEAMER NOZZLE SHALL FACE FIRE LANE OR STREET ACCESS 3. FIRE LINE PIPING SHALL BE SAME MATERIAL AS MAIN OR MINIMUM C900 PVC DRIB CLASS PIPE AND HAVE RESTRAINED JOINT FITTINGS FROM WATER MAIN TO FIRE HYDRANT. LENGTH SHALL NOT EXCEED 150'. 4. FOR BURY DEPTHS GREATER THAN 5', ONE BARREL EXTENSION NOT EXCEEDING TIN LENGTH SHALL BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY BELOW THE FIRE HYDRANT. 5. TYPICAL 1/2" ROCK PIPE EMBEDMENT MATERIAL SHALL BE PLACED AROUND THE BOTTOM OF THE HYDRANT FOR A RADIUS OF AT LEAST V AND EXTEND AT LEAST V ABOVE THE OUTLET. DO NOT BLOCK DRAIN HOLES. VARIES BACK OF CURB OR (SEE NOTE #1) EDGE OF PAVEMENT 0.2' MIN 18° 0� � CONC. CURB mm� DO NOT BLOCK DRAIN TYPICAL 2,500 PSI CONCRETE THRUST BLOCK TYPICAL BLUE RAISED PAVEMENT MARKER PLACED AT CENTERLINE OF ROADWAY REVISED TYPICAL FIRE HYDRANT city Of MAY 2015 Lubbock DRAWING NUMBER TEXAS W-7 TYPICAL VALVE BOX H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT AND COVER FINISHED GRADE SURFACE N0.4 BARS `I I ( III —I I I j CONCRETE COLLAR EACH WAY II I -I I( -I I=I ( (NOT REQUIRED IN I I CONCRETE PAVEMENT) -I k 1-III-I I-i I=III-III-III I I l!I l I� I I I-i � I i!-III- 6" PVC C900 RISER PIPE TYRACERLWIRE ' I TYPICAL GATE VALVE WATER MAIN e sa p ' C � -1I!5-v1�I II�IITYPICAL PIPE{{ i BEDDING & —1 I -I I I g—I I 8" X 8" X 6" MIN. 2,500 PSI CONCRETE EMBEDMENT I -I I I-1 I I=_ BLOCK UNDER BODY OF BURIED VALVES —1 I i 1, 11=' 11-1 I I—' I, VALVE COVER SHALL BE STAMPED "WATER VALVE" NOTES: 1. TREAT EACH SIDE OF VALVE AS A DEAD END OF EQUAL SIZE. INSTALL THE CORRESPONDING LENGTH (FOR A DEAD END) OF FULLY RESTRAINED PIPE THE FULL DISTANCE ON EACH SIDE OF VALVE 2. CONCRETE SUPPORT CRADLE AND SUPPORT PAD SHALL BE 2,500 P.S.I. CONCRETE. 3. POLYWRAP BURIED GATE VALVES AND FITTINGS 4. TORQUE BOLTS PRIOR TO BACKFILL PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMENDATIONS 5. TOP OF VALVE NUT SHALL BE LESS THAN 6 FEET FROM FINISHED GRADE. IF MORE THAN 6 FEET, INSTALL EXTENSION SO THAT TOP OF NUT IS LESS THAN 6 FEET FROM FINISHED GRADE. 6. SET COVER OF VALVE BOX AND COLLAR 1/4" BELOW GRADE IN PAVEMENT OR SHOULDER, AND 2" ABOVE GRADE ELSEWHERE, BURIED VERTICAL GATE VALVE DETAIL 2' SQUARE LAI, rz City Of Lubbock 0 TEXAS VALVE BOX AND COVER CONCRETE COLLAR (NOT REQUIRED IN CONCRETE PAVEMENT) NO.4 BARS EACH WAY REVISED DEC. 2012 DRAWING NUMBER W-8 NO. 5 BARS 10" O.C. VERT. o / 1 NO. 5 BARS iD 8" O.C. HORZ. TYPICAL MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER CENTERED OVER OPERATING NUT FINISHED GRADE V MIN. N 11- (- I (I E (-1 3/4" CRUSHED o - ROCK , I �- I I -III 9" I 1—_, III -III -III III -III — —VARIES --- -III -III -I — — I 9" — ,I TYPICAL 2,500 PSI _ -� I I- III -III -_III - I 11=1 _ _ I I -I I I -I i CONCRETE III —III —III —III —III —III —III —III— REVISED HORIZANTAL GATE �-- I ko*- c;, Of DEC. 2012 VALVE IN VAULT 1( Lubb O Ck DRAWING NUMBER rEXAS W_9 LIP 3'-1 ABOVE GRC 4" D.I. PIPE "GOOSENECK" WITH WIRE BUG SCREEN AIR & VACUUM RELIEF VALVES TYPICAL MANHOLE FRAME & COVER ZFACE City of Lubbock TEXAS DEREVISED012 DRAWING NUMBER W-10 CONCRETE ROCK REVISED City of DEC. 2012 CONCRETE VALVE BOX LUbbOCk DRAWING NUMBER TEXAS W-11 CONCRETE` - &CEACH WAY BUTTERFLY VALVE IN VAULT City of Lubbock TEXAS DEC 2012 DRAWING NUMBER W-12 t TYPICAL WATER VAULT FRAME r AA 32 3/16" s koo- City of Lubbock TEXAS l 2" DECED 2012 DRAWING NUMBER W-14 FOR HDPE OR PEX-A USE 24" MIN APPROVED THREAD X SLIP FITTING 4' TYP. CORPORATION STOP 450 WATER MAIN TAPPING SADDLE NOTES: —�— I R �CARSONITE MARKER 2" E 14" MI 1 i SQUARE TRAFFIC RATED / OR NON I TRAFFIC RATED METER BOX CURB STOP FOR HDPE OR PEX-A USE APPROVED THREAD X SLIP FITTING : OR APPROVED HDPE PEX-A 1. STANDARD 1" SERVICE TAP 2. 1" SERVICE SADDLES SHALL HAVE AWWA TAPERED THREADS. 3. METER BOX SHALL BE INSTALLED PLUMB & LEVEL WITH TOP OF LID 2" ABOVE FINISHED GROUND SURFACE. 4. TOP OF METER SHALL BE 16" FROM BOTTOM OF METER BOX LID. 5. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION OF SERVICE LINES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CITY OF LUBBOCK PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING MIN DESIGN STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS. SO g, TYPICAL 1" WATER SERVICE DETAIL city of Lubbock TEXAS REVISED DEC. 2015 DRAWING NUMBER W-15 W A CARSONITE MARKER 2" T GROUND SURFACE �- R I 14" MI 16" SQUARE TRAFFIC RATED / OR NON 24" MIN TRAFFIC RATED METER BOX 4' TYP. CORPORATION STOP i CURB STOP 45° CORPORATION STOP WATER MAIN- TAPPING SADDLE OPPER SERVICE TUBING NOTES: 1. STANDARD 2" SERVICE TAP 2. 2" SERVICE SADDLES SHALL HAVE IPS THREADS. 3. METER BOX SHALL BE INSTALLED PLUMB & LEVEL WITH TOP OF LID 2" ABOVE FINISHED GROUND SURFACE. 4. TOP OF METER SHALL BE 16" FROM BOTTOM OF METER BOX LID. 5. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION OF SERVICE LINES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CITY OF LUBBOCK PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING MIN DESIGN STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS. TYPICAL 1 1/2", OR 2" City of DEC. 2015 WATER SERVICE DETAIL Lubbock DRAWING NUMBER TEXAS W-16 NOTES: 1. THIS DETAIL SHALL APPLY TO ALL WATER LINES < 16" DIAM. 2. TAPPING DISTANCES FOR LARGER LINES SHALL BE CASE BY CASE. TAPPING SLEEVE MINIMUM DISTANCE City of Lubbock YIXAS REVISED DEC. 2015 DRAWING NUMBER W-17 Design Standards and Specifications Construction Details ;a 10.03 Sewer Details Section 10 C 4" 450 BEND 4" RISER 4" MIN. TEE MAX. NOT TO EXCEED ONE STANDARD SIZE SMALLER THAN MAIN FLOW 4" 450 BEND W Z TYPICAL SANITARY SEWER 2 I MARKER (2' X 4" PAINTED GREEN) III -II( ail il ►�I II Z 4" PLUG �a O f SEWER MAIN 4" PLUG J 4" MIN. TEE MAX. NOT L/ TO EXCEED ONE STANDARD SIZE SMALLER THAN MAIN FLOW SEWER MAIN NOTES: 1. ALL TAPS MUST BE ABOVE SPRINGLINE OF SEWER MAIN. 2. NO SIZE -ON -SIZE TAPS. 3. SERVICE LATERALS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE PROPERTY AND PLUGED AT A DEPTH OF NO GREATER THAN 6' FROM FINISHED GRADE SURFACE, UNLESS REQUIRED TO BE DEEPER BASED ON DEVELOPMENT REQUIREMENTS. 4. PLUG SHALL BE PRESENT AT OR NEAR PROPERTY LINE OR EDGE OF PAVEMENT. TYPICAL SEWER SERVICE TAP w� ZI TYPICAL SANITARY SEWER MARKER (2' X 4" PAINTED GREEN) Iu Z �1-ZD City of Lubbock TEXAS REVISED DEC. 2015 DRAWING NUMBER SS-1 A 30RDAN IROp SUBSTITUTE "STORM" FOR STORM SEWER 1 "RAISED LETTERING APPLICATION P N I T q (RECESSED FLUSH) 5 R y CUSTOM LOGO OF L U e B '� n ((2 EPIC PICKBARS SE WEFT MADE IN' A 32" DIA 21 3/4" r 23" .� N SECTION A -A V-1430 A PROD.NO. SECTION B-B MO/DAY/YR ASTM A48 CL 35B NOTES: 1. SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER I.D.: 4143009OA01 BOTTOM VIEW 2. STORM SEWER MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER I.D.: 41430091A01 REWSED TYPICAL City of DEC. 2015 MANHOLE COVER Lubbock DRAWING NUMBER Texas SS-2 t AA - „ �llc- , 1 1/2" 40 3/4" r i TYPICAL MANHOLE FRAME City of Lubbock TEXAS 2" REVISED DEC. 2012 DRAWING NUMBER SS-3 STANDARD DIAMETER CAST IRON RING & COVER PULLING IRONS CAST IN TRANSITION LID �- FOR LIFTING, TYP. OF 3 TYPICAL JOINT SEALANT EACH JOINT OF RISER & RING & COVER. MAXIMUM GRADE ADJUSTMENT 18" 30" ELEVATION VIEW NOTES: 1. CONCRETE SHALL BE MINIMUM 4000 P.S.I. 2. REINFORCING SHALL BE MINIMUM GRADE 60. PRECAST CONCRETE ECCENTRIC CONE SECTIONAL VIEW ic LubbockbCity TEXAS REVISED DEC. 2015 DRAWING NUMBER SS-4 3600 PSI: CONC. IF PAVED MATCH PAVING THICKNESS OR MIN MIN. 6" H a:•b b T ASTM 478 6" MIN 6" MIN T a Ir TYPICAL MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER NON -SHRINK GROUT — 30" GRADE RINGS FOR GRADE ADJUSTMENT (MAX 18") ECCENTRIC CONE SECTION f- SEAL ALL JOINTS PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS a •" D b •" b •' RISER SECTION f - (TONGUE & GROOVE) BOTTOM RISER SECTION b (BUTT & GROOVE) 1" TO 2" GROUT SPACE CONCRETE BASE FORMED SURFACES a } 6" OR 1/4 PIPE DIA. (P) WHICHEVER IS LARGER #4 BARS-6" O.C. EA. WAY 2' BELOW BOTTOM OF PIPE ORIENT SQUARE PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO SREET OR CURB 5' SQUARE STANDARD SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE H P D T 470 16' 6" TO 15" MIN. 48" MIN. 5" 18" & OVER MIN. 60" MIN. 6" 16'&DEEPER ALL SIZES MIN. 60" MIN. 6" PRECAST REINFORCED CONCRETE MANHOLE PLAN VIEW nc City of Lubbock TEXAS FRAME & COVER CONCRETE COLLAR (NOT REQUIRED IN CONCRETE PAVEME NO. 4 BARS EACH WAY REVISED DEC. 2015 DRAWING NUMBER SS-5 NOTE: 1. FILL EXCAVATED SPACE OUTSIDE OF MANHOLE & UNDER PIPE WITH FLOWABLE FILL. OUTSIDE DROP MANHOLE (PVC) (NEW MANHOLE INSTALL) City of &wo Lubbock TEXAS OMING SEWER 450 BEND PVC PIPE 900 BEND REVISED MAY 2014 DRAWING NUMBER SS-6 TYPICAL MANHOLE FRAME &COVER NOTE: 1. FILL EXCAVATED SPACE OUTSIDE OF MANHOLE & UNDER PIPE WITH FLOWABLE FILL. INSIDE DROP ON EXISTING MANHOLE INSTALL TEE WITH STUB INTO MANHOLE CUT AT ANGLE AS SHOWN INSTALL TEE WITH 12" EXTENSION PIECE CUT AT ANGLE TO FACILITATE CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF MAIN INCOMING SEWER 3/8" DIA. SS STRAP MAX SPACING 24" Lubbock TEXAS TYPICAL EPDXY - 3/8" DIA. SS STRAP MAX SPACING 24" DETAIL A REVISED DEC. 2012 DRAWING NUMBER SS-7 STRAIGHT THROUGH MANHOLE SLOPE TYPICAL MANHOLE FLOORS _I FLOW BEND AT MANHOLE JUNCTION AT MANHOLE CUT OUT TOP OF PIPE OR SHAPED CONCRETE INVERT (APED CONCRETE INVERT SHAPED CONCRETE INVERT City of Lubbock Texas REVISED DEC. 2015 DRAWING NUMBER SS-8 PIPE JOINT CASING SPACERS SHALL BE SPACED A MAXIMUM OF ONE FOOT FROM EACH SIDE OF JOINT STEEL SPACER BODY PIPELINE FILL SPACE BETWEEN EXCAVATED BORE AND CASING PIPE WITH CEMENT GROUT NOTES: 1. BEVEL END OF CASING PIPE TO REMOVE ALL SHARP EDGES TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE CARRIER PIPE. 2. THE END -SEAL SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE PIPE AND CASING SO AS TO PROVIDE A WATER -TIGHT END SEAL. 3. FOR CASINGS OVER 12 INCHES IN DIAMETER, PROVIDE TWO CLAMPS OR BANDS ON EACH END OF EACH SEAL. 4. CASING PIPE SHALL HAVE END -SEALS INSTALLED ON BOTH ENDS PRIOR TO BACKFILLING ADJACENT PIPE TRENCHES. PIPELINE ENCASEMENT DETAIL CARRIER PIPE FOUR CASING SPACERS PER PIPE JOINT AS REQUIRED TO MEET MAXIMUM SPACING �450: 45*<N 450 1 45 300 3( ADDITIONAL SPACERS, TYPICAL EACH END OF CASING PIPE STEEL CASING PIPE CADMIUM PLATED STUDS, NUTS, AND WASHERS, TYP. L = D, WITH L MAX. = 16" City of ubboc TEXAS L L REVISED DEC. 2012 DRAWING NUMBER SS-9 )/2 Design Standards and Specifications Construction Details 10.04 Street and Drainage Details Section 10 D I� O v rn m R R till ISLAND, 50 SQ.FT. MIN. R .� AREA IF USED. I fir' PROPERTY LINE L, r i VISIBILITY TRIANGLE NI j- ZS' I- -A— C R R R DIMENSION REFERENCE RESIDENTIAL STREET THOROUGHFARE STREET COLLECTOR STREET INDUSTRIAL STREET (ROADWAY CLASSIFICATION, (R1A, 32') 1, 66 R2, 42; (I, 42') ROADWAY WIDTH,_____ ______ ___ 36) - -- — 883-- -- — 463-- -------- WIDTH 1P! ------------- ONE-WAY ------ ------- 12' - - - - - - - - 15, -- - - - - -- 15' - - - - - - - - 20' ------------- TWO-WAY - MINIMUM ------ ------- 12' -------- 30' -------- 30' -------- 40' ------------- TWO-WAY -MAXIMUM ------------- ------ ------ ------- 30' ------- -------- 40' -------- -------- 40' -------- -------- S0' -------- MINIMUM RADIUS R 5' 15, 15, 20' ------------- MINIMUM SPACING ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -------- ------------- FROM PROPERTY LINE ------ P ------- R -------- R -------- R+5' -------- R+5' ------------- FROM STREET CORNER ------------- ------ C ------ ------- A+R ------- -------- A+R -------- -------- A+R -------- -------- A+R -------- FROM THOROUGHFARE C 150'APPROACHING CORNER_ 100' EXITING _ _ _ _ _ _ B_ET_W_EE_N_DR_IV_EW_A_YS_ S 3' 60' 60' _ -- _ _ _ MINIMUM ANGLE _ D 456 45° _ _ _ _30' _ -- * MAY BE "0" FEET IF SHARED DRIVE IS PROPOSED. DRIVEWAY STANDARDS w' Cityof Lubbck TEXAS REVISED MAY 2014 PLATE NO. 36-1 J X d Q z� fa a° B Mu- "Ln A q (NO SCALE) PROPERTY LINE 4' SIDEWALK EXPANSION JOINTS SPACED EXPANSION ao v 36' MAX. ALONG SIDEWALK RUN. JOINTS ao° v vv° B �— FIRE HYDRANT, POWER POLE, ETC. MUST HAVE EXPANSION JOINT BLOCK- Ln OUT WHEN ENCLOSED EXPANSION w IN CONCRETE. EXTEND ]DINT Y 6" PAST EDGE OF HYDRANT/POLE CONTRACTION MARKINGS � 1/2 WAY THROUGH 'v 0 SLAB AT 4' INTERVALS. SECTION A -A ui Iz VARIABLE 4' SIDEWALK 3' MI0. N. @ 2% MAX. SLOPE w CURB REMOVED. SECTIONS B-BLn NOTE: (RESIDENTIAL) Lu z zY w �he z SEE PLATE NO. 36-4 FOR - ASPHALT REPAIR ADJACENT TO CURB AND GUTTER OR DRIVEWAY. VARIABLE 4' SIDEWALK p 3' MIN. @ 2% MAX. SLOPE a �r>'> 6"X6" - 6 GAUGE WELDED WIRE FABRIC OR w INNER CURB AS REQUIRED. #4 DEFORMED STEEL BARS 12" O.C. BOTH z WAYS, CENTERED IN SLAB. ?he w f� z� %D� `D SECTIONS B-B (COMMERCIAL) FOR COMMERCIAL DRIVEWAY: NOTES: CURB AND GUTTER TO BE COMPLETELY REMOVED AND 1. MAINTAIN GUTTER FLOWINE THROUGH DRIVEWAY. RECONSTRUCTED WITH #3 2. ALL EXPANSION JOINTS TO BE ) " THICK. BARS RUNNING ENTIRE 3. 300 TO 45° FLARE MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF LENGTH OF NEW GUTTER. RADII ON RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAYS. 4. SEE PLATES 36-16 AND 36-16(A) FOR CURB RAMP DETAILS. REVISED FOUR FOOT SIDEWALK a�� City of MAY 2014 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS Lubbock PLATE NO. TEXAS 36-2 NOTE: J a zg 9a Xo eo B r �� NU) TOR 6' SIDEWALK. PROPERTY LINE.:V Q\O A AZ":e EXPANSION • • • • � � � °' � LLL LennITAI \rtC c a v �- FIRE HYDRANT, POWER B POLE, ETC. MUST HAVE EXPANSION JOINTS EXPANSION JOINT BLOCK - SPACED 36' MAX. OUT WHEN ENCLOSED ALONG SIDEWALK RUN. IN CONCRETE. EXTEND 6" PAST EDGE OF EXPANSION SECTION A -A HYDRANT/POLE JOINT. 4" MIN. THICKNESS OF SIDEWALK. CONTRACTION MARKINGS 1/2 WAY THROUGH SLAB AT 6' INTERVALS. -- VARIES 3' MIN. @ 2% MAX. SLOPE u w CURB 5' SIDEWALK a REMOVED. SECTIONS B-B 4" MIN. (RESIDENTIAL) THICKNESS. SEE PLATE NO. 36-4 VARIES w FOR ASPHALT REPAIR T MIN. @ 2% MAX. SLOPE a z ADJACENT CURB AND GUTTER OR 6' SIDEWALK DRIVEWAY. 6" �6"X6" 6 GAUGE WELDED WIRE FABRIC OR z #4 DEFORMED STEEL BARS 12" O.C. BOTH INNER CURB - FOR COMMERCIAL DRIVEWAY, WAYS, CENTERED IN SLAB. AS REQUIRED. COMPLETELY REMOVE CURB AND ID (COMMERCIAL) GUTTER AND RECONSTRUCT WITH #3 BARS RUNNING ENTIRE LENGTH FRONTAL VIEW OF NEW GUTTER. PROPERTY LINE NOTES: 1. MAINTAIN GUTTER FLOWINE THROUGH DRT 2. ALL EXPANSION JOINTS TO BE )41" THICK. 3. 300 TO 450 FLARE MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF RADII ON RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAYS. 4. SEE PLATES 36-16 AND 36-16(A) FOR CURB RAMP DETAILS. S. S' CURB BACK ON RESIDENTIAL STREETS. 6' CURB BACK ON COLLECTOR AND THOROUGHFARE STREETS. FOR 6' SIDEWALK CONSTRUCTION DETAILS Lubbock TEXAS MAYED 2014 PLATE NO. 36-3 12" SMOOTH H.M.A.C. SURFACE, IIN. TYPE C SAWCUT r TO REMAIN .A.C. SURFACE. IN PLACE. l ap ® ®ter ®® BASE FLOWABLE FILL NOTES: 1. MAINTAIN VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT OF CURB, LIP, AND GUTTER FLOW LINE. 2. REMOVE CURB TO LIP LINE AND POUR NEW DRIVEWAY FLUSH AGAINST TOE FORM. Vu ASPHALT REPAIR ADJACENT TO City Of CURB AND GUTTER OR DRIVEWAYbbock TEXAS REVISED DEC. 2012 PLATE NO. 36-4(A) 6" 18" TYPICAL i Io i NEW CONCRETE SMOOTH DRIVEWAY SAWCUT NOTES: 1. MAINTAIN VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT OF CURB, LIP, AND GUTTER FLOW LINE. 2. REMOVE CURB TO LIP LINE AND POUR NEW DRIVEWAY FLUSH AGAINST TOE FORM. CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR ADJACENT TO CURB AND GUTTER OR DRIVEWAY EXISTING CONCRETE PAVING City of Lubbock TEXAS REVISED DEC. 2012 PLATE NO. 36-4(B) R=25' 4 4'PROPERTY LINE SIDEWALK F LU LU .1cl, 0— Lu z 4'SIDEWALK ALONG PROPERTY LINE 10, YM IN. ALLEY RETURN (TYPICAL) Wgl' 't Al k City of Lubbock TEXAS 3'MIN. DRIVEWAY APPROACH (TYPICAL) REVISED DEC. 2012 PLATE NO. 36-5 MAILBOX R=25' TOR 6' CURB 3'MIN BACK SIDEWALK 10, r 'M 3 IN. LU ALLEY RETURN Ln a (TYPICAL) �D o0� a in m TOR 6'SIDEWALK ALONG CURB BACK TMIN. TMIN. TMIN. DRIVEWAY APPROACH (TYPICAL) City of ck f LubboTfXAS REVISED DEC. 2012 PLATE NO. 36-6 CURB AND GUTTER, 6" CONCRETE SLAB WITH 6"X6" - 6 3/4" BITUMINOUS FILLETS AND SLAB TO BE GAUGE WELDED WIRE FABRIC OR #4 PREMOLDED EXP. POURED TOGETHER. DEFORMED STEEL BARS 12" O.C. BOTH JOINT. WAYS, CENTERED IN SLAB. ■ SIDEWALK PROPERTY LINE OR CONTRACTION JOINTS. . tea• . --- — W------�:�--- a 4 U) o 8'* B 2.5'_ 2.5 `� 10' 2.5' 1'* � o� B N 005 'Z-' v ' Z 6"X6" - 6 GAUGE WELDED WIRE FABRIC OR #4 DEFORMED STEEL BARS 12" O.C. BOTH WAYS, / CENTERED IN SLAB. J ° ao o:c.o CONTRACTION '-' JOINT. / CURB HEIGHT TRANSITIONS TO 0" AT THIS POINT. �T1 POINT OF ALLEY RETURN / TO BE NO MORE THAN 7" HIGHER THAN GUTTER ON HIGH 2.5'_ SIDE END OF RADIUS AT STREET. 1'* 34" BITUMINOUS NPANI ION JOINT. PLAN VIEW * TO BE USED WHEN ALLEY R.O.W. WIDTH IS 15'. j �2.5'* I I 2.5'* � A A 20' w _...._.. — 5' — 10' 5' _Ce w 0 a� 6"X6" - 6 GAUGE WELDED WIREJ SECTION A -A NO. 6 REBAR SPACED 6" FROM EDGE OF SLAB OR DEFORMED STEEL AND 134" FROM BOTTOM OF SLAB EACH SIDE. FABRIC BARS O.C. BOTH WAYS, LOCATE BY MEANS OF CHAIRS OR PLASTIC CENTERED IN SLAB. STAKES (NOT METAL OR WOOD). 6r—APPROVED R. MEADOWS #158, CONSTRUCTION OF THIS TYPE IS ALLOWED ONLY WHERE THE EXISTING ALLEY RETURN, ALLEY ALTIGHT SAFE -SEAL 3405, PAVING OR STREET GUTTER IS IN GOOD CONDITION NNEBORN SL-1 OR AND GRADE AND ALIGNMENT ARE SATISFACTORY. 1/2"-►j EQUIVALENT. 34" BITUMINOUS EX : CONCRETE ALLEY SLAB. PANSION JOINT. Q;o ?09•. EXISTING ALLEY RETURN, ALLEY °AVING OR STREET GUTTER. TRANSVERSE_ 4" ;o�0 6"X6" - 6 GAUGE WELDED CONTRACTION JOINT a 1 WIRE FABRIC OR #4 6"--►i ° o DEFORMED STEEL BARS 12" (REQUIRED AT COLD JOINTS AND 2" 1 O.C. BOTH WAYS, EVERY 13 FEET OF PAVING.) SECTION B-B CENTERED IN SLAB. TYPICAL ALLEY RETURN ALL CONCRETE SHOWN TO BE 3,000 P.S.I. AT 7 DAYS. (CLASS B) Cityof Lubbck TEXAS REVISED MAY 2014 PLATE NO. 36-7 W z J W a O a 5' 10, 5' W Q Z OC W d O K d 10, ZPROPERTY LINE 13' a N• p CONTRACTION JOINTS 20' 5' /10. PROPERTY LINE N v 10' p W Z . p a . a ,a • w . a 0 a 5' 10, 5' TRANSVERSE CONTRACTION JOINT (REQUIRED AT COLD JOINTS AND EVERY 13 FEET OF PAVING.) 6"X6" - 6 GAUGE WELDED NOTE: WIRE FABRIC OR #4 DEFORMED STEEL BARS 12" O.C. BOTH WAYS, 1. TRANSVERSE CONTRACTION JOINT <:9' o:o a CENTERED IN SLAB. (REQUIRED AT COLD JOINTS AND EVERY 13 FEET OF PAVING.) TYPICAL "T" ALLEYS REVISED ��� City of DEC. 2012 INTERSECTION WITH LckPLATE ubb N0. CONTRACTION JOINTS TEXAS 36-8 TYPE "A" 9" R -- o I NOTE: 9" R 1. THIS SECTION TO BE USED - FOR RESIDENTIAL APPLICATIONS ONLY. APPROVAL WILL DEPEND a a ON TRAFFIC AND DRAINAGE CONSIDERATIONS. a.a Q, `a`p•a � D a 12" 12" ROLLOVER CURB TYPE "B" 9 11/16" :. a • g o , •a. a .v `o� a i n 3" � 6" 9�� � 9�� _II JT in M i TYPE "C" NOTE: 1. REINFORCED TYPE "C"GUTTER SECTION SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED WITH THREE #3 BARS RUNNING THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE DRIVEWAY SECTION WITH CHAIRS SPACED TO GIVE ACCURATE PLACEMENT. (TO BE USED AT DRIVEWAYS ONLY.) TYPICAL 24" CURB A City of REVISED MAY 2014 AND GUTTER SECTIONS Lubbock PLATE NO. TIXAS 36-9 12" 18" TYPE "A" 3/4" F5 1/4" —1 IQ 2"R A fV d ,Q 4 ti 3" R ' 1 DOWN CURB SECTION. 6" 9 11/16" 20 5/16" NOTE: CONTRACTOR MAY USE EITHER OF THE ABOVE SECTIONS. TYPE "B" C .I� i 6 i� 3" -12" _-------'� 3" in 3" 9 11/16" 20 5/16" TYPE "C" NOTES: 1. REINFORCED TYPCE "C" GUTTER SECTION SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED WITH THREE #3 BARS RUNNING THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE DRIVEWAY SECTION WITH CHAIRS SPACED TO GIVE ACCURATE PLACEMENT. (TO BE USED AT DRIVEWAYS ONLY.) 2. 30" CURB AND GUTTER IS NOT STANDARD AND SHALL ONLY BE USED WITH PERMISSION OF CITY ENGINEER. REWSED TYPICAL 30" CURB City of MAY 2014 AND GUTTER SECTIONS Lubbock PLATE NO. TEXAS 36-10 CONTRACTION JOINT #4 DEFORMED STEEL BARS @ 12" O.C. BOTH WAYS. -- A - 7 ---- // FLOWABLE FILL SHALL BE USED TO REPLACE BASE MATERIAL REMOVED. SEE PLATE NO. 36-4 MID FLOWLINE -10'— — — CONTRACTION RACTIONJOINT A rDETAILS �6-16GARDINGO ONS X=DISTANCE LIP TO LIP :Jo NOTES: 1. CLASS "B" CONCRETE 3,000 P.S.I. @ 7 DAYS 2. MAINTAIN LIP UP GUTTER SECTION WITH 1" INVERT TO VALLEY GUTTER 3. TRANSITION FLOWLINE AND MAINTAIN 1" PLAN VIEW INVERT FOR POSITIVE DRAINAGE THROUGH VALLEY GUTTER DEPTH: 6"- RESIDENTIAL STREETS 8"- COLLECTORS & THOROUGHFARES 2" MIN. TYPE "C" FH.M.A.C. SURFACE. BASE F� 5' T 5" FLOWABLE FILL SEE PLATE NO.36-4. CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER & FILLET DETAIL SECTION A -A City of Lubbock TEXAS REVISED DEC. 2012 PLATE NO. 36-11 6" a 2' —36' TYP. 2' 2" H.M.A.C. SURFACE.—� 4" CROWN 6" CALICHE BASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS. SUBGRADEIN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS. STRIP.PAVING WIDTH AND CROWN VARY SEE SECTION 8.2.02 2" H.M.A.C. SURFACE. 6" CALICHE BASE NOTE: 1. STREETS WITH ANTICIPATED ABNORMAL TRAFFIC LOADS, SUCH AS TRUCKS AND BUSES, SHALL REQUIRE A SPECIFIC DESIGN TO BE APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER. RESIDENTIAL/COLLECTOR/INDUSTRIAL TYPICAL STREET CROSS -SECTIONS WIDTH AND CROWN VARY SEE SECTION 8.2.02 8" THICK CONTINUOUSLY REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVING. TYPE T-1 / T-2 THOROUGHFARES a• City of Ibbock TEXAS 6" �• _,� 12 5/8" 6" _j REVISED DEC. 2012 PLATE NO. 36-12 EXISTING SIDEWALK VARIES 24" OR EXISTING 30" C. & G. SIDEWALK r177777- SECTION A -A ONLY APPLIES AT DEPRESSED ALLEY RETURNS A A STREET MINIMUM RAMP WIDTH TO BE 4.0' LENGTH OF RAMP T-6"); MAY VARY -TO 1:12 MAX. SLC I STREET NOTES: 1. ALLEY RADII MAY VARY. 2. SEE OTHER PLATES FOR RAMP DETAILS TYPICAL LOCATIONS FOR CURB RAMP 1:12 SLOPE TO BE CONSTRUCTED INSET �xW FACE Z- F CURB ` f \.vwl.rtc 1 c rMY cfw WITH TRUNCATED DOME SURFACE. 1:12 SLOPE LENGTH VARIES, ` ,DUE TO 1:12 MAX. SLOPE OF RAMP.. A City of Lubbock TEXAS REVISED DEC. 2012 PLATE NO. 36-13 OVARIES— 4'' VARIES T.O.C. 1:12 SLOPE 1:12 SLOPE FLOWLINE SIDEWALK SLOPE REQUIREMENTS LONGITUDINAL -- 1:20 MAX. TRANSVERSE — 1:50 MAX. i T*]a43v♦lVl; CURB &. GUTTER R=15' (10' TYPICAL) 9 � SEE PLATE NO. 36-16(A) FOR GENERAL NOTES ON A.D.A. RAMPS CONSTRUCTION. R=25' RAMP = 50.8 SQ. FT. OF CONCRETE FLATWORK SURFACE APPLIED TRUNCATED DOME PANEL. 4' MIN. 5'-6" MIN. 6" SLOPE 5% 24" MIN. MAX 4" MIN. J THICKNESS. MINIMUM FINISHED THICKNESS TO BE 4" SURFACE APPLIED TRUNCATED DOME BITUMINOUS -" PANEL. EXPANSION JOINT AS 4" MAX REQUIRED BEHIND CURB. SECTION A -A CORNER CURB RAMP REVISED {� (WITH TYPICAL 4' SIDEWALK City Of MAY 2014 Lubbock PLATE NO. ALONG PROPERTY LINE) TEXAS 36-14 T.O.C. VARIES— ►�--4'---�-- VARIES --� 1:12 aLOPE FLOWLINE SIDEWALK SLOPE REQUIREMENTS LONGITUDINAL — 1:20 MAX. TRANSVERSE -- 1:50 MAX. Gl R=15' PROPERTY LINE .— VARIES— (10' TYPICAL) Z R=25' SEE PLATE NO.36-16(B) FOR GENERAL NOTES ON A.D.A. RAMP CONSTRUCTION. RAMP = 50.8 SQ. FT. OF CONCRETE FLATWORK SURFACE APPLIED CURB & TRUNCATED DOME GUTTER — PANEL. i 4' MIN. 5'-6" MIN. --------------- z � f Z SURFACE APPLIED f TRUNCATED DOME `v PANEL. 4" MAX SECTION A -A SLOPE 5% MAX BITUMINOUS )4f" EXPANSION JOINT AS REQUIRED BEHIND CURB. CORNER CURB RAMP REM ED WITHTYPICAL 5OR 6SIDEWALK � city Oi MAY 2014 (' ' Lubbock PLATE NO. ALONG CURB BACK) TEXAS 36-15 A GROOVE JOINTS EACH SIDE OF RAMP. TOP OF CURB BITUMINOUS )4" EXPANSION S JOINT (FULL DEPTH)LOCATED 6a ALONG BACK OF CURB NEW CONSTRUCTION. ° A YELLOW, SURFACE -APPLIED TRUNCATED DOME PANELS AFFIXED, FOLLOWING MANUFACTURER'S i INSTRUCTIONS, TO PROPERLY CONSTRUCTED, CURED AND PREPARED 4" CONCRETE SLAB. IN RADIUS RAMPS SHALL BE CENTERED IN CURB & GUTTER RADIUS TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PRACTICABLE. IN STRAIGHT C. & G. RAMPS SHALL BE CENTERED IN CURB & GUTTER RADIUS TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PRACTICABLE. TYPICAL ADA RAMP PLAN MAINTAIN GUTTER FLOWLINE. �— 4' MIN. --i City of Lubbock Texas SHEET 1 OF 2 REVISED MAY 2014 PLATE NO. 36-16(A) f---4' MIN. 5'-6" MIN. 24" MIN. 6" MAX E 5% 1:12 SL OPE 4" MIN.` THICKNESS. SURFACE APPLIED TRUNCATED DOME PANEL. 4" MAX SECTION A -A SURFACE APPLIED CLASS "A" CONCRETE SHALL TRUNCATED DOME CONFORM TO APPLICABLE PANEL. SPECIFICATIONS. 4" MIN. THICKNESS SECTION B-B NOTES: BITUMINOUS )4"" EXPANSION JOINT AS REQUIRED BEHIND CURB. 1. SURFACE -APPLIED, TRUNCATED DOME, DETECTABLE WARNING SYSTEM PANELS, USED HEREIN, SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY ADA SOLUTIONS (WWW.ADATILE.COM), OR APPROVED EQUAL, AND SHALL BE LAID TO WHERE THE DOMES ARE UP AND THE LONG AXIS OF THE PANEL SHALL BE PERPENDICULAR TO THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL. 2. RAMP TEXTURES SHALL CONSIST OF TRUNCATED DOMES SURFACES. TRUNCATED DOME DIAMETER, HEIGHT AND SPACING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE TEXAS ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS (TAS), ADMINISTERED BY THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND REGULATION CTDLR). TEXTURES ARE REQUIRED TO BE DETECTABLE UNDERFOOT. SURFACES THAT WOULD ALLOW WATER TO ACCUMULATE ARE PROHIBITED. THE PANELS SHALL BE AFFIXED AT THE PRESCRIBED LOCATION, TO THE PROPERLY CURED AND PREPARED CONCRETE IN THE MANNER AND USING THE MATERIALS SPECIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 3. THE RAMPS AND LANDINGS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED FLAT, IN ONE PLANE, WITHOUT WAVINESS, HIGH/LOW SPOTS OR WARP. THE CONCRETE WHERE THE SURFACE -APPLIED PANEL SHALL BE AFFIXED SHALL BE IN JUST SUCH A CONDITION, IF DETERMINED TO BE NECESSARY AND APPROPRIATE BY THE ENGINEER, A HIGH SPOT IN THE CONCRETE MAY BE HAND -MILLED WITH A GRINDER, JUST ENOUGH FOR FLATNESS, IF THE AREA TO BE GROUND IS TO BE UNDER THE SURFACE -APPLIED PANEL. IF NOT, THE CONCRETE SHALL BE REMOVED AND PROPERLY REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. AFTER THE CONCRETE IS THOROUGHLY CURED, AND THE SURFACE CORRECTLY PREPARED, THEN THE SURFACE -APPLIED PANELS SHALL BE PROPERLY AFFIXED TO THE CONCRETE, ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 4. SURFACE -APPLIED PANEL COLOR FOR THE RAMP SHALL BE A CONTRASTING COLOR THAT PROVIDES A LIGHT REFLECTIVE VALUE THAT SIGNIFICANTLY CONTRASTS WITH THE ADJACENT SURFACES. THE COLOR OF THE SURFACE -APPLIED PANELS SHALL BE SHOWN ELSEWHERE IN THE PLANS OR SPECIFICATIONS. IF NEEDED, SURFACE -APPLIED PANELS SHALL BE SAWCUT ONLY AND A PANEL SHALL BE AFFIXED WITH A 1#8" GAP TO ANOTHER PANEL. 5. ALL SLOPES SHOWN ARE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE. THE LEAST POSSIBLE SLOPE THAT WILL STILL DRAIN PROPERLY SHOULD BE USED. RAMP LENGTH OR GRADE OF SIDEWALK APPROACH MAY BE ADJUSTED AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. TAS REQUIRED DIMENSIONS AND SLOPES ARE PARAMOUNT. IF SITE CONDITIONS PREVENT A RAMP FROM BEING CONSTRUCTED, AS -DRAWN, TO WORK AS INTENDED AND COMPLY WITH THE REQUIRED SLOPES, THEN THE RAMP CONSTRUCTION MUST BE ADJUSTED TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIRED SLOPES. ALL CONSTRUCTION QUESTIONS SHALL BE DIRECTED TO THE ENGINEER. 6. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CROSS -SLOPE ON SIDEWALK AND RAMP SURFACES IS 2%. ALL CONCRETE SURFACES SHALL RECEIVE A LIGHT BROOM FINISH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE PLANS. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON CURB RAMP LOCATION, DESIGN, LIGHT REFLECTIVE VALUE AND TEXTURE MAY BE FOUND IN THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE TAS. SHEET 2 OF 2 REVISED TYPICAL ADA City of MAY 2014 RAMP PLAN wubbock PLATE NO. TEXAS 36-16(B) 2 \2' SLOPE ALONG GUTTER VARIES SLOPE ALONG GUTTER VARIES SEE PLATE NO. 36-16 FOR DETAILS REGARDING CURB TRANSITIONS ADA RAMP AT FILLET KEYED NOTES (1) SLOPE ALONG BACK OF CURB AT RAMP OPENING SHALL NOT EXCEED 2%. Q SLOPE FROM BACK OF CURB AT RAMP OPENING TO LIP LINE SLOPE ALONG SHALL NOT EXCEED 5%. GUTTER VARIES p�2' SLOPE ALONG GUTTER VARIES P. SEE PLATE NO. 36-16 FOR DETAILS REGARDING CURB TRANSITIONS ADA RAMP AT CURB 5 -6" MIN. T 24" MIN 6" SLOPE 5% MAX 1:12 SLOPE o:. — 4" MIN. THICKNESS. SURFACE APPLIED TRUNCATED DOME BITUMINOUS -" PANEL. EXPANSION JOINT AS 4" MAX REQUIRED BEHIND SECTION A CURB. REWSED TYPICAL ADA City Of MAY 2014 RAMP DETAIL Lubbo6k PLATE NO. TEXAS 36-17 I I I I I I I I I TOOLED JOINT I i i I I I I I I I I I I I I I (,- NZ0r-,10'N °o I z I w z z w I I I D f I I a M I I I D e . I A TOOLED JOINT I I a I I I I � ° I I I a D I I I I I I I 5' I I I I I I I I I I EXPANSION JOINT I I I I I I I I 51 20' ROW REVISED ri`�" City of DEC. 2012LUbbOCk TYPICAL ALLEY PAVING PLATE NO. Texas 37-1 NOTE: 1. ALL JOINTS SHALL BE DOWELED AS SPECIFIED 2. MAXIMUM OF TWO TRANSVERSE CUT JOINTS BETWEEN EXISTING IT TOOLED JOINTS (ONE SLAB). TYPICAL ALLEY PAVING CUT kW- Cityof Lubbck TEXAS REVISED DEC. 2012 PLATE N0. 37-2 PLACE #4 BARS BOTH WAYS ALONG PAVING 6„ CUT AT 12" MAX. SPACING. AT LEAST 2 6" #4 BARS EACH WAY ARE REQUIRED. 1] #4 BARS, 12" O.C. MAX SPACING IN BOTH DIRECTIONS, CENTERED IN SLAB NOTE: 1. ALL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING DESIGN STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS ALLEY PAVING REPAIR OR CAP NO SCALE DRILL AND DRIVE 12" DEFORMED #5 DOWEL BARS 6" INTO EXISTING SLAB ON Y SPACING City of Lubbock TEXAS REVISED DEC. 2015 37-3 R-lA RESIDENTIAL 52' ROW 32' FF R-2 SCHOOL AND R-1 RESIDENTIAL COMMERCIAL �56'ROW� �60'ROW- �FF 42' FF COLLECTOR INDUSTRIAL 64' ROW -I �- - 60' ROW ---i 46' FF - 42' FF T-1 THOROUGHFARE T-2 THOROUGHFARE 90' ROW Ir 110' ROW - 66' FF - 88' FF NOTE: FF DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF CURB TO FACE OF CURB. REVISED CITY OF LUBBOCK DEC. 2012 City of _ STREET STANDARDS Lubbock PLATE NO. TEAS 38-1 �- T-1 OR T-2 THOROUGHFARE �- COLLECTOR FLARE REVISED City of MAY 2014 AT INTERSECTION Lubbock PLATE NO. WITH A THOROUGHFARE 4 TEXAS 38.2 T-1 THOROUGHFARE RIGHT TURN LANE (FLARE) T-1 OR T-2 THOROUGHFARE City of Lubbock TEXAS REVISED MAY 2014 PLATE NO. 38-3 T-2 THOROUGHFARE RIGHT TURN LANE (FLARE) T-1 OR T-2 THOROUGHFARE 4 rz, 5 City of Lubbock TEXAS REVISED MAY 2014 PLATE NO. 38-4 R=45' FACE OF CURB R=50' FPC�OF GV�� 52' OR 56' RIGHT OF WAY 32' OR 36' FACE TO FACE 4' PEDESTRIAN ACCESS EASEMENT (REQUIRED ONLY WHERE CUL-DE-SAC LOTS ARE ADJACENT TO A STREET) PROVIDE CONCRETE CURBED CHANNEL WITH ACCESSIBLE RAMPS FOR DRAINAGE WHERE 35' MIN NECESSARY (IF NEEDED FOR DRAINAGE, A MINIMUM OF 20' DRAINAGE EASEMENT) STANDARD R-IA & R-1 CUL-DE-SAC ADJACENT ALLEY OR STREET City of Lubbock TEXAS R=45' REVISED MAY 2014 PLATE NO. 38-5 2% MIN 4% MAX DEPTH OF CURB AND GUTTER MATCHES PAVING DEPTH #4 BARS @ 36" O.C. TRANSVERSE #4 @ 12" O.C. LONG 6" PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT MIN. CEMENT CLASS C. COMPRESSIVE RENGTH OF 3,600 PSI @ 28 DAYS) RESIDENTIAL STREET (R-1) CONCRETE PAVING N.T.S. 52' ROW 2% MIN 4% MAX 12" COMPACTED SUBGRADE 12" A I- @ 95% MODIFIED DENSITY TYPICAL SIDEWALK 4 k-I koo- City of Lubbock TEXAS REVISED MAY 2014 PLATE NO. 38-6 2% MIN 4% MAX DEPTH OF CURB AND GUTTER MATCHES s PAVING DEPTH #4 BARS @ 24" O.C. TRANSVERSE #5 @ 12" O.C. LONG (7" PO�RTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT CEMENT CLASS CVE STRENGTH OF 3,600 PSI @ 28 DA S) MAJOR COLLECTOR (C-1) CONCRETE PAVING N.T.S. 64' ROW 2% MIN 4% MAX 12" COMPACTED SUBGRADE 12" 4— @ 95% MODIFIED DENSITY TYPICAL SIDEWALK City of Lubbock TEXAS REMED MAY 2014 PLATE NO. 38-7 Z TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINT I RHVLL LhIYL LL LMIYL Z Y LONGITUDINAL CONTRACTION JOINT X Y f— LONGITUDINAL CONSTRUCTIONJOINT ADDITIONAL STEEL BARS c X LONGITUDINAL STEEL TRANSVERSE STEEL a N a a a N a c cI I Ic- ic-1 Ic a TIE BARS a SINGLE c/2 TIE c/ 2 1 PIECE a BARS PAVEMENT OR SHOULDER EDGE GENERAL NOTES LVIYVII VV1111/1L __�_-+"'- CONTRACTION JOINT ONGITUDINAL CONSTRUCTION JOINT TYPICAL PAVEMENT LAYOUT PLAN VIEW (NOT TO SCALE) PAVEMENT OR SHOULDER EDGE 1. ALL THE REINFORCING STEEL AND TIE BARS SHALL BE DEFORMED 7. TRANSVERSE STEEL SHALL BE PLACED TO WITHIN 2" OF THE STEEL BARS CONFORMING TO ASTM A 615 (GRADE 60) OR ASTM A 996 BACK OF CURB. (GRADE 60) OR ABOVE. STEEL BAR SIZES AND SPACINGS SHALL CONFORM TO TABLE NO.1 AND TABLE NO.2. 8. (b) = TRANSVERSE STEEL AND TIE BARS SPACING (c) = LONGITUDINAL STEEL SPACING 2. STEEL BAR PLACEMENT TOLERANCE SHALL BE +/- 1 IN. HORIZONTALLY AND +/- 0.5 IN. VERTICALLY. CALCULATED AVERAGE BAR SPACING (SEE TABLE 1 AND 2 PLATE 38-9) (CONCRETE PLACEMENT WIDTH / NUMBER OF LONGITUDINAL BARS) SHALL CONFORM TO TABLE NO.1 3. PAVEMENT WIDTHS OF MORE THAN 25 FT. SHALL HAVE A LONGITUDINAL JOINT (SECTION Z-Z OR SECTION Y-Y). THESE JOINTS SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN 6 IN. OF THE LANE LINE UNLESS THE JOINT LOCATION IS SHOWN ELSEWHERE ON THE PLANS. 4. THE SAW CUT DEPTH FOR THE LONGITUDINAL CONTRACTION JOINT (SECTION Z-Z) SHALL BE ONE THIRD OF THE SLAB THICKNESS (T/3). 5. OMIT TIE BARS LOCATED WITHIN 18 IN. OF THE TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINTS (SECTION X-X). USE HAND -OPERATED IMMERSION VIBRATORS TO CONSOLIDATE THE CONCRETE ADJACENT TO ALL FORMED JOINTS. 6. LONGITUDINAL REINFORCING STEEL SPLICES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 25 IN. STAGGER THE LAP LOCATIONS SO THAT NO MORE THAN 1/3 OF THE LONGITUDINAL STEEL IS SPLICED IN ANY GIVEN 12-FT. WIDTH AND 2-FT. LENGTH OF THE PAVEMENT. RESIDENTIAL AND COLLECTOR STREET CONCRETE PAVING DETAILS 1 OF 3 REVISED DEC 2015 L'ubb'o of PLATE NO. TEXAS 38-8 f L=50" ADDITIONAL JOINT SEALING L/2 STEEL BARS MATERIAL — - -- T TT12 TRANSVERSE BARS LONGITUDINAL BARS NO SPLICES ALLOWED WITHIN 10 FT OF THE JOINT. TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINT SECTION X - X 50" FOR #5 BAR 42" FOR #4 BAR 25�FOR #5 BAR TIE BARS MAY BE JOINT SEALING I 21" FOR #4 BAR IN SAME PLANE AS MATERIAL TRANSVERSE BARS TIE BARS,SINGLE OR MULTIPLE -PIECE T MIN.CLEAR 2" IT/2 •T� �T� "T 'i �l c c a� a c c LONGITUDINAL BARS TRANSVERSE BARS LONGITUDINAL CONSTRUCTION JOINT SECTION Y - Y 1 50" FOR #5 BAR, 42" FOR #4 BAR � LONGITUDINAL JOINT SEALING 25" FORFOR #5 BAR BARS MATERIAL '"—„ BAR SAW CUT T/3 c c c/2c/2 c c TRANSVERSE BARS SINGLE PIECE TIE BARS SHOULD BE IN SAME PLANE AS TRANSVERSE BARS. LONGITUDINAL CONTRACTION JOINT SECTION Z - Z TABLE NO.1 LONGITUDINAL STEEL FIRST ADDITIONAL STEEL SLAB THICKNESS REGULAR SPACING BARS AT TRANSVERSE AND BAR SIZE STEEL BARS AT EDGE CONSTRUCTION JOINT OR JOINT (SECTION X-X) SPACING SPACING SPACING LENGTH T BAR (IN.) SIZE (IN)) (IN.) (IN) (IN.) 6.0 #4 12 3 24 42 7.0 #5 12 3 24 50 TABLE NO.2 TRANSVERSE STEEL AND TIE BARS TIE BARS TIE BARS SLAB TRANSVERSE AT LONGITUDINAL AT LONGITUDINAL THICKNESS STEEL (b) CONTRACTION JOINT CONSTRUCTION JOINT SECTION Z-Z SECTION Y-Y (IN.) BAR SPACING BAR SPACING BAR SPACING SIZE (IN.) I SIZE I (IN.) SIZE (IN.) I 6.0 #4 36 #4 72 #4 36 r77.0 #4 24 #4 48 #4 24 RESIDENTIAL AND COLLECTOR STREET E CONCRETE PAVING DETAILS L City of Lubbock 2 OF 3 TEXAS REVISED MAY 2014 PLATE NO. 38-9 JOINT X„ ill y4l, SEALING COTIN ACUT SAWED LONGITUDINAL JOINT 4 Z JOINT SEALING COMPOUND CLASS V 4,5 OR 7 ~ a' BACKER ROD INITIAL SAW CUT 77�� 1� X� X6"- TRANSVERSE SAWED CONTRACTION JOINT GENERAL NOTES JOINT XV ya" _ YV SEALING Cn�o JOINT SEALING COMPOUND LONGITUDINAL OR TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINT JOINT SEALING COMPOUND CLASS 1, _ Ya' 415 OR 7-- F M TRANSVERSE FORMED EXPANSION JOINT 1. THE JOINT RESERVOIR FOR SEALANT SHALL BE SAWED UNLESS OTHER WISE SHOWN ON THE PLANS FOR THE LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION AND THE TWO SAWED JOINTS. 2. THE JOINTS SHALL BE CLEANED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURES REQUIREMENT AND PRIOR TO BEGINNING OPERATIONS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A STATEMENT FROM THE SEALANT MANUFACTURER SHOWING THE RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION PROCEDURES TO BE USED. 3. THE SAW CUT FOR THE LONGITUDINAL JOINT SHALL BE ONE FOURTH THE SLAB THICKNESS. 4. TRANSVERSE EXPANSION JOINT SHALL BE PLACED AT THE RADII OF INTERSECTING STREETS. 5. TRANSVERSE CONTRATION JOINTS SHALL BE PLACED AT ON RADIUS OF INTERSECTING ALLEYS. RESIDENTIAL AND COLLECTOR STREET of CONCRETE PAVING DETAILS Lubb1ock 3 OF 3 TEXAS BACKER ROD PREFORMED BITUMINOUS FIBER MATERIAL BOARDS OR EQUIVALENT. REVISED MAY 2014 PLATE NO. 38-10 TYPE 'C HMAC MINIMUM OF THE UPPER 12" (18" MINIMUM ON THOROUGHFARE STREETS) OF TRENCH BACKFILL- 1 1/2 SACK CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (FLOWABLE FILL) WITH PEA GRAVEL, IF USING COMPACTED BACKFILL. BACKFILL COMPACTED TO 95%t MODIFIED PROCTOR(ASTM D 698) 2% OF OPTIMUMMOISTURE CONTENT.(MAX. 6" LIFTS.) ALTERNATIVE BACKFILL FULL DEPTH OF TRENCH BACKFILL 1 1/2 SACK CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (FLOWABLE FILL) WITH PEA GRAVEL. 2' MIN. fV 6' ASPHALT TACK COAT. NO SCALE NOTE: ALL JOINTS TO BE SAWCUT. ASPHALT TACK COAT. PIPE BEDDING (IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ENGINEERS AND MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS). 1. ALL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING DESIGN STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2. GREATER THAN T WIDTH LONGITUDE CUTS WILL REQUIRE PAVING REPAIR APPROVAL BY THE CITY ENGINEER. REVISED ASPHALT PAVEMENT City of DEC. 2012 CUT REPAIRS I.L bo6k TIXAS UEM-01 CLASS W CONCRETE 3000 PSI AT 7 DAYS. THOROUGHFARE STREETS; CLASS "C'CONCRETE DRILL AND DRIVE 12" DEFORMED #5 DOWEL BARS 6" INTO EXISTING SLAB ON 3'SPACING. ALL CONCRETE JOINTS I LEXISTING TO BE SAW CUT. CONCRETE 0 4k 0 EXISTING CONCRETE PAVING PAVING 8" MINIMUM via T MIN O #4 BARS 12" O.C. MAX SPACING IN BOTH DIRECTIONS. BACKFILL COMPACTED TO 95%t MODIFIED PROCTOR (ASTM D 698) 2% OF OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT. (MAX. 6" LIFTS.) PIPE EMBEDMENT (IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ENGINEERS AND MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS). ALTERNATIVE BACKFILL FULL DEPTH OF TRENCH BACKFILL; 1 1/2 SACK CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (FLOWABLE FILL) WITH PEA GRAVEL. NOTE: CONCRETE PAVING 1. GREATER THAN T WIDTH LONGITUDE CUTS WILL REQUIRE PAVING REPAIR APPROVAL BY THE CITY ENGINEER. 2. ALL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK STANDARD PAVING SPECIFICATIONS. CONCRETE STREET REVISED AND ALLEY City of DEC. 2012 4'Lubbock CUT REPAIRS TEXAS UEM-02 CONCRETE CAP - CLASS W CONCRETE 3000 PSI AT 7 DAYS. Z E C T-- # 4 BARS, 12" O.C. - MAX. SPACING IN BOTH DIRECTIONS. BACKFILL COMPACTED TO 95%t MODIFIED PROCTOR (ASTM D 698) 2% OF OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT. (MAX. 6" LIFTS.) ALTERNATIVE BACKFILL 1 1/2 SACK CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (FLOWABLE FILL) WITH PEA GRAVEL. NOTE: BRICK JOINTS TO BE FILLED WITH SAND/CEMENT AT A 50-50 BLEND, OR AS APPROVED BY THE STREET SUPERINTENDENT. ��— SAND CUSHION MINIMUM. f� 8" MIN cV _.,.. PIPE BEDDING (IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ENGINEERS BRICK AND MANUFACTURERS PAVING RECOMMENDATIONS). 1. SEE CONCRETE CAP DETAIL. PLATE NO. 36.09.05 2. #5 DOWELS NEEDED IF TIED INTO EXISTING CONCRETE BASE. 3. ALL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK STANDARD PAVING SPECIFICATIONS. BRICK STREET CUT REPAIRS City of Lubbock TEXAS REVISED DEC. 2012 UEM-03 CONCRETE ALLEY PAVING. BACKFILL COMPACTED TO 95%f MODIFIED PROCTOR DENSITY (ASTM D 698) 2% OF OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT, (MAX. 6" LIFTS.) ALTERNATIVE BACKFILL FULL DEPTH OF TRENCH BACKFILL 1 1#2 SACK CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (FLOWABLE FILL) WITH PEA GRAVEL. NOTE: C 1. ALL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING DESIGN STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2. THE ALLEY PAVING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REQUIRED TO OBTAIN 95%f MODIFIED PROCTOR DENSITY (ASTM D 698) 2% OF OPTIMUM MOISTURE IN THE 6" DEPTH OF SUBGRADE IMMEDIATELY BELOW THE ALLEY PAVING. L r THE ALLEY PAVING CONTRACTORS SHALL BE REQUIRED TO OBTAIN 95%f MODIFIED PROCTOR DENSITY (ASTM D 698) 2% OF OPTIMUM MOISTURE IN THE 6" DEPTH OF SUBGRADE IMMEDIATELY BELOW THE ALLEY PAVING. PIPE EMBEDMENT (IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ENGINEERS AND MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS). TRENCH BACKFILL REQUIREMENT REVISED A City of DEC. 2012 ON ALLEYS TO BE PAVED Lubbock WITHIN RIGHT-OF-WAY 4 TIXAS UEM-04 BACKFILL COMPACTED TO 95%f MODIFIED PROCTOR DENSITY (ASTM D 698) 2% OF OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT. (MAX. 6" LIFTS.) ALTERNATIVE BACKFILL FULL DEPTH OF TRENCH BACKFILL 1 34 SACK CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (FLOWABLE FILL) WITH PEA GRAVEL. EXISTING GROUND SURFACE. 12" 1 \q; �r PIPE BEDDING (IN ACCORDANCE s_. WITH THE ENGINEERS AND MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS). NOTE: 1. ALL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING DESIGN STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS. TRENCH BACKFILL REQUIREMENTSREVISED ON UNPAVED STREETS AND ALLEYS City of DEC. 2012Lubbo6k WITHIN RIGHT-OF-WAY TEXAS UEM-05 PLACE #4 BARS BOTH WAYS ALONG PAVING CUT AT 12" MAX. SPACING. AT LEAST 2 6 " r 6" #4 BARS EACH WAY ARE REQUIRED. #4 BARS, 12" O.C. MAX -V NO SCALE DRILL AND DRIVE 12" SPACING IN BOTH DEFORMED #5 DOWEL DIRECTIONS, CENTERED BARS 6" INTO EXISTING IN SLAB SLAB ON T SPACING NOTE; 1. ALL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING DESIGN STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS ALLEY PAVING REPAIR OR CAP City of Lubbock TEXAS REVISED MAY 2014 UEM-06 APPENDIX A-1.1 Restrained Joint Table for Bends Minimum length to be restrained each side of bend (Feet): PVC Pipe (in.) Horiztonal Bends Vertical Bends (Upper/Lower) 90` 45s 2-2,'1/2" 11-1/4° 90° 45° 221/2' 11 �14b.' 4: 14 6 3 2 - 16/4 8/2 4/1 6� 19 8 4 2 - 23/5 11 /3 6/2 25 11 5 3 - 30/7 15/4 7/2 10 30 13 6 3 - 36/8 17/4 9/2 12 35 15 7 4 - 42/10 21 /5 10/3 45 19 9 5 - 54/13 26/6 13/3 .2Q.� 54 23 11 6 - 66/15 32/8 16/4 63 27 13 7 - 78/18 38/9 19/5 D.I. Pipe (in.) Horiztonal Bends Vertical Bends (Upper/Lower) 45' 22-112` 94° 45• 22112' 111/4' ' 4 5 3 1 - 9/3 5/2 3/1 6 3 2 - 12/4 6/2 3/1 8 � r23 8 4 2 - 16/6 8/3 4/2 < 10� 10 5 3 - 19/7 10/3 5/2 '12 12 6 3 - 23/8 11/4 6/2 15 7 4 - 29/10 14/5 7/3 20 �` 42 18 9 5 - 36/12 17/6 9/3 49 21 10 5 - 42/14 20/7 10/4 Table is based on Soil Type SC, Safety Factor 2, Trench Type 3, Depth of Bury 3 feet on upper vertical bends and 6 feet on lower vertical bends, and Test Pressure of 100 psi. Values derived from the EBAA Iron, Inc. Restrained Length Calculation Program. Revised 3/11 City of Lubbock Water Utilities Engineering Department Minimum Design Standards and Specifications for Water and Sewer A-1.2 Restrained Joint Table for Tees Minimum branch length to be restrained (Feet): PVC Pipe Branch Pipe Size (in.) Run Pipe Size (in.) 4 $ 8 10 12. 16 20 24 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 22 13 4 1 1 1 1 1 $ 40 33 26 18 11 1 1 1 10 - 49 43 37 31 18 5 1 59 54 49 38 27 16 84 20 72 64 55 °20;. - - - - 107 101 94 87 - 127 122 116 D.I. Pipe Branch Pipe Size (in.) Run Pipe Size (in.) 4 6 8 io 12 1fi 20 24, ;6 12 7 2 1 1 1 1 1 8 21 18 14 10 6 1 1 1 26 23 20 17 10 3 1 12 - 31 29 26 12 15 8 44 42 38 34 26 57 53 50 46 67 64 61 Table is based on Soil Type SC, Safety Factor 2, Trench Type 3, Depth of Bury 3 feet, Test Pressure 100 psi, and minimum restrained length of pipe along run on either side of tee of 5 feet. Values derived from the EBAA Iron, Inc. Restrained Length Calculation Program. Revised 3/11 City of Lubbock Water Utilities Engineering Department Minimum Design Standards and Specifications for Water and Sewer A-1.: Restrained Joint Table for Reducers Minimum length to be restrained on larger pipe (Feet): PVC Pipe Small Pipe Large Pipe Size (in.) 4 6 $ 1Q 12r ; 16 28 Size (in.) .,fi4 tow ' - 22 40 54 69 95 119 142 f1R - - 23 41 57 86 112 137 23 42 75 103 129 '(O 23 61 92 120 44 78 109 16 - - - - - - 44 80 20 ` - - - - - - - 44 D.I. Pipe Branch Pipe Run Pipe Size (in.) 4 , 6' 8 10, 12 16: 24 , 24 Size (in.) 4 - 12 21 29 36 50 63 75 6 - - 13 22 30 46 59 72 12 22 40 54 68 13 32 49 63 23 42 57 1 - - - - - - 23 42 24 ,24 - - - - - - - - Table is based on Soil Type SC, Safety Factor 2, Trench Type 3, Depth of Bury 3 feet, Test Pressure 100 psi, and minimum restrained length of small size pipe to be 1/2 that listed here. Values derived from the EBAA Iron, Inc. Restrained Length Calculation Program. City of Lubbock Water Utilities Engineering Department Revised 3/11 Minimum Design Standards and Specifications for Water and Sewer A-1.4 Restrained Joint Table for Dead Ends Minimum length to be restrained from dead end (Feet): Pipe Size (in.) PVC Pipe D.I. Pipe 4 30 16 6 42 22 8 55 29 10 67 35 12 79 42 1.6 102 54 20 125 66 24, 147 78 Table is based on Soil Type SC, Safety Factor 2, Trench Type 3, Depth of Bury 3 feet, and Test Pressure 100 psi. Values derived from the EBAA Iron, Inc. Restrained Length Calculation Program. Revised 3/11 City of Lubbock Water Utilities Engineering Department Minimum Design Standards and Specifications for Water and Sewer A-2 Date of Application: Company Name Address Contact Person Position Phone Number Email Fax Number Manufacturer (If not applicant) Supplier (If not applicant) Product Nomenclaturel F Model No. Series Description/Use of Product Have you included a sample? Would you like this sample returned? List Testing Certifications (Required) 1. List Attached Items (Provide five copies of each) 1. _ 2. _ 2. 3. 3. 4. 4. 5. 5. 6. 6. 7. 7. ****Do not write below this line - - For City use only**** Application No. (Ex. 2014-01) Approved By: Title: ❑ Accepted ❑ Rejected Comments: In the City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards and Specifications 8.19 Certificate of Completion and Warranty shall be revised to the following for this project only: 8.18 Certificate of Completion ,and Warms 8.18.01 Within 30 calendar days after the contractor has given written notice that the improvements have been substantially completed, the City shall inspect the completed improvements and provide a punch lists if necessary. A. If it is mutually determined that the improvements have been constructed in accordance with the engineering plans and the City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards and Specifications, the contractor shall submit the Certificate of Completion and Warranty statement. (Copies of the Warranty Statement and Certificate of Completion are included in the City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards and Specifications) B. Neither the final payment nor the certificate of completion shall relieve the contractor of responsibility related to warranty of materials workmanship. C. The Contractor shall remedy any defects due to faulty materials or workmanship that appear within 2 years from the written certificate of completion. PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING STREET PAVING IMPROVEMENTS MEMPHIS AVENUE FROM 109TH STREET TO 114TH STREET MAYOR DANIEL M. POPE CITY COUNCIL JUAN A. CHADIS, SHELIA PATTERSON HARRIS, JEFF GRIFFITH, STEVE MASSENGALE, KAREN GIBSON, LATREL LE JOY ACTING CITY MANAGER CHAD WEAVER i yi�4pi�fya i�4i1��3�a'}ist�Slte} P C4TI0N AN _ 4 VICINITY MAP City of l.— c Lubbock G VISAS DECEMBER 2016 SHEET INDEX G-1 GENERAL NOTES P-1 REMOVAL PLAN & 114TH STREET DITCH PLAN AND PROFILE P-2 HMAC PAVING ALONG MEMPHIS AVENUE FROM 109TH STREET TO 114TH STREET P-3 MEMPHIS AVENUE DETAILS DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS L. WOOD FRANKLIN, P.E. CITY ENGINEER MICHAEL G. KEENUM, P.E. C.F.M. ,��5v- DOSTING ELEVATION 0 PROPOSED ELEVATION PS2_9 ASPHALT TO BE REMOVED P� EXISTING ASPHALT PAVING -._...-R.O.W. LINE —EK<SITNG CONCRETE -----CONCRETE TO BE REMOVED —PROPOSED CONCRETE O EXISTING MANHOLE G-GUTTER ER -END OF RADIUS EC -EDGE OF CONCRETE BM -BENCH MARK (WILL BE SET BY CITY BEFORE CONSTRUCTION) GB -GRADE BREAK TS-TOP OF SIDEWALK TC-TOP OF CURB FLVG-FLOWLTNE OF VALLEY GUTTER N.T.S: NOT TO SCALE GENERAL NOTES ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST CITY OF LUBBOCK PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING MINIMUM DESIGN STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS, PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS, THE PLAN, INCLUDING ALL NOTES AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS RELEVANT TO THE PROPER COMPLETION OF THE WORK SPECIFIED. FAILURE ON THE PART OF THE CONTRACTOR TO EXAMINE ALL STANDARDS OR SPECIFICATIONS PERTAINING TO THIS WORK SHALL IN NO WAY RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF THE RESPONSIBILITY OF PERFORMING THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL SUCH APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES, AND PROCEDURES OF CONSTRUCTION AND ANY SAFETY PRECAUTION PROGRAMS RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THE CONDITIONS OF THE PREMISES, CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK SWPPP: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING ONE WEEK PRIOR TO THE BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION: CONSTRUCTION MAY NOT BEGIN UNTIL THE SWPPP IS APPROVED - A STORM WATER PLAN REVIEW APPLICATION (THE REVIEW FEE IS WANED.) - A STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION RAN WHICH WILL INCLUDE: '.. CONTACT INFORMATION FOR PROJECT PERSONNEL RESPONSIBLE FOR IMPLEMENTAION OF THE SWPPP (E-MAIL B. PHYSICAL ADDRESS ® PHONE) E L TIJON OF SIGNATORIES TO REPORTS A GENERAL LOCATION MAP SHOWING THE NEAREST BODY OF WATER LABELED 'DETAILED MAP OF BMPS OT BE SINSTALLED 'SAMPLE INSPECTION REPORT 'SMALL CONSTRUCTION SITE NOTICE FOR QUESTIONS ABOUT SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS CONTACT THE STORM WATER DEPARTMENT 806.775-3160 1 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL CONSTRUCTION STAKING NEEDS FOR HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL POINTS. COORDINATION AND EMERGENCY NUMBERS CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT ADEQUATE DRAINAGE IS MAINTAINED WITHIN THE PRQIECT AREA AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE FOLLOWING NUMBERS ARE INCLUDED FOR THE CONTRACTOR'S CONVENIENCE ALL SPOIL MATERIALS NECESSARILY REMOVED DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REMOVED AND LEGALLY DISPOSED OF OFF -SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR BM#1-"X" IN CONCRETE NORTHING: 43903.26 EASTING: 33472.55 ELEVATION: 3226.13 NAVD BM#2-"X" IN CONCRETE NORTHING: 44S28.07 FASTING: 33497.18 ELEVATION:3230.82 NAVD BM$3-"X" IN CONCRETE NORTHING: 45152.D4 EASTING: 33516.13 ELEVATION:3232.74 NAVD ALL ELEVATIONS ARE NAVD. ADD 32DO WHERE NECESSARY TO OBTAIN NAVD ELEVATION. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF CURB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. BEFORE RETAINAGE WILL BE PAID CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE CITY A SET OF AS BUILD PLANS WITH AS BUILD ELEVATIONS FOR EVERY ELEVATION SHOWN ON THE PLANS, THIS WORK SHALL BE SUBSIDIARY TO THE VARIOUS MLITIES: BID ITEMS, LOCATIONS OF UNDERGROUND UTILLTTIES ARE NOT SHOWN ON THE PLANS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PRE -LOCATE ALL UNDERGROUND FACILITIES PRIOR TRAFFIC CONTROL IS SUBSIDIARY TO TO COMMENCING WORK BY WHATEVER MEANS NECESSARY (METAL VARIOUS BID ITEMS, DETECTION, EXCAVATION, SURVEY) CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN BARRICADE PERMIT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. THERE WILL BE NO CHARGE FOR PERMIT CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE ALL WORK IS CONSTRUCTED WITHIN ALLOCATED DRAINAGE EASEMENTS AND PUBLIC R.O.W. IF THERE ARE ANY DISCREPENCIES COORDINATE WITH ENGINEER CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSTRUCT ALL PEDESTRIAN ELEMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT ADA STANDARDS. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE CARE NOT TO DAMAGE ANY FENCES OR WALLS. ANY DAMAGE SHALL BE REPAIRED AT THE CONTRACTORS EXPENSE IF ADJUSTMENT NEEDS TO BE MADE PRIOR TO REMOVAL COORDINATE WITH ENGINEER ALL EARTHWORK IS SUBSIDIARY TO THE VARIOUS BID ITEMS. CITY OF LUBBOCK WATER UTILITIES 806-775.3161 MR. JOSH FLUD 806-5484152 SUDDENLINK COMMUNICATIONS 806-771-6229 MR. FRANK WISE 806-771-6211 ATMOS ENERGY 1-800-6924694 MR. LYNN GREEN 806-687-7130 LUBBOCK POWER AND LIGHTS 806-775-2579 MR. LEE ROY MARTINEZ 806.789-S602 AT&T 1.800.2864313 MR. MICHAEL BINGHAM 806-741-6220 NTS COMMUNICATIONS MR. NICK CABALLERO 806-548-3235 CITY OF LUBBOCK STREETS MR. JIM KLEMME 806.77S-3750 SPEC MR. ALFONSO ARREOLA 806.775-7717 WEST TEXAS GAS MR. RICKTANNER SD6-866.0339 DIG-TESS NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT DIG•TESS (1.800-DIG•TESS) FOR UTILITY LOCATES NO LATER THAN TWO FULL WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO COMMENCING GRADING/PAVING/CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY AND ALL COORDINATION WITH ALL UTILITY COMPANY ENTITIES, INCLUDING THE CITY OF LUBBOCK, AS MAY BE NECESSARY FOR THE TIMELY AND ORDERLY PROGRESSION OF THE CONTRACTOR'S WORK. EXISTING UTILITIES ARE TO REMAIN IN SERVICE AT ALL TIMES. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE UTILITY OWNER AND SHALL SUBMIT WRITTEN APPROVAL TO THE CITY ENGINEER PRIOR TO TAKING UTILITY OUT OF SERVICE. UTILITY DISCAIMER THE ENIGINEERISURVEYOR MAKES NO GUARANTEE THAT ANY UNDERGROUND UTILITIES SHOWN OR NOTED COMPRISE ALL SUCH UTILITIES IN THE AREA EITHER IN SERVICE, OR ABANDONED. THE ENGINEER/SURVEYOR HAS NOT PHYSICALLY LOCATED ANY UNDERGROUNDUTILITIES SHOWN. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE PROPER NOTIFICATION OF CONSTRUCTION/GRADING/PAVING ACTIVITIES PRIOR TO BEGINNING PROJECT AND TO FOLLOW ALL APPLICABLE PROPER TEXAS EXCAVATION SAFETY SYSTEM RULES TO AVOID UTILITY DISRUPTION. REFER TO DIG•TESS NOTE. LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION: CONTRACTOR SHALL LIMIT OPERATIONS TO WITHIN THE CONFINES OF THE WORK LIMITS SHOWN ON THE PLANS.',}a,',.,, City of Idubbock TEXAS HMAC PAVING ALONG MEMPHIS FROM 109TH STREET TO 114TH STREET GENERAL NOTES G-1 MEMPHIS AVENUE FROM 109th TO 114th REMOVAL PLAN XOIE: gE91EEf P) RP LMIDl4iI1tlI P!l�OS 114TH sTPEu --.._ d$ LK EDGE OF PAVEMETR 5® —msLvw axLaeLe _____ox+atieroxPenmo —vPDvosm omaert p Dosnrw wrxae ` L� bbock DESIGNED BY: IS DRAWN BY: IS CHECKED BY: EA SCALE: 1"=50' REMOVAL PLAN !4 114TH STREET DITCH PLAN AND PROFILE P-1 z-Zum- MEMPHIS AVENUE FROM 109th TO 114th ®�rroxusam ® mesa �r nwom —om�wa mia[�e _____�roennam —�oro�mxoerz g mm}aswwae i!0!� aw. IaoW Lubbock rt1�s DESIGNED BY:]S DRAWN BY: a CHEOCED BY: EA SCALE: 1"=SW DATE: 11/10/16 HMAC PAVING ALONG MEMPH IS FROM 109TH STREET TO 114TH STREET P-2 VAl3EY GUffi i^ 2e i^ 24. -j D�' amBANDGIVNTIX MReA�NOGUTT�EA T CURB TRANSITION r F-1.r { 04EMS I „ B' L j1 —i S' i-- 12' �� 10" 12' --� S' 1^ SAWTOOTH CURB t4 DEFORMED SIEEl BARS 12.0.G BOTH WAYS OBAERED �pryry�(pBET(EE qR�Ipppp�App�� IN STAB TACK COAT EDGES (FIBER FIQNFOItDEMENT) 24• r-------- B. T�4'MIN NORMAL NDN•F2Ow10WG WANSION JOINT MATERM NOT IFS' THAN ""'NoTHICKENED EDGE s CONCRETE — CONCRETE —ASPHALT INTERFACE SECTION B—B TOEWAL—E=ON mxcRETE wPRAP M, 11 IN f� r SECTI( TOEWAa -1a:1._. ' .rSOpWfl0p0�0 LftLA0PENOpT� AN DARD SPEQFIGTT(p�pIXpCgEryE�44.lPP{RA �OPEM OWNF ••Cfil' WIOPIS 116 N ee \ 2 10 20 114TH STREET AND MEMPHIS AVENUE INTERSECTION DETAIL